You are on page 1of 493

Product manual

Robot controller

IRC5
Product manual
Robot Controller
IRC5
M2004

Document ID: 3HAC021313-001


Revision: F
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
The information in this manual is subject to change without notice and should not be
construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this manual.
Except as may be expressly stated anywhere in this manual, nothing herein shall be
construed as any kind of guarantee or warranty by ABB for losses, damages to persons
or property, fitness for a specific purpose or the like.
In no event shall ABB be liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from
use of this manual and products described herein.
This manual and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without ABB's written
permission, and contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor be used for
any unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be prosecuted.
Additional copies of this manual may be obtained from ABB at its then current charge.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB All rights reserved.


ABB Robotics
SE-721 68 Västerås
Sweden
Table of Contents

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Product documentation, M2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

1 Safety 13
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2 General safety information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.2.2 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2.2.1 Safety in the robot system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2.3 Safety risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.3.1 Risks associated with live electric parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.4 Safety actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2.4.1 Fire extinguishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.3 Safety related instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.3.1 Safety signals, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.3.2 DANGER - Make sure that the main power has been switched off! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.3.3 WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.3.4 CAUTION - Never stand on or use the cabinet as a ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.3.5 CAUTION - Make sure that there are no loose screws or turnings inside the computer unit
DSQC639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.3.6 CAUTION - Close the cabinet door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5 25


2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.2 Installation Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.3 Transporting and handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.3.1 Lifting the controller modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.3.2 Unpacking, IRC5 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.4 On-site Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.4.1 Required installation space, IRC5 Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.4.2 Bolting down the controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.4.3 Transportation screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.4.4 Mounting the FlexPendant holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.5 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

2.5.1 Connectors on controller, IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36


2.5.2 Connecting a FlexPendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.5.3 Connecting a PC to the service port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.5.4 Connection to serial channel connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.5.5 Connecting power supply to the Single Cabinet Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.5.6 Connecting power supply to the Dual Cabinet Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.5.7 Connecting the communication cabling for the Dual Cabinet Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.5.8 Fitting the connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.5.9 Connecting the manipulator to the IRC5 controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.5.10 The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
2.5.11 Connection of external safety relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2.5.12 Connection to MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.5.13 Connection of servo disconnect, by limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.5.14 Connection of servo disconnect, by servo power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.5.15 Connecting a Limit switch override push button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.6 Drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.6.1 Drive functions, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.6.2 Configuration of the drive system, IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 3
Table of Contents

2.7 Memory functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86


2.7.1 Memory functions, IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.7.2 Connecting a USB memory to the computer unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.8 I/O system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.8.1 Definition of I/O units, IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.9 Installation of add-ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.9.1 Installation of additional Drive Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.9.2 Installation of external operator's panel, IRC5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.9.3 Installation of Drive system parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.9.4 Installation of I/O, Gateways and encoder interface units, IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2.9.5 Installation of PMC-card for Force Control Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2.9.6 Installation of extra mass memory in computer unit DSQC623 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.9.7 Installation of Euromap and SPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.9.8 Installation of cooling fan harness axis 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
2.9.9 Installation of Hot plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.9.10 Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5 137


3.1 Maintenance schedule, controller IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.2 Inspection activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.2.1 Inspection of the controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.3 Changing/replacing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.3.1 Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.3.2 Replacement of moist dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.4 Cleaning activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.4.1 Cleaning of the IRC5 controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.4.2 Cleaning moist dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.4.3 Cleaning the FlexPendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

4 Repair activities, controller IRC5 149


4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
4.2 Replacement of panel board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
4.3 Replacement of power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
4.3.1 Replacement of control power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


4.3.2 Replacement of power distribution board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.3.3 Replacement of customer I/O power supply, IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
4.3.4 Replacement of customer I/O power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
4.3.5 Replacement of drive system power supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
4.3.6 Replacement of system power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
4.4 Replacement of Flange disconnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.5 Replacement of I/O units and Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4.6 Replacement of backup energy bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
4.7 Replacement of heat exchange unit and fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
4.8 Replacement of computer unit DSQC623 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
4.9 Replacement of computer unit DSQC639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.10 Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC623 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
4.11 Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
4.12 Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on motherboard in computer unit DSQC639 . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4.13 Replacement of PCI cards in the computer unit DSQC623 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
4.14 Replacement of PCI boards in the computer unit DSQC639. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
4.15 Replacement of fieldbus adapter in the computer unit DSQC639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
4.16 Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC623 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
4.17 Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

4 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
Table of Contents

4.18 Replacement of hard disk or IDE Flash module and cable in computer unit DSQC623 . . . . . . . . . . 223
4.19 Replacement of Compact Flash memory in computer unit DSQC639 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
4.20 Replacement of computer power supply in computer unit DSQC623 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
4.21 Replacement of servo drive units, rectifierand capacitorunit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
4.22 Replacement of Axis computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
4.23 Replacement of EPS board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
4.24 Replacement of Contactor Interface Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
4.25 Replacement of drive system fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
4.26 Replacement of transformer unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
4.27 Replacement of brake resistor bleeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

5 Reference information, IRC5 257


5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
5.2 Unit conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
5.3 Screw joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
5.4 Weight specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
5.5 Standard toolkit, IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
5.6 Document references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
5.7 Lifting equipment and lifting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

6 Spare Parts 265


6.1 Controller parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
6.1.1 Single Cabinet Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
6.2 Manipulator cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6.2.1 Manipulator variants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6.2.2 Manipulator cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
6.2.3 Position switch cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
6.2.4 Fan cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
6.2.5 CP/CS Harness IRB 1600, 2400 and 4400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
6.2.6 CP/CS Harness IRB 6400RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
6.2.7 CP/CS Harness IRB6600, 7600, 660 and 6620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
6.2.8 Customer signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
6.2.9 Customer power-signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
6.2.10 External axis cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

7 Circuit Diagram 283


7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 5
6
Table of Contents

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
Overview

Overview

About this manual


This manual contains instructions for
• installing the controller, mechanically as well as electrically
• maintenance of the controller
• mechanical and electrical repair of the controller.

Usage
This manual should be used during
• installation, from lifting the controller cabinet to its work site and securing it to the
foundation to making it ready for operation
• maintenance work
• repair work.

Who should read this manual?


This manual is intended for:
• installation personnel
• maintenance personnel
• repair personnel.

Prerequisites
The reader should...
• be a trained maintenance/repair craftsman
• have the required knowledge of mechanical and electrical installation/repair/
maintenance work.

References
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Reference Document ID
Product manual - IRC5 3HAC021313-001
Operating manual - Emergency safety information 3HAC027098-001
Operating manual - IRC5 with FlexPendant 3HAC16590-1
Operating manual - RobotStudio Online 3HAC18236-1
Operating manual - Getting started, IRC5 and RobotStudio Online 3HAC027097-001
Operating manual - Trouble shooting, IRC5 3HAC020738-001
Technical reference manual - System parameters 3HAC17076-1
Application Manual - MultiMove 3HAC021272-001

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 7
Overview

Continued

Revisions

Revision Description
- First edition
D Updates made with the new computer unit DSQC639 in
sections:
• Safety instructions
• Connecting a PC to the service port
• Connection to serial channel connector
• Memory functions
• Connecting a USB memory to the computer unit
• Installation of external operator’s panel, IRC5

New sections added for the new computer unit DSQC639:


• Replacement of computer unit DSQC639
• Replacement of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC639
• Replacements of PCI boards in computer unit DSQC639
• Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC639
• Replacement of Compact Flash memory in computer
unit DSQC639
• Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on motherboard
in computer unit DSQC639

Minor corrections made in section Installation of Euromap.

Installation of Hot plug button is described in the new section


Installation of Hot plug.

New Backup energy bank unit is included in section


Repacement of backup energy bank.

New DeviceNet Master/Slave boards are included in sections:

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


• Definition of I/O units, IRC5
• Replacement of I/O units and gateways

Updates made with 6400RF in sections:


• Configuration of the drive system, IRC5
• Manipulator cables

Circuit diagram is updated to revision 6.


E New option Flange disconnect is described in the new section
Replacement of Flange disconnect.

New safety section Close the cabinet door added.

New section Connecting the communication cabeling to the


Dual Cabinet Controller added.

Minor corrections made.

Continues on next page


8 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
Overview

Continued

Revision Description
F New option Electronic Position Switches is described in the new
section Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches
and section Replacement of EPS board.

New option Dust filter is described in the new section


Replacement of dust filter and Cleaning dust filter.

New option EtherNet/IP Fieldbus Adapter is described in the


new section Replacement of fieldbus adapter in the computer
unit DSQC639.

New power supplies are described in the new sections


Replacement of power distribution board, Replacement of
customer I/O power supply and Replacement of system power
supply.

Circuit diagram for option EuroMap and SPI added.

Circuit diagram 3HAC020538-002 replaced by new circuit


diagram 3HAC024480-004.

Minor corrections made.


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 9
Product documentation, M2004

Product documentation, M2004

General
The robot documentation may be divided into a number of categories. This listing is based on
the type of information contained within the documents, regardless of whether the products
are standard or optional. This means that any given delivery of robot products will not contain
all documents listed, only the ones pertaining to the equipment delivered.
However, all documents listed may be ordered from ABB. The documents listed are valid for
M2004 robot systems.

Product manuals
All hardware, robots and controllers, will be delivered with a Product manual that contain:
• Safety information
• Installation and commissioning (descriptions of mechanical installation, electrical
connections)
• Maintenance (descriptions of all required preventive maintenance procedures
including intervals)
• Repair (descriptions of all recommended repair procedures including spare parts)
• Additional procedures, if any (calibration, decommissioning)
• Reference information (article numbers for documentation referred to in Product
manual, procedures, lists of tools, safety standards)
• Part list
• Foldouts or exploded views
• Circuit diagrams

Technical reference manuals


The following manuals describe the robot software in general and contain relevant reference
information:

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


• RAPID Overview: An overview of the RAPID programming language.
• RAPID Instructions, Functions and Data types: Description and syntax for all
RAPID instructions, functions and data types.
• System parameters: Description of system parameters and configuration workflows.

Application manuals
Specific applications (for example software or hardware options) are described in
Application manuals. An application manual can describe one or several applications.
An application manual generally contains information about:
• The purpose of the application (what it does and when it is useful)
• What is included (for example cables, I/O boards, RAPID instructions, system
parameters, CD with PC software)
• How to use the application
• Examples of how to use the application

Continues on next page


10 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
Product documentation, M2004

Continued

Operating manuals
This group of manuals is aimed at those having first hand operational contact with the robot,
that is production cell operators, programmers and trouble shooters. The group of manuals
includes:
• Emergency safety information
• Getting started - IRC5 and RobotStudio Online
• IRC5 with FlexPendant
• RobotStudio Online
• Trouble shooting - IRC5 for the controller and robot
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 11
Product documentation, M2004

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

12 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
1 Safety
1.1. Introduction

1 Safety
1.1. Introduction

Overview
The safety information in this manual is divided in two categories:
• general safety aspects, important to attend to before performing any service or
installation work on the controller. These are applicable for all service work and are
found in section General safety information.
• specific safety information, pointed out in the procedure at the moment of the danger.
How to avoid and eliminate the danger is either detailed directly in the procedure, or
further detailed in separate instructions, found in section Safety related instructions on
page 18.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 13
1 Safety
1.2.1. Introduction

1.2 General safety information

1.2.1. Introduction

Definitions
This section details general safety information for personnel performing installation, repair
and maintenance work.

Sections
The general safety information is divided into the following sections.

Contents Containing
1. General information • safety, service
• limitation of liability
• related information
2. Safety risks (lists dangers relevant • safety risks during installation or service
when working with the controller. • risks associated with live electrical parts
The dangers are split into different
categories).
3. Safety actions (details actions • fire extinguishing
which may be taken to remedy or • safe use of the FlexPendant
avoid dangers).

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

14 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
1 Safety
1.2.2.1. Safety in the robot system

1.2.2. General Information

1.2.2.1. Safety in the robot system

Validity and responsibility


The information does not cover how to design, install and operate a complete system, nor
does it cover all peripheral equipment, which can influence the safety of the total system. To
protect personnel, the complete system must be designed and installed in accordance with the
safety requirements set forth in the standards and regulations of the country where the robot
is installed.
The users of ABB industrial robots are responsible for ensuring that the applicable safety laws
and regulations in the country concerned are observed and that the safety devices necessary
to protect people working with the robot system are designed and installed correctly.
Personnel working with robots must be familiar with the operation and handling of the
industrial robot, described in the applicable documents, for example:
• Operating Manual - IRC5 with FlexPendant (M2004)
• Product Manual

Connection of external safety devices


Apart from the built-in safety functions, the robot is also supplied with an interface for the
connection of external safety devices. Via this interface, an external safety function can
interact with other machines and peripheral equipment. This means that control signals can
act on safety signals received from the peripheral equipment as well as from the robot.

Limitation of liability
Any information given in this manual regarding safety, must not be construed as a warranty
by ABB that the industrial robot will not cause injury or damage even if all safety instructions
are complied with.

Related information
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Type of information Detailed in document Section


Installation of safety Product manual for the robot Installation and commissioning
devices
Changing operating Operating manual - IRC5 with Operating modes
modes FlexPendant (RobotWare 5.0)
Restricting the working Product manual for the robot Installation and commissioning
space

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 15
1 Safety
1.2.3.1. Risks associated with live electric parts

1.2.3. Safety risks

1.2.3.1. Risks associated with live electric parts

Voltage related risks, general


• Although troubleshooting may, on occasion, have to be carried out while the power
supply is turned on, the robot must be turned off (by setting the mains switch to OFF)
when repairing faults, disconnecting electric leads and disconnecting or connecting
units.
• The mains supply to the robot must be connected in such a way that it can be turned
off outside the robot’s working space.

Voltage related risks, IRC5 controller


A danger of high voltage is associated with for example the following parts:
• Be aware of stored electrical energy (DC link, Ultracapacitor bank unit) in the
controller.
• Units such as I/O modules, can be supplied with power from an external source.
• The mains supply/mains switch
• The transformers
• The power unit
• The control power supply (230 VAC)
• The rectifier unit (400-480 VAC and 700 VDC. Note: Capacitors!)
• The drive unit (700 VDC)
• The drive system power supply (230 VAC)
• The service outlets (115/230 VAC)
• The customer power supply (230 VAC)
• The power supply unit for additional tools, or special power supply units for the
machining process.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
• The external voltage connected to the controller remains live even when the robot is
disconnected from the mains.
• Additional connections.

Voltage related risks, tools, material handling devices, etc


Tools, material handling devices, etc., may be live even if the robot system is in the
OFFposition. Power supply cables which are in motion during the working process may be
damaged.

16 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
1 Safety
1.2.4.1. Fire extinguishing

1.2.4. Safety actions

1.2.4.1. Fire extinguishing

NOTE!
Use a CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) extinguisher in the event of a fire in the robot system (robot
or controller)!
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 17
1 Safety
1.3.1. Safety signals, general

1.3 Safety related instructions

1.3.1. Safety signals, general

General
This section specifies all dangers that may arise from performing the work detailed in the
manual. Each danger is detailed in its own section consisting of:
• A caption specifying the danger level (DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION) and the
type of danger.
• A brief description of what will happen if the operator/service personnel do not
eliminate the danger.
• An instruction of how to eliminate the danger to facilitate performing the activity at
hand.

Danger levels
The table below defines the captions specifying the danger levels used throughout this
manual.

Symbol Designation Signification


DANGER Warns that an accident will occur if the instructions
are not followed, resulting in a serious or fatal injury
and/or severe damage to the product. It applies to
warnings that apply to danger with, for example,
contact with high voltage electrical units, explosion
or fire risk, risk of poisonous gases, risk of crushing,
danger impact, fall from height etc.
WARNING Warns that an accident may occur if the instructions
are not followed, that can lead to serious injury,
possibly fatal, and/or great damage to the product. It
applies to warnings that apply to danger with, for
example, contact with high voltage electrical units,
explosion or fire risk, risk of poisonous gases, risk of
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
warning crushing, impact, fall from height etc.
ELECTRICAL The electrocution or electrical shock symbol
SHOCK indicates electrical hazards which could result in
severe personal injury or death.

Electrical shock

CAUTION Warns that an accident may occur if the instructions


are not followed, that can result in injury and/or
damage to the product. It also applies to warnings of
risks that include burns, eye injury, skin injury,
hearing damage, crushing or slipping, tripping,
impact, fall from height etc. Furthermore, it applies to
caution warnings that include function requirements when
fitting and removing equipment, where there is a risk
of damaging the product or causing a breakdown.

Continues on next page


18 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
1 Safety
1.3.1. Safety signals, general

Continued

Symbol Designation Signification


ELECTROSTATIC The electrostatic discharge (ESD) symbol indicates
DISCHARGE (ESD) electrostatic hazards which could result in severe
damage to the product.

Electrostatic discharge
(ESD)

NOTE Note symbols alert you to important facts and


conditions.

Note

TIP Tip symbols direct you to specific instructions, where


to find additional information or how to perform a
certain operation in an easier way.

Tip
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 19
1 Safety
1.3.2. DANGER - Make sure that the main power has been switched off!

1.3.2. DANGER - Make sure that the main power has been switched off!

Description
Working with high voltage is potentially lethal. Persons subjected to high voltage may suffer
cardiac arrest, burn injuries, or other severe injuries. To avoid these dangers, do not proceed
working before eliminating the danger as detailed below.

Elimination, Single Cabinet Controller

Action Note/illustration
1. Switch off the main switch on the controller
cabinet.

xx0600002782

A: Main switch

Elimination, Dual Cabinet Controller

Action Note/illustration

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


1. Switch off the main switch on the Control
Module.

xx0600002783

A: main switch, Control Module


2. Switch off the main switch on the Drive K: main switch, Drive Module (see illustra-
Module. tion above)

20 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
1 Safety
1.3.3. WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!

1.3.3. WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!

Description
ESD (electrostatic discharge) is the transfer of electrical static charge between two bodies at
different potentials, either through direct contact or through an induced electrical field. When
handling parts or their containers, personnel not grounded may potentially transfer high static
charges. This discharge may destroy sensitive electronics.

Elimination

Action Note
1. Use a wrist strap Wrist straps must be tested frequently to ensure
that they are not damaged and are operating
correctly.
2. Use an ESD protective floor mat. The mat must be grounded through a current-
limiting resistor.
3. Use a dissipative table mat. The mat should provide a controlled discharge of
static voltages and must be grounded.

Location of wrist strap button


The wrist strap button is located in the right corner as shown in the illustration below.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002171

A Wrist strap button

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 21
1 Safety
1.3.4. CAUTION - Never stand on or use the cabinet as a ladder

1.3.4. CAUTION - Never stand on or use the cabinet as a ladder

Description
To avoid personal injury or damaging the product, it is never allowed to stand on the single
cabinet or the modules of the dual cabinet. Nor is it allowed to use the single cabinet or the
modules of the dual cabinet as a ladder.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

22 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
1 Safety
1.3.5. CAUTION - Make sure that there are no loose screws or turnings inside the computer unit DSQC639

1.3.5. CAUTION - Make sure that there are no loose screws or turnings inside the
computer unit DSQC639

Description
To avoid damaging the product, do not proceed working before checking that there are no
loose screws, turnings or other parts inside the computer unit after that work has been
performed inside the Controller Cabinet.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 23
1 Safety
1.3.6. CAUTION - Close the cabinet door

1.3.6. CAUTION - Close the cabinet door

Description
The cabinet door must be closed properly when the robot system is in production. If a door is
not properly closed, the cabinet does not comply with the protection class IP54. The shield
for Electro Magnetic Compatibility is also affected if the door is not properly closed.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

24 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.1. Overview

2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5


2.1. Overview

General
The ABB IRC5 controller is available in two basic configurations: Single Cabinet Controller
and Dual Cabinet Controller.

xx0600002929

A Dual Cabinet (Control Module)


B Dual Cabinet (Drive Module)
C Single Cabinet

The Single Cabinet Controller has all components in one single cabinet and the Dual divides
the components into two modules: Control Module and Drive Module.
The Single Cabinet Controller (SCC) is regarded as the standard configuration and therefor
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

the illustration in the procedures detailed in this manual are based on the SCC.
If the procedure in general is the same, it is mentioned in each procedure where the part is
located in the Dual Cabinet configuration. If there are significant differences, both cabinet
configurations are shown.

NOTE!
When replacing a unit in the controller, report to ABB:
• the serial number
• articel number
• revision
of both the replaced unit and the replacement unit.
This is particularly important for the safety equipment to maintain the safety integrety of the
installation.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 25
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.2. Installation Activities

2.2. Installation Activities

Preconditions
The following section details the main steps on how to unload, transport, install and connect
the IRC5 Controller modules.

Procedure

Action Info/Illustration
1. Unpack the delivered IRC5 Controller. How to lift,unpack and transport the IRC5
controller is detailed in section Lifting the
controller modules on page 27 and
Unpacking, IRC5 Controller on page 28.
2. Install the IRC5 Controller. How to install the IRC5 controller is
detailed in section Bolting down the
controller on page 31.
3. Connect the manipulator to IRC5 How to connect the manipulator to IRC5
Controller. controller is detailed in section Connecting
the manipulator to the IRC5 controller on
page 55.
4. Connect power supply to the IRC5 How to connect power supply is detailed in
Controller. sections,
Connecting power supply to the Single
Cabinet Controller on page 46.
Connecting power supply to the Dual
Cabinet Controller on page 49.
5. Connect the FlexPendant to the IRC5 How to connect the FlexPendant is
Controller. detailed in section Connecting a
FlexPendant on page 39.
6. Miscellaneous connections. How to connect MOTORS ON/MOTORS
OFF circuits is detailed in section The
MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit on
page 56.
How to connect to an external safety relay
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
is detailed in Connection of external safety
relay on page 61.
How to connect buses e.g DeviceNet, is
detailed in the Application manual for the
bus respectively.
How to connect I/O units to the IRC5
controller is detailed in the Application
manual for the I/O unit respectively.
How to connect to a network is detailed in
section Connecting a PC to the service
port on page 40.
7. If used, install add-ons. How to install add-ons is detailed in section
Installation of add-ons on page 91.

26 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.3.1. Lifting the controller modules

2.3 Transporting and handling

2.3.1. Lifting the controller modules

Lifting device
Use the two lifting eyes or a fork lift when lifting the IRC5 controller, as shown below.
The figure below shows the maximum angle between the lifting straps when lifting the
controller. The weight of the controller modules are detailed in section Unpacking, IRC5
Controller on page 28.

xx0200000076
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 27
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.3.2. Unpacking, IRC5 Controller

2.3.2. Unpacking, IRC5 Controller

General
Before unpacking and installing the robot system, read the safety regulations and other
instructions very carefully. These are found in Chapter Safety.
The installation must be done by qualified installation personnel and should conform to all
national and local codes.
When unpacking the controller, check that it was not damaged during transport.
NOTE!
If the IRC5 Controller is going to be stored before unpacking and installation, read the
following information regarding storage conditions.

Storage conditions
The table below shows the recommended storage conditions for the IRC5 Controller:

Parameter Value
Min. ambient temperature -25 C
Max. ambient temperature +55 C
Max. ambient temperature (option) +70 C
Max. ambient humidity Max. 95% at constant temperature

Weight controller
The table below shows the weight for the IRC5 Controller:

Controller Weight
Single Cabinet Controller max. 150 kg
Dual Cabinet Controller max. 180 kg
• Control Module 50 kg
• Drive Module 100-130 kg

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Operating conditions
The table below shows the allowed operating conditions for the IRC5 Controller:

Parameter Value
Min. ambient temperature +5 C
Max. ambient temperature +45 C
Max. ambient temperature (option) +52 C
Max. ambient humidity Max. 95%

Continues on next page


28 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.3.2. Unpacking, IRC5 Controller

Continued

Protection class
The table below shows the protection classes for the IRC5 Controller and FlexPendant:

Equipment Protection class


IRC5 Single or Dual Cabinet Controller IP54
FlexPendant IP54
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 29
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.4.1. Required installation space, IRC5 Controller

2.4 On-site Installation

2.4.1. Required installation space, IRC5 Controller

Dimensions
The figure below shows the required installation space for the IRC5 controller, the illustration
shows a Single Cabinet Controller. The measures are the same for the Dual Cabinet
Controller.

xx0500001848

NOTE! The free space on the right hand side of the controller is required to allow opening
the door a full 180° and to access the optional moist dust filter.

NOTE! The air distance 350 mm on the backside of the controller is required to allow © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
inspection and replacement of the optional moist dust filter and ensure proper cooling.

NOTE! Do not place customer cables over the moist dust filters on the backside of the
controller. Makes difficult to inspect and replace the moist dust filters.

30 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.4.2. Bolting down the controller

2.4.2. Bolting down the controller

Bolt pattern, Single Cabinet Controller and Dual Cabinet Controller Design 2006
The figure below shows the bolt pattern for the Single Cabinet Controller:

xx0500001853

Bolt pattern, Dual Cabinet Controller Design 2004


The figures below shows the bolt pattern for the Control Module and the Drive Module.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

45

xx0200000075

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 31
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.4.3. Transportation screws

2.4.3. Transportation screws

General
During transportation the kick cover is secured with two screws. The two screws must be
removed before removal of the plate and connection of cables. The screws are located as
shown in the illustration below.

xx0500002038

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

32 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.4.4. Mounting the FlexPendant holder

2.4.4. Mounting the FlexPendant holder

Location
The placement of the FlexPendant holder is shown in the illustration below.

xx0500002542

A FlexPendant holder mounted on top of the control cabinet.


B FlexPendant holder mounted on the control cabinet door.

NOTE!
In order to avoid drop of the FlexPendant from high levels, the location of the FlexPendant
holder on top of the control cabinet is recommended only with one single cabinet. Otherwise
according to location on the control cabinet door.

Required equipment

Equipment Art.no Note


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Standard tool kit The contents are defined in


section, Standard Toolkit.
FlexPendant holder 3HAC12678-1

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 33
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.4.4. Mounting the FlexPendant holder

Continued

Procedure - On top of the control cabinet


The following procedure details how to mount the FlexPendant holder on top of the control
cabinet.

Action Note/illustration
1. Remove the protective liner from the tape.

xx0500002546

2. Press the mounting plate with FlexPendant


holder against the top of the control cabinet.

NOTE!
The surface must be clean and dry.
3. Mount the cable bracket holder on the side of
the cabinet.
Use one of the excisting M8 screws.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0700000240

• A: Cable bracket holder


4. Mount the cable bracket on the cable bracket
holder using enclosed Fastite screws (4 pcs).

xx0700000241

• A: Cable bracket

Continues on next page


34 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.4.4. Mounting the FlexPendant holder

Continued

Procedure - On the control cabinet door


The following procedure details how to mount the FlexPendant holder on the control cabinet
door.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Bend the two flanges on the mounting
plate to match the upper shape of the
door.

xx0700000242

• A: Flange
2. Remove the protective liner from the tape
on the mounting plate.
3. Press the mounting plate against the
control cabinet door.

NOTE!
The surface must be clean and dry.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0700000243

• A: Mounting plate
4. Mount the FlexPendant holder and cable
bracket to the mounting plate with the
enclosed Fastite screws (6 pcs).

xx0700000244

• A: Cable bracket
• B: FlexPendant holder

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 35
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.1. Connectors on controller, IRC5

2.5 Connections

2.5.1. Connectors on controller, IRC5

General
The following section describes the connectors on respective front panels on the IRC5
controller. These are described below.

Single Cabinet Controller


The following details the connection interface on the Single Cabinet Controller.

Small robots
The following details the connection interface for small robots.

xx0500001852

Description
A XP.0 Mains connection
B XS.1 Robot power connection
C XS.7 Additional axes power connection
D XS.58 Position switches
E XS.8 Position switches
F XS.13/XS.5 Customer power/signals external connection
G XS.10 Customer options © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
H XS.11 Customer options
J XS.12 Customer options
K X3 Customer safety signals
L XS.28 Network connection
M XS.41 Additional axes SMB connection
N XS.2 Robot SMB connection

Continues on next page


36 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.1. Connectors on controller, IRC5

Continued

Large robots
The following details the connection interface for large robots.

xx0500002044

Description
A XP.0 Mains connection
B XS.1 Robot power connection
C XS.7 Additional axes power connection
D XS.58 Position switches
E XS.8 Position switches
F XS.13/XS.5 Customer power/signals external connection
G XS.10 Customer options
H XS.11 Customer options
J XS.12 Customer options
K X3 Customer safety signals
L XS.28 Network connection
M XS.41 Additional axes SMB connection
N XS.2 Robot SMB connection

Dual Cabinet Controller


The following details the connectors on the frontpanel of the Dual Cabinet Controller, that is
the Control Module and the Drive Module.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Control Module
The following details the connectors on the frontpanel of the Control Module.

xx0400000931

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 37
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.1. Connectors on controller, IRC5

Continued

Description
A Power connection
B A5.X8: Position switches
C A5.X58: Position switches
D A5.X5: Customer power/signals external connection
E A5.X11: Customer options
F A5.X12: Customer options
G A5.X13: Customer options
H A5.X14: Customer options
J A5.X3: Customer safety signals
K A22.X1: FlexPendant connection
L A5.X28: Network connection

Drive Module
The following details the connectors on the frontpanel of the Drive Module.

xx0600002931

Description
A A4.X0: Mains connection to transformer © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
B A4.XS25: Power to Control Module
C A4.X1: Robot power connection
D A4.X7: External axes power connection
E A4.XX: Customer options
F A4.XX: Customer options
G A4.XX: Customer options
H A4.XX: Customer options
J A4.XS2: Robot SMB connection
K A4.XS41: Additional axes SMB connection
L Communication cabling between Control/Drive Module
M Communication cabling between Control/Drive Module

38 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.2. Connecting a FlexPendant

2.5.2. Connecting a FlexPendant

Location of FlexPendant connector


The FlexPendant connector is located as shown below.

xx0600002782

L FlexPendant connector (A22.X1)


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

On a Dual Cabinet Controller, the FlexPendant connector is located on the front of the
Control Module.

Connecting a FlexPendant

Action Info
1. Locate the FlexPendant socket connector The controller must be in manual mode. If
on the controller. your system has the option Hot plug, then
you can also disconnect in auto mode. See
section Using the hot plug option.
2. Plug in the FlexPendant cable connector.
3. Screw the connector lock ring firmly by
turning it clockwise.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 39
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.3. Connecting a PC to the service port

2.5.3. Connecting a PC to the service port

NOTE!
The service port shall only be used for direct connection to a PC as described in this
procedure. It must not be connected to a LAN (local area network), since it has a DHCP server
that automatically distributes IP addresses to all units connected to the LAN.
Contact your network administrator if you need more information.
CAUTION!
When a cable is connected to the service port on the controller front and the service hatch or
the connector cover on the single cabinet are opened, the controller will not comply with the
requirements of protection class IP54.

Ports DSQC623
The illustration below shows the two main ports on the computer unit: the Service Port and
the LAN port. Make sure the LAN (factory network) is not connected to any of the service
ports!
A

B
xx0400001299

A Service port on computer unit (connected to Service port on the Control Module
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
front through a cable)
B LAN port on computer unit (connects to factory LAN)

Connections to ports may be done as detailed below:


Connection to/from: Detailed in section:
Connecting the Single Cabinet/Control
Module to the factory LAN.
Connecting a PC to the Single Cabinet/ Proceed as detailed below!
Control Module service port.

Continues on next page


40 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.3. Connecting a PC to the service port

Continued

Ports DSQC639
The illustration below shows the two main ports on the computer unit: the Service Port and
the LAN port. Make sure the LAN (factory network) is not connected to any of the service
ports!

xx0600002889

A Service port on the computer unit (connected to Service port on the Control
Module front through a cable)
B LAN port on computer unit (connects to factory LAN)

Connections to ports may be done as detailed below.

Connection to/from: Detailed in section:


Connecting the Single Cabinet/Control
Module to the factory LAN.
Connecting a PC to the Single Cabinet/ Proceed as detailed below.
Control Module service port.

Connecting a PC to the service port


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Action Illustration
1. Make sure the network setting on the PC to Refer to the system documentation for
be connected is correct. your PC, depending on the operative
system you are running.
The PC must be set to “Obtain an IP
address automatically” or set as described
in Service PC Information in the Boot
Application.
2. Use the delivered category 5 Ethernet The cable is delivered in the RobotWare
crossover boot cable with RJ45 product box.
connectors.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 41
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.3. Connecting a PC to the service port

Continued

Action Illustration
3. Connect the boot cable to the network port
of your PC.

xx0400000844

• A: network port
The placement of the network port may
vary depending on the PC model.
4. Connect the boot cable to the service port
on the controller.

xx0600002891

• A: Service port

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

42 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.4. Connection to serial channel connector

2.5.4. Connection to serial channel connector

Overview
The controller has one serial channel RS232 for permanent use which can be used for
communication point to point with printers, terminals, computers or other equipment.
The following sections detail connection to the serial channel connector (COM1) on the
computer unit.

Location DSQC623
The serial channel connector is placed on a PCI board mounted in the computer unit, as shown
below.

xx0400000883

Description
A Bay for hard disk/IDE flash module
B X1 power supply connector
C PWR (green)
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

D HDD (yellow
E A32 RCC
F Console
G COM1
H USB 1, 2 computer unit (USB 2 is normally connected to power supply supervision)
J USB 3, 4 computer unit (Not used)
K LAN
L A33 Profibus DP M/S, Interbus M/S (optical fiber), A38 Interbus M/S (copper wire),
A35 DeviceNet, Multimove Ethernet card.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 43
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.4. Connection to serial channel connector

Continued

Location DSQC639
The serial channel connector is placed on the computer unit as shown below.

xx0600002892

Description
A COM1

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


RS-232/422 converter 3HAC14944-1 DSQC 615
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


44 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.4. Connection to serial channel connector

Continued

Conversion of the RS232 channel


The RS232 channel can be converted to RS422 full duplex with an optional adapter (Option
714-1).
The RS422 enables a more reliable point to point communication (differential) over longer
distances, from RS232 = 15m to RS422 = 120m.

Action Info/Illistration
1. Connect the adapter to the serial channel For computer unit DSQC 639 a cable is
connector. needed between the serial channel
connector and the adapter.

xx0600003075

• A: cable
• B: adapter
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 45
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.5. Connecting power supply to the Single Cabinet Controller

2.5.5. Connecting power supply to the Single Cabinet Controller

General
The following sections details how to connect power supply to the Single Cabinet Controller.

Location

xx0500001869

A Cable gland

Prerequisites

Equipment Art. no. Note

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Power supply cable (3-phase)
External earth fault protection at 30mA
control cables 3 -15m
External earth fault protection at 300mA
control cables >15m
Standard toolkit The contents are defined
in section Standard toolkit!

Other tools and procedures may be These procedures include


required. See references to these references to the tools
procedures in the step-by-step required.
instructions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


46 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.5. Connecting power supply to the Single Cabinet Controller

Continued

Connection through a cable gland


The following procedures detail how to connect the mains power to the controller through a
cable gland.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Connect power supply from an external Described in section, Prerequisites
earth fault protection.
2. Fit the cable trough the cable gland and
tighten.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001870

Parts:
• A: cable gland
• B: rotary switch
• C: cable pipe
• D: grounding point
Continues on next page
3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 47
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.5. Connecting power supply to the Single Cabinet Controller

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
3. Strip the insulation on the power supply
cable long enough to reach the rotary
switch.
4. Connect the ground cable at the See illustration above. Tightening torque,
grounding point. 4.5Nm.
5. Route the phase wires through the pipe See illustration above.
up to the rotary switch.
6. Connect the wires as shown in the illus-
tration.

xx0500001882

Connection through a connector


The following procedures detail how to connect the mains power to the controller through a
connector.
NOTE!
To fabricate a cable with connector is described in section Fitting the connector on page 53

Action Note/illustration
1. Connect the power cable from the shop
supply to connector XP0 on the front panel

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


on the controller.

xx0500001852

Parts:
• A: XP0 Mains power connector

48 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.6. Connecting power supply to the Dual Cabinet Controller

2.5.6. Connecting power supply to the Dual Cabinet Controller

General
The following sections details how to connect power supply to the Dual Cabinet Controller,
both the Control Module and the Drive Module.

Location

xx0400000758

A Harness-230V from Drive Module to Control Module.


B Cable gland for Harness-230V.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

To Control Module
Normally the 230 V cable between the Drive Module and the Drive Module is connected at
delivery.
The following procedure describes exceptions from the standard delivery, when the cable
must be connected to the Control Module after delivery.

Action Note/Illustrator
1. Lead the harness through the Connectors on the Control Module are described in
cable gland, into the Control section, Connectors on controller, IRC5 on page 36
Cabinet.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 49
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.6. Connecting power supply to the Dual Cabinet Controller

Continued

Action Note/Illustrator
2. Loosen the contact behind the
main switch of the Control
Cabinet.

xx0600003367

A - Connect
3. Connect the two power cables
from the harness to the
contacts marked 1L1 and 3L2
on the contact.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


xx0600003368

4. Strap the cabling to existing


straps inside the module.

To Drive module
Connecting power to the Drive Module is done exactly as for the Single Cabinet Controller,
see Connecting power supply to the Single Cabinet Controller on page 46.

50 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.7. Connecting the communication cabling for the Dual Cabinet Controller

2.5.7. Connecting the communication cabling for the Dual Cabinet Controller

General
Normally the communication cabling between the Control Module and Drive Module are
installed at delivery.
The following procedures describes exceptions from the standard delivery, when the cables
must be connected to the Control Module after delivery.

Communication cabling
The communication cabling are delivered with the Drive Module, and consists of the
following cables:
• Ethernet cable
• Safety cable

Location
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600003365

A Ethernet cable
B Safety cable

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 51
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.7. Connecting the communication cabling for the Dual Cabinet Controller

Continued

Procedure
The procedures below details how to install the communication cabling.
The placement of Computer unit, Axis computer, Panel unit and Contactor board are
described in the repairs section respectively.

Action Info/Illustration
1. Lead the Ethernet and
safety cables from the
front of the Drive Module
to the back of the Control
Module. Lead the cables
into the Control Module
through the cable glands
on the back.

xx0600003369

A: Cable glands where Ethernet and safety cables enter


the Control Cabinet.
2. Connect the Ethernet
cable to the main
computer, contact
A32.A9. The contact is
marked with AXC1.
Connect the safety cable
to the panel board,
contact A21.X7.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


xx0600003370

3. Strap the cabling to


existing straps inside the
module.

52 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.8. Fitting the connector

2.5.8. Fitting the connector

General
This section details how to fabricate a cable for connecting the mains power to the Drive
Module.

Specifications
The following details the cable and fuse requirements for the mains power connection to the
Drive Module.

Component Description
Cable typ Flexible oil resistant rubber
Cable area 4 x 6mm2
Fuse Delay action fuse 25A

Included parts
The following parts are included in the delivery.

Part Qty Art. no.


Female contact 1
Contact housing 1
Brass cable clamp with gasket 1

Procedure
The following details how to fit the connectors

Action Note/Illustration
1. Select a suitable three phase + earth cable and cut See specifications above.
it to desired lenght.
2. Make sure all parts required are available. Specified in Included parts above.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 53
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.8. Fitting the connector

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
3. Fit the cable through the hosing and the brass cable
clamp, and connect the wires to the female
connector.

xx0400001044

• A: housing
• B: Brass cable clamp
• C: female connector
4. Connect the wires according to the illustration.

xx0400001045

• X0.1 - phase 1
• X0.2 - phase 2
• X0.3 - phase 3
• X0.PE - earth wire
5. Assemble the connector by fitting the housing and
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
the brass cable clamp.

54 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.9. Connecting the manipulator to the IRC5 controller

2.5.9. Connecting the manipulator to the IRC5 controller

General
Connect the manipulator and IRC5 controller to each other after installing them. The lists
below specify which cables to be used in each application.
All connectors on the IRC5 controller are shown in section Connectors on controller, IRC5
on page 36.

Main cable categories


All cables between manipulator and IRC5 controller are divided into the following
categories:

Cable category Description


Manipulator cables Handles power supply to and control of the
manipulator's motors as well as feedback
from the serial measurement board.
Position switch cables (option) Handles supply to and feedback from any
position switches.
Customer cables (option) Handles communication with equipment fitted
on the manipulator by the customer.
Additional axes cables (option) Handles power supply to and control of the
external axes motors as well as feedback
from the servo system.

These categories above are divided into sub-categories which are specified in section
Manipulator cables on page 271.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 55
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.10. The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit

2.5.10. The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit

Outline diagram
The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit is made up of two identical chains of switches.
The diagram shows the available customer connections, AS, GS, SS and ES.
A
E

B C C
D

G F

J &
P S
R T
K

M N

O
xx0100000174

A ES (emergency stop)
B LS (Limit switch)
C Solid state switches
D Contactor
E Mains

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


F Drive unit
G Second chain interlock
H GS (general mode safeguarded space stop)
J SS (superior stop, same function as GS)
K AS (Automatic mode safeguarded space stop)
L ED (TPU enabling device)
M Manual mode
N Automatic mode
O Operating mode selector
P RUN
R EN1
S EN2
T Motor

Continues on next page


56 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.10. The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit

Continued

Function of the MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit


The circuit monitors all safety related equipment and switches. If any of the switches is
opened, the MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit switches the power to the motors off.
As long as the two chains not are in an identical state, the robot will remain in MOTORS OFF
mode.

Connection of safety chains


The diagram below shows the dual channel safety chain.
The supply from internal 24V and 0 V is displayed. For external supply of GS and AS check
the circuit diagram.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Term in al Lo cat io n

X5 , X6 Co n t ro l M o d u le
X2 2, X2 4 D rive M o d u le

xx0100000166

Technical data per chain


Limit switch Load: 300 mV
Max. voltage drop: 1 V
External connectors Load: 10 mA
Max. voltage drop: 4 V
GS/AS load at 24 V 25 mA
GS/AS closed "1" >18 V

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 57
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.10. The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit

Continued

Technical data per chain


GS/AS open "0" <5V
External supply of GS/AS Max. + 35 VDC
Min. - 35 VDC
Max. potential in relation to the 300 V
cabinet earthing and other signal
groups.
Signal class Control signals

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


58 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.10. The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit

Continued

Connection of ES1/ES2 on panel unit


The diagram below shows the terminals for the emergency circuits.
The supply from internal 24V (X1/X2:10) and 0V (X1/X2:10) is displayed. For an ext.
supply, X1:3 / X2:9 is connected to ext. 24V, and X1:9 / X2:3 is connected to ext. 0V (dotted
lines).
A

24V 0V
B C D
X1:4 X1:3
X1:9

X1:1 0
X1:8 X1:7
X1:1

X1:2
24V

X1:6

E
24V
X1:4
X1:5
G
0V 24V
F
B C D
X2:4 X2:3
X2:9

X2:10
X2:8 X2:7

X2:1

X2:2 0V
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

X2:6
H
0V
X2:4

X2:5
J
xx0100000191

A Internal
B Ext stop
C FlexPendant
D Cabinet
E ES1 internal
F Run chain 1 top
G Internal
H ES2 internal
J Run chain 2 top
Continues on next page
3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 59
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.10. The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit

Continued

Technical data
ES1 and ES2 max output voltage 120 VAC or 48 VDC
ES1 and ES2 max output current 120 VAC: 4 A
48 VDC L/R: 50 mA
24 VDC L/R: 2 A
24 VDC R load: 8 A
External supply of ES relay 24 VDC ± 10% between ter- minals X1:9,
8 and X2:9, 8 respectively.
Note! In case of interference, the
external supply must be properly filtered.
Rated current per chain 40 mA
Max. potential in relation to the cabinet earthing 300 V
and other signal groups.
Signal class Control signals

Connection to operating mode selector (Option)


The illustration below shows the connection of terminals for customer use.

xx0500002092

A Mode selector © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

External manual FS (Full Speed) 100% is an option.

Technical data
Max. voltage 48 VDC
Max. current 4A
Max. potential in relation to the cabinet earthing 300 V
and other signal groups.
Signal class Control signals

60 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.11. Connection of external safety relay

2.5.11. Connection of external safety relay

Description
The motor contactors K42 and K43 in the Drive Module can operate with external equipment
if external relays are used.
The figure below shows an example of how to connect an external safety relay.

Connection example

xx0100000246

C Robot 1
D Robot 2
F ES (emergency stop) relay
G External Safety relay
H To other equipment
J Safety gate
K Cell ES (emergency stop)
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 61
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.12. Connection to MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF contactor

2.5.12. Connection to MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF contactor

General
This section details connection to the MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF contactor. To be used
when the customer wants external equipment to follow the robot control.

Location
The MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF contactor is located on the left hand side in the Drive
Module as shown below.
A

C
D

xx0400001058

A MOTOR ON contactor K42 / K43


B Contactor auxilary block 33-34
C Brake contactor
D Jumper (3 pcs)
E Contactor interface board

Required equipment

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


The table below details the required equipment.

Equipment Art. no. Note


Standard toolkit
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Technical data
The table below shows technical data.

Technical data
Max. voltage 48 VDC
Max. current 4A
Max. potential in relation to the cabinet earthing 300 V
and other signal groups.
Signal class Control signals

Continues on next page


62 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.12. Connection to MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF contactor

Continued

Procedure
Following procedure details connection to the MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF contactor.

Action Info/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the safety
information in section DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Connect the wires to the contactor auxilary blocks 33-34,
according to the diagram to the right.

xx0400001231
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 63
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.13. Connection of servo disconnect, by limit switch

2.5.13. Connection of servo disconnect, by limit switch

General
This function enables you to temporarily disconnect a Drive Module and deactivate any robot
or additional mechanical units connected to this module. The procedures are detailed below.
It is also possible to connect a remote switch to enable a Drive Module Disconnect. The
required equipment and procedure for connection of a switch are specified below.
NOTE!
The system diagnostics monitors the connection and disconnection of Drive Modules, and
event log messages regarding these events will be stored in the event log when required.
These messages are accessible using the FlexPendant or RobotStudio Online.

Location
The contactor interface board unit is located on the left hand side of the controller as shown
below.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller, the board is located in the Drive Module.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001951

A Contactor interface board


B Contactors
C Drive system power supply
D Customer I/O power supply
E Control power supply
F Backup energy bank

Continues on next page


64 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.13. Connection of servo disconnect, by limit switch

Continued

Required equipment
The table below details the required equipment.

Equipment Art no. Note


Wire AWG20
Switch 24V 0,5A
Operating manual - RobotStudio Online 3HAC18236-1
Operating manual - IRC5 with FlexPendant 3HAC16590-1
Standard toolkit
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Control system

Enabling a Drive Module Disconnect in RobotStudio Online


The following procedures details how to enabeling the system for a Drive Module
Disconnect.

Action Note/illustration
1. In RobotStudio Online, select
the Topic: Motion.
2. Select Type: Drive Module
User Data .
3. Set the parameter for selected Parameter name: Allow_Drive_Module_Disconnect
drive module to YES.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx

4. Restart the system.


(Warm start)

Enabling a Drive Module Disconnect with the FlexPendant


The following procedures details how to enabeling the system for a Drive Module
Disconnect.

Action Note/illustration
1. On the FlexPendant, Tap ABB
and then Tap Control Panel.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 65
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.13. Connection of servo disconnect, by limit switch

Continued

Action Note/illustration
2. In the Control panel menu, Tap
Configuration.

xx0500002093

3. In the Configuration menu, Tap


Topics, and select Motion.

xx0500002095

4. In the Topic: Motion, Tap Type:


Drive Module User Data.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002094

Continues on next page


66 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.13. Connection of servo disconnect, by limit switch

Continued

Action Note/illustration
5. Tap selected drive module.

xx0500002097

6. Tap the parameter in order to


modify it.

xx0500002098

7. Restart the system (warm start).

Disconnect the Drive Module


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

The following procedure details how to disconnect a Drive Module.

Action Note/illustration
1. Make sure that the system is in the
MOTORS_OFF state.
2. Disconnect the connector X22. It is also possible to use connector X21,
but this is typically used for limit switches
on the robot.

xx

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 67
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.13. Connection of servo disconnect, by limit switch

Continued

Reconnect the Drive Module


The following procedure details how to reconnect the Drive Module.

Action Note/illustration
1. Make sure that the system is in the
MOTORS_OFF state.
2. Reconnect the X22 connector.

xx0500002087

3. Move the program pointer to main in the


RAPID-program where the disconnected
mechanical units are active.

Connect a remote switch


The following procedures details how to connect a remote switch.

Action Note/illustration
1. Make sure that the system is in the
MOTORS_OFF state.
2. Disconnect the jumpers from the connector
X22.
3. Connect the wires to the connector X22
according to the diagram on the right.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002091

68 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.14. Connection of servo disconnect, by servo power switch

2.5.14. Connection of servo disconnect, by servo power switch

General
The IRC5 controller is pre-wired to accept a customer servo disconnect.
NOTE!
Due to risk of voltage drop, the switch to the servo disconnect circuit should not be mounted
more than 50 meters from the Drive Module.

Location
The contactor is found on the left hand side inside the Drive Module as shown below.
A

C
D

xx0400001058

A MOTOR ON contactor K42 / K43


B Contactor block3
C Brake contactor
D Jumper (4 pcs)
E Contactor interface board

Required equipment
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

The table below details the required equipment.

Equipment Art. no. Note


Wire AWG 10, brake AWG 16
Switch 500V 40 A, brake 24V 10A
Standard toolkit
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

WARNING!
It is recommmended to also open the 24V to the brake (wire 489) to avoid accidental release
of the brakes when the drive system is disconnected.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 69
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.14. Connection of servo disconnect, by servo power switch

Continued

Procedure
Following procedure details how to connect a servo disconnect.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet,
please observe the safety information in
section DANGER - Make sure that the
main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Remove the four jumpers between The jumpers are shown in Location.
contactors R2 and R3
3. Connect the wires according to the
diagram on the right.

xx040000

• A: MOTOR ON contactor K43


• B: Jumper (4 pcs)
• C: MOTOR ON contactor K42 © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
• D: Wires to external main switch
• E: External switch

70 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.15. Connecting a Limit switch override push button

2.5.15. Connecting a Limit switch override push button

General
The override circuit enables the possibility to jogg an axis out of a forbidden (limited) zone.

Limitations
The switch has to be placed inside the controller to eliminate the risk of electrical noise.

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no Note


Contact block 1SFA 610 605 R1001 ABB CW Control
Contact blocks with holder 1SFA 611 605 R1201 ABB CW Control
Push button (in Dual Cabinet) 1SFA 611 102 R1105 ABB CW Control
Connector X23 1SSA 245 204 R0100 ABB CW Control
Wire Cable AWG 20 Blue
Standard toolkit Described in section,
Standard Toolkit.
Circuit diagram IRC5 3HAC024480-004

Procedure for Single Cabinet Controller


The following procedure details how to connect a Limit switch override circuit in a Single
Cabinet Controller.

Action Note/illustration
1.

Danger

DANGER!
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Before any work inside the IRC5 controller


modules, please observe the safety
information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been
switched off! on page 20.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 71
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.15. Connecting a Limit switch override push button

Continued

Action Note/illustration
2. Attach two additional contact blocks on the
existing push button (Motors on).

A
note

Note!
There is only room for one additional
contact block beside the two existing. B
Therefor, place one additional block on top
of the other.

C
D
xx0500002553

• A: Additional contact blocks


• B: Existing contact, lamp blocks
• C: Holder
• D: Push button
3. Connect wires from the contact blocks to
the connector according to the diagram to
the right.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002556

Continues on next page


72 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.15. Connecting a Limit switch override push button

Continued

Action Note/illustration
4. Route the wires together with the existing
harness on the left wall.

xx0500002557

• A: Contact blocks
• B: Wires
• C: Connector X23
5. Fit the connector to the X23 connector on
the contactor interface board.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002087

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 73
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.15. Connecting a Limit switch override push button

Continued

Procedure for Dual Cabinet Controller


The following procedure details how to connect a Limit switch override circuit in a Dual
Cabinet Controller.

Action Note/illustration
1.

Danger

DANGER!
Before any work inside the IRC5 controller
modules, please observe the safety
information in section DANGER - Make sure
that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Disconnect the two wires from the signal lamp
block.
3. Remove the signal lamp from the operator’s
panel on the Drive Module.

xx0500002563

• A: Signal lamp
• B: Attachment nut
4. Fit the push button with holder and contact

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


and lamp blocks in the existing hole of the
signal lamp.

B
C
xx0500002554

• A: Contact, lamp blocks


• B: Holder
• C: Push button
5. Reconnect the two wires from signal lamp to
the new lamp block.

Continues on next page


74 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.5.15. Connecting a Limit switch override push button

Continued

Action Note/illustration
6. Connect wires from the contact blocks to the
connector according to the diagram to the
right.

xx050000

7. Route the wires together with the existing


harness on the left wall.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002564

• A: Contact block
• B: Wires
• C: Connector X23
8. Fit the connector to the X23 connector on the
contactor interface board.

xx0500002087

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 75
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.1. Drive functions, general

2.6 Drive system

2.6.1. Drive functions, general

General
The manipulator is powered by power electronics found in the IRC5 controller, (for the Dual
Cabinet Controller it’s found in the Drive Module). This also includes power electronics for
driving external axes.

Standard configurations
The drive system (drive units, rectifier and capacitor unit) is available in two sizes depending
on which robot to drive and other power requirements.
How to configure the drive system is detailed in, Configuration of the drive system, IRC5 on
page 77

Install drive system parts


How to install the drive system parts is detailed in section Installation of Drive system parts
on page 99

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

76 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

General
The IRC5 Single Cabinet Controller contains a number of drive units, rectifiers and filters.
Any allowed combination of these, depending on the robot type, is specified below.
The robot system may also be equipped with up to three additional drive modules, which are
described in the Product manual - IRC5, section Installation of additional drive module.

Location
The servo drive units, rectifiers and capacitor units are located in the Single Cabinet
Controller as shown below.

xx0500001858

Description
A Operator’s panel
B Capacitor
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

C Computer unit
D Panel unit
E Axis computer
F Drive system, (drive units and rectifier)

DC busbars
Between the units are fitted DC-busbars, which are specified below:

Description Art. no. Note


DC-bus bar 3HAC17281-1 DC_L6: long busbar with six connector groups
DC-bus bar 3HAC17281-3 DC_S2: short busbar with two connector groups
Servo drive dummy 3HAC17282-1 -

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 77
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

IRB 140
The figures show the drive unit with and without additional axes respectively. The table
specifies which units may be fitted in which positions.

xx0200000121

xx0200000120

Pos. Identification Description Art. no. Note


1 DSQC 620_C2 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-1 Only in system
with two external
axes, size U
Z2 DSQC 618_RC1 Rectifier 3HAC14549-1 In systems © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
without external
axes only!
Z2 DSQC 618_R2 Rectifier 3HAC14549-2 In systems with
external axes
only!
Z3, Y3, DSQC 617_3B3A Main Drive unit 3HAC025338-001 Z3 - X3 is ONE
X3 unit!
Z4, Y4, DSQC 619 Optional drive 3HAC14550-1 Size: 1C
X4 units for 3HAC14550-2 Size: 1T
additional axes 3HAC14550-3 Size: 1U

Continues on next page


78 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

IRB 340
The figures show the drive unit with and without additional axes respectively. The table
specifies which units may be fitted in which positions.

xx0200000121

xx0200000120

Pos. Identification Description Art. no. Note


1 DSQC 620_C2 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-1 In systems with
external axes
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

only!
1 DSQC 620_C4 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-3 Only in system
with two external
axes, size U
Z2 DSQC 618_RC1 Rectifier 3HAC14549-1 In systems
without external
axes only!
Z2 DSQC 618_R2 Rectifier 3HAC14549-2 In systems with
external axes
only!
Z3, Y3, X3 DSQC 617_3E1C Main Drive unit 3HAC025338-003 Z3 - X3 is ONE
unit!
Z4, Y4, X4 DSQC 619 Optional drive 3HAC14550-1 Size: 1C
units for 3HAC14550-2 Size: 1T
additional axes 3HAC14550-3 Size: 1U

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 79
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

IRB 1400
The figures show the drive unit with and without additional axes respectively. The table
specifies which units may be fitted in which positions.

xx0200000121

xx0200000120

Pos. Identification Description Art. no. Note


1 DSQC 620_C4 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-3 Only in system with
two external axes,
size U
Z2 DSQC 618_RC1 Rectifier 3HAC14549-1 In systems without © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
external axes only!
Z2 DSQC 618_R2 Rectifier 3HAC14549-2 In systems with
external axes only!
Z3, Y3, DSQC 617_3B3A Main Drive unit 3HAC025338-001 Z3 - X3 is ONE unit!
X3
Z4, Y4, DSQC 619 Optional drive 3HAC14550-1 Size: 1C
X4 units for 3HAC14550-2 Size: 1T
additional axes 3HAC14550-3 Size: 1U

Continues on next page


80 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

IRB 2400
The figures show the drive unit with and without additional axes respectively. The table
specifies which units may be fitted in which positions.

xx0200000121

xx0200000120

Pos. Identification Description Art. no. Note


1 DSQC 620_C4 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-3 Only in system
with two external
axes, size U
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Z2 DSQC 618_RC1 Rectifier 3HAC14549-1 In systems


without external
axes only!
Z2 DSQC 618_R2 Rectifier 3HAC14549-2 In systems with
external axes
only!
Z3, Y3, X3 DSQC 617_2E2C2B Main Drive unit 3HAC025338-002 Z3 - X3 is ONE
unit!
Z4, Y4, X4 DSQC 619 Optional drive 3HAC14550-1 Size: 1C
units for 3HAC14550-2 Size: 1T
additional axes 3HAC14550-3 Size: 1U

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 81
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

IRB 4400
The figures show the drive unit with and without additional axes respectively. The table
specifies which units may be fitted in which positions.
X Y Z
1

Rectifier: Z2
Capacitor: 1
Main drive unit: Z4 - X3
Single drive unit: 7=Y2/8=X2

xx0300000184

Pos. Identification Description Art. no. Note


1 DSQC 620_ C4 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-3
Z2 DSQC 618_R2 Rectifier 3HAC14549-2
Y2, X2 DSQC 619 Optional drive 3HAC14550-1 Size: 1C
units for 3HAC14550-2 Size: 1T
additional axes 3HAC14550-3 Size: 1U
Z4, Y4, X4, Z3, DSQC Main Drive unit 3HAC025338-004 Z4 - X3 is ONE
Y3, X3 617_3G3T unit!

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


82 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

IRB 6400RF
The figures show the drive unit with and without additional axes respectively. The table
specifies which units may be fitted in which positions.
X Y Z
1

Rectifier: Z2
Capacitor: 1
Main drive unit: Z4 - X3
Single drive unit: 7=Y2/8=X2
xx0300000184

Pos. Identification Description Art. no. Note


1 DSQC 620_C4 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-3
Z2 DSQC 618_R2 Rectifier 3HAC14549-2
Y2, X2 DSQC 619 Optional drive units 3HAC14550-4 Size: 1W
for external axes
Z4, Y4, X4, DSQC Main Drive unit 3HAC025338-006 Z4 - X3 is
Z3, Y3, X3 617_3V3W ONE unit!
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 83
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

IRB 6600, 7600


The figures show the drive unit with and without additional axes respectively. The table
specifies which units may be fitted in which positions.
X Y Z
1

Rectifier: Z2
Capacitor: 1
Main drive unit: Z4 - X3
Single drive unit: 7=Y2/8=X2
xx0300000184

Pos. Identification Description Art. no. Note


1 DSQC 620_C3 Capacitor unit 3HAC14551-2
Z2 DSQC 618_R3 Rectifier 3HAC14549-3
Y2, X2 DSQC 619 Optional drive units 3HAC14550-4 Size: 1W
for external axes
Z4, Y4, X4, DSQC 617_3V3W Main Drive unit 3HAC025338-006 Z4 - X3 is
Z3, Y3, X3 ONE unit!

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


84 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.6.2. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5

Continued

Drive unit connection


The table below shows the drive unit connection for each drive unit.

Designation in Template file name


Main drive unit Power stage
circuit diagrama (drive unit name)
DSQC 617_3B3A • B M1 (R,S,T)b M1 (DMX)c
Used for irb 140 • B M2 (R,S,T) M2 (DMX)
• A M3 (R,S,T) M3 (DMX)
• A M4 (R,S,T) M4 (DMX)
• B M5 (R,S,T) M5 (DMX)
• A M6 (R,S,T) M6 (DMX)
DSQC 617_2E2C2B • E M1 (R,S,T)b M1 (DMX)c
Used for irb 1400, 1600, 2400 • E M2 (R,S,T) M2 (DMX)
and 260 • B M3 (R,S,T) M3 (DMX)
• B M4 (R,S,T) M4 (DMX)
• C M5 (R,S,T) M5 (DMX)
• C M6 (R,S,T) M6 (DMX)
DSQC 617_3E1C • E M1 (R,S,T)b M1 (DMX)c
Used for irb 340 • E M2 (R,S,T) M2 (DMX)
• - - -
• - - -
• E M3 (R,S,T) M5 (DMX)
• C M4 (R,S,T) M6 (DMX)
DSQC 617_3G3T • T M1 (R,S,T)b M1 (DMX)c
Used for irb 4400 • G M2 (R,S,T) M2 (DMX)
(With option only 4 active • T M3 (R,S,T) M3 (DMX)
drives node 4 and 6 are not • G M4 (R,S,T) M4 (DMX)
used.) • T M5 (R,S,T) M5 (DMX)
• G M6 (R,S,T) M6 (DMX)
DSQC 617_3V3W • W M1 (R,S,T)b M1 (DMX)c
Used for irb 660, 6600, 6650, • V M2 (R,S,T) M2 (DMX)
7600 and 6400RF • W M3 (R,S,T) M3 (DMX)
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

(With option only 4 active • V M4 (R,S,T) M4 (DMX)


drives node 4 and 6 are not • W M5 (R,S,T) M5 (DMX)
used.)
• V M6 (R,S,T) M6 (DMX)

a
See the Product manual, reference information - IRC5.
b
Phase R,S,t (U,V,W).
c
X= drive module number.
For details about the connection pins, see circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 in the Product
manual, reference information - IRC5.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 85
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.7.1. Memory functions, IRC5

2.7 Memory functions

2.7.1. Memory functions, IRC5

General
The controller may be fitted with memory functions found inside the Computer Module.
The memory functions are divided into two main categories:
• Mass memory (hard disk drive, solid state disk drive, etc)
• RAM memory (memory modules fitted on the main computer motherboard)

Computer units
Computer unit DSQC623:
• Computer Module BD plus features a hard disk drive containing ABB VxWorks boot
image software.
• Computer Module AC plus features a IDE Flash Module 256MB drive containing
ABB VxWorks boot image software.
• 256 MB SDRAM memory (Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory).
Computer unit DSQC639:
• Compact flash memory 256MB containing ABB VxWorks boot image software.
• 256 MB DDR SDRAM memory (Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory).

Note

NOTE!
Only use Compact flash memory and DDR SDRAM memory supplied by ABB.

Further information
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
The table gives references to additional information.

Information: Found in:


How to replace malfunctioning Section Replacement of hard disk or IDE Flash module
memory units and restore the drive and cable in computer unit DSQC623 on page 223 or
system to full operation: Replacement of Compact Flash memory in computer
unit DSQC639 on page 227
Section Replacement of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192 or Replacement of
motherboard in computer unit DSQC639 on page 197.
Section Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on
motherboard in computer unit DSQC639 on page 201
Note that the DRAM modules on the Computer unit
DSQC623 motherboard cannot be replaced
separately! Replacing the DRAM modules entails
replacing the complete motherboard!

86 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.7.2. Connecting a USB memory to the computer unit

2.7.2. Connecting a USB memory to the computer unit

Location DSQC623
A USB memory may be connected to either one of the USB ports on the computer unit. The
USB ports are shown in the figure below:

xx0400000939

B Console
C COM1
D USB 1, 2 computer unit (USB 2 is normally connected to power supply supervision)
E USB 3, 4 computer unit (Not used)
F LAN
G A33 Profibus DP M/S, A37 Interbus M/S (optical fiber), A38 Interbus M/S (copper wire),
A35 Devicenet
H X1
J PWR (green)
K HDD (yellow)
L A32 RCC

Location DSQC639
A USB memory may be connected to either one of the USB ports on the computer unit. The
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

USB ports are shown in the figure below:

xx0600002895

A USB 1, 2 The USB connectors provide two legacy USB 2.0 ports supporting High
Speed/Full Speed/Low Speed (HS/FS/LS)

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 87
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.7.2. Connecting a USB memory to the computer unit

Continued

Connection

Action Info/illustration
1. Open the connector cover on the controller or open the
door, (Control Module on the Dual Cabinet).

xx0600002894

• A: USB port
2. Remove the end cover on the USB memory and connect The USB memory and its
it to the connector. contents may now be
Do not disconnect the USB memory approx. 10 seconds accessed from the computer
after connecting it. unit just as any other hard
drive unit.
3.

CAUTION!

CAUTION!
Handling of USB memory is described in Operating
manual - IRC5 with FlexPendant, section File Managing.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

88 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.8.1. Definition of I/O units, IRC5

2.8 I/O system

2.8.1. Definition of I/O units, IRC5

General
The IRC5 controller may be fitted with I/O, Gateway or Encoder units. These are configured
in an identical way.
The IRC5 Single Cabinet Controller is prepared for up to two I/O units, Gateways or Encoder
interfaces units, and the Dual Cabinet Controller (Control Module) is prepared for up to four
I/O units, Gateways or Encoder interface units. This means that the harness inside the IRC5
controller is equipped with necessary connectors.
For the Single Cabinet Controller the I/O, Gateway or Encoder units are placed on the inside
of the door as shown in the illustration below. For the Dual Cabinet Controller the units are
mounted in the Control Module.

xx0500001859
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

A I/O, Gateway or Encoder units


B Mounting rail

Standard configuration
In the standard form, no fieldbus is mounted to the controller. However, the digital inputs and
outputs are available on the customer plate in the control module.
It is possible to connect any type of DeviceNet compliant I/O unit on the DeviceNet - DSQC
603 - master bus. All I/O units should comply with the DeviceNet standard and be
conformance tested by ODVA.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 89
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.8.1. Definition of I/O units, IRC5

Continued

I/O units
The table below specifies the I/O units:

Description Art. no. Note


AD Combi I/O 3HAC025784-001 DSQC 651
Digital I/O 3HAC025917-001 DSQC 652
Digital I/O with relay outputs 3HAC025918-001 DSQC 653
Digital 24 VDC I/O 3HAC17970-1 DSQC 328A
Analog ±10 V I/O 3HAC00554-1 DSQC 355A
AD Combi I/O 3HAC17971-1 DSQC 327A
Digital 120 VAC I/O 3HAB7231-1 DSQC 320A
Digital I/O with relay outputs 3HAC17973-1 DSQC 332A

Gateways
The table below specifies the Gateways:

Description Art. no. Note


DeviceNet/Allen Bradely Remote I/O 3HNE00025-1 DSQC 350A
Gateway
DeviceNet/Interbus Gateway 3HNE00006-1 DSQC 351A
DeviceNet/Profibus DP Gateway 3HNE00009-1 DSQC 352A

Encoder interface units


The table below specifies the encoder interface units:

Description Art. no. Note


Encoder interface unit for conveyor 3HNE00065-1 DSQC 354A. For all
tracking robots except IRB 340
Encoder interface unit for conveyor 3HNE01586-1 DSQC 377A. For IRB
tracking 340 only
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Further information
The table below gives references to additional information:

Information: Found in:


How to install the I/O units and Section Installation of I/O, Gateways and encoder
Gateways mechanically and electri- interface units, IRC5 on page 101.
cally.
Allowed configurations of I/O units Technical reference manual - System parameters
and how to setup the configurations.
How to install the I/O unit and The Application manual for the different I/O buses
Gateways software related in a new respectively.
system.
Detailed descriptions of all available The Application manual for the different I/O buses
I/O units and Gateways. respectively.

90 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.1. Installation of additional Drive Module

2.9 Installation of add-ons

2.9.1. Installation of additional Drive Module

General
To be able to use a Multi Move system or to control more than 3 additional axes, an additional
Drive Module is needed. The IRC5 controller is prepared for up to three additional Drive
Modules.

xx0400001042

Prerequisites

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


AdditionalDrive Module Specified in Specifica-
(Includes all cabling and tion Form
required mounting
hardware)
Ethernet board 3HAC15639-1 DSQC 612
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

required. See references the tools required.


to these procedures in the
step-by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 91
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.1. Installation of additional Drive Module

Continued

Procedure
The procedure below details how to install the additional drive module.

Action Info/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet,
please observe the safety
information in section DANGER -
Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the
safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Fit the DSQC 612 Ethernet board How to fit the Ethernet board is detailed in section
into the computer unit. Replacement of PCI boards in the computer unit
DSQC639 on page 209orReplacement of PCI
cards in the computer unit DSQC623 on page
205
4. Place the additional drive module in
position and secure it with the
included screws and washers.
5. Remove the back cover to the heat
sink.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001887

Parts:
• A: cover
• B: cover, heat sink
• C: attachment screw (2pcs)

Continues on next page


92 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.1. Installation of additional Drive Module

Continued

Action Info/Illustration
6. Loosen the attachment screws, and
remove the cover to a empty slot in
the back of the controller.

xx0500001888

• A: cover
• B: attachment screw (2pcs)
7. Fit the communication cabling with
cover with two attachment screws.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001889

Parts:
• A: cabling with cover
• B: attachment screw (2pcs)

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 93
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.1. Installation of additional Drive Module

Continued

Action Info/Illustration
8. Connect the ethernet cable
(A32.X9) to the DSQC 612 Ethernet
board.
Connector:
• A32.X9 to Ethernet board
connector, AXC1
9. Connect the safety signal cable
(A21.X7) to the Panel board.
Connector:
• A21.X8 - 1 additional drive
• A21.X14 - 2 additional drives
• A21.X17 - 3 additional drives

xx0400001890

10. Strap the cabling to existing straps


inside the module.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

94 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.2. Installation of external operator's panel, IRC5

2.9.2. Installation of external operator's panel, IRC5

Location
An external operator's panel may be fittet in a separate wall cabinet as shown in the
illustration below.

xx0400000956

A Wall cabinet IRC5


B Bracket
C FlexPendant holder
D Emergency stop button
E Motor ON button
F Position mode switch
G External Operator's panel harness
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

H FlexPendant connector

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Wall cabinet IRC5 3HAC022035-001
External Operator's panel 3HAC021273-005 30 m
cable 3HAC021273-001 22 m
3HAC021273-006 15 m
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section, Standard Toolkit.
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools
references to these required.
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 95
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.2. Installation of external operator's panel, IRC5

Continued

Procedure
The procedure below details how to install the external control panel.

Action Info/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Disconnect the cable from the ethernet DSQC623:
connector for FlexPendant on the computer
unit.

Slot 1Slot 2Slot 3Slot 4Slot 5

xx0400000960

• A: Connector X8
DSQC639:

xx0600002897

• A: FlexPendant port
3. Disconnect signal cabling from the panel
board unit. © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
Connectors:
• A21.X9
• A21.X10

xx0500001890

Continues on next page


96 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.2. Installation of external operator's panel, IRC5

Continued

Action Info/Illustration
4. Remove the cover to a free customer The illustration below shows the
connector slot on the connection panel. connection panel for the Dual Cabinet
Controller.

A
xx0400000966

• A: Cover
The illustration below shows the
connection panel for the Single Cabinet
Controller.

xx0500001960

5. Fit the Harness from the external control


panel to the empty slot with the four
attachment screws.
6. Connect the ethernet connector A32.A8 to DSQC623:
the computer unit.

Slot 1Slot 2Slot 3Slot 4Slot 5


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0400000960

• A: Connector X8
DSQC639:

xx0600002897

• A: FlexPendant port

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 97
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.2. Installation of external operator's panel, IRC5

Continued

Action Info/Illustration
7. Connect the signal connectors A21.X9 and
A21.X10 to the connector X9 and X10 on
the panel board unit.

xx0500001890

8. Strap the cabling to the existing cable


straping inside the module.
9. Fit the cabling to the wall cabinet with the
two attachment screws.
10. Connect the connectors inside the wall Connectors inside wall cubicle.
cabinet. • A21.X9 to X9
• A22.X2 to X2
• A22.X3 to X3

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

98 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.3. Installation of Drive system parts

2.9.3. Installation of Drive system parts

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the drive system in a Single Cabinet Controller,
in a Dual Cabinet Controller the drive system components are located in the Drive Module.

xx0500001858

A Operator’s panel
B Capacitor
C Computer unit
D Panel unit
E Axis computer
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

F Drive units/Rectifier

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


A number of choices are Specified in section Configuration
available of the drive system, IRC5 on page
77.
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit.
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include
be required. See references to references to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Application manual - Additional 3HAC021395-001 Contains information on how to
axes and stand alone controller configure the system for
additional axes.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system
Continues on next page
3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 99
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.3. Installation of Drive system parts

Continued

Procedure
The procedure below details how to install a drive unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Remove the dummy by unscrewing its Location is detailed in section Location on
attachment screws. page 99.

xx0500001843

Parts:
• A: dummy
• B: drive unit
• C: attachment screw
3. Fit the drive unit in position. Allowed positions are specified in section
Secure it with its attachment screws. Configuration of the drive system, IRC5
on page 77
4. Connect any additional connectors to the © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
unit.
5. Make sure the robot system is configured Basic robot drive functionality is
to reflect the drive functions installed. determined when defining the robot as in
"Robot Studio Installer", "System Builder".
Additional axes detailed in documents
specified above!

100 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.4. Installation of I/O, Gateways and encoder interface units, IRC5

2.9.4. Installation of I/O, Gateways and encoder interface units, IRC5

Location in Single Cabinet Controller


The location for the I/O units, Gateway or encoder interface units to be installed are shown
in the illustration below.

xx0500001859

A I/O units, Gateways or encoder interface units


B Mounting rail

Location in Dual Cabinet Controller


The location of I/O units, Gateways or encoder interface units in the Dual Cabinet Controller
is shown in the illustration below.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002684

A I/O units, Gateways or encoder interface units

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


I/O units, Gateways or encoder Specified in Definition of
interface units I/O units, IRC5.
Application manual - DeviceNet 3HAC020676-001
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 101
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.4. Installation of I/O, Gateways and encoder interface units, IRC5

Continued

Fitting
The procedure below details how to fit the units.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Fit the I/O unit by snapping it onto the
mounting rail.
3. Connect the DC supply to the board.
4. Connect wires to the inputs and output Detailed in the Application manual for the
connectors as required. respective busses.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

102 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.5. Installation of PMC-card for Force Control Function

2.9.5. Installation of PMC-card for Force Control Function

Location
The PMC-card shall be mounted on the axis computer card. The axis computer is located as
shown in the illustration below.

xx0500001858

A Operator’s panel
B Capacitor
C Computer unit
D Panel unit
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

E Axis computer
F Drive system (drive units and rectifier)

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


6-DOF sensor ATI
PMC-card Supplied with the sensor
Cable between the sensor and PMC-card Supplied with the sensor
RW Force Control Software Option no:
Assembly: 661-2
Application manual - Force Control 3HAC025057-001
Assembly
Operating manual - RobotStudio Online 3HAC16590-1
Standard tool kit.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 103
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.5. Installation of PMC-card for Force Control Function

Continued

Procedures
The following procedures details how to install the PMC-card on the axis computer card.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on
page 21
3. Remove the attachment screws and pull out the
axis computer. A

B B

xx0500002002 © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


• A: axis computer
• B: attachment screws
4. Remove the six attachments screws on the sides of
the axis computer, and remove the back cover.

xx0500002134

• A: back cover
• B: attachment screw
(6pcs)

Continues on next page


104 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.5. Installation of PMC-card for Force Control Function

Continued

Action Note/illustration
5. Remove the eight attachment screws holding the
board to the front cover, and lift out the board.

xx0500002137

• A: axis computer board


• B: front cover
• C: attachment screw
(8pcs)
6. Mount the PMC-card according to the picture, and
secure it with the four attachment screws.

xx0500002138

• A: PMC-card with
attachment screws
• B: axis computer board
7. Refit the axis computer in controller.
A
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

B B

xx0500001885

• A: axis computer
• B: attachment screws

8. Install the Force Control software. Installation of the software is


described in the, Operating
manual - RobotStudioOnline,
Adding Additional Options.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 105


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.6. Installation of extra mass memory in computer unit DSQC623

2.9.6. Installation of extra mass memory in computer unit DSQC623

Location
The mass memory is located in the Computer unit as shown in the figure below.

xx0400000883

A Bay for hard disk (Optional)


B X1 Power supply connector
C PWR (green)
D HDD (yellow)
E A32 RCC
F Console
G COM1
H USB 1, 2 computer unit
J USB 3, 4 computer unit (USB 3 is normally connected to power supply supervision)
K LAN
L A33 Profibus DP M/S, A37 Interbus M/S (optical fiber), A38 Interbus M/S (copper wire),
A35 Devicenet, Multi Move Ethernet card.

Prerequisites © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Equipment Art no. Note


A number of versions are Available components for each robot
available! version is specified in section
Definition of Memory Functions,
IRC5.
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools required.
references to these procedures
in the step-by-step instructions
below.

Continues on next page


106 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.6. Installation of extra mass memory in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Procedure Hard disk drive


The procedure below details how to install the extra mass memory.

Action Info/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC623 on page 184.
4. Open the computer unit Detailed in section Replacement of
motherboard in computer unit DSQC623
on page 192.
5. Unscrew the cage attachment screws for Detailed in section Replacement of
the drive cages, and pull the cage out. motherboard in computer unit DSQC623
on page 192.
6. Disconnect the flat ribbon cable from the
hard disk drive memory.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0400000941

• A: Hard disk drive


• B: Flat ribbon cable connection, 40
pin

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 107
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.6. Installation of extra mass memory in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Info/Illustration
7. Disconnect the flat ribbon cable from the
IDE connector on the motherboard.

xx0400000895

• A: IDE connector
8. Connect the included flat ribbon cable to the
IDE connector on the motherboard.
9. Reconnect the flat ribbon cable to the mass
memory units.

xx0400000941

• A: Hard disk, solid state drive


• B: Flat ribbon cable connection, 40
pin
10. Make sure if the drives are to be defined as How to define the unit is shown on a
"Master". sticker on the unit.
11. Push the cage back in to the computer unit,
and secure it with the attachment screws.
12. Make sure no cable is damaged, and close Detailed in section Replacement of

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


the computer unit. motherboard in computer unit DSQC623
on page 192.

Procedure IDE flash module


The following procedure details how to install a Solid State Drive.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.

Continues on next page


108 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.6. Installation of extra mass memory in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/illustration
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section, Replacement of
computer unit DSQC623 on page
184.
4. Open the computer unit. Detailed in section, Replacement of
motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192
5. Locate the IDE connector.

xx0400000895

6. Connect the IDE flash module to the IDE


connector and the power connector to the
connector from the computer power supply.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001907

Parts:
• A: power connector
• B: IDE flash module

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 109


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

General
This description contains the specification for the electrical interface between an injection
moulding machine and the ABB robot controller, based on the definitions made by the
Technical Commission of Euromap and SPI (Society of Plastics Industry). There are three
different standards used for the interface between an injection moulding machine and a robot:
• Euromap 67 is the actual standard which offers double channel security from injection
moulding machine
• Euromap 12 is used for older injection moulding machines which offer only single
channel security.
• SPI is used for older injection moulding machines which offer only single channel
security according to Noth American standard.
The robot interface for Euromap 67 is implemented in the standard IRC5 controller. For
Euromap 12 and SPI an additional converter box outside the cabinet is plugged on the
Euromap 67 interface.

Location of Euromap harness in the Single Cabinet Controller


The routing of Euromap harness for the Single Cabinet Controller is shown below.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002635

A Connector A21.X5, on Panel board


B Connector A21.X1, on Panel board
C Connector A21.X2, on Panel board
D Position switch terminal XT8

Continues on next page


110 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

Continued

E Relay 24K1 and Relay 24K2


F XS13 connector
G Position switch terminal
H Digital 24 VDC I/O (I/O 1)
J Cable protection
K Connector XS13

Location of Euromap harness in the Dual Cabinet

D
H

G
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

F E
xx0500002634

A Connector A21.X5, on Panel board


B Connector A21.X1, on Panel board
C Connector A21.X2, on Panel board
D XS13 connector
E Position switch terminal
F Digital 24 VDC I/O (I/O 1)
G Digital 24 VDC I/O (I/O 2)
H XT31 Additional fuse
J Connector XS13 Relay 24K1 Relay 24K2

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 111
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

Continued

Required equipment for Euromap 67 (Option no. 671-2)

Equipment Art. number Description Note


Cabling 3HAC025478-001 internal in cabinet Single Cabinet
Cabling 3HAC024069-001 internal in cabinet Dual Cabinet
Converter box
bracket
eio.cfg pre-configured file Available in RW
CD/Utility
Cable 3HAC024328-001 external cable 10m Option 673-1
Cable 3HAC024328-005 external cable 15m Option 673-2
Digital I/O 3HAC17970-1 Digital 24 VDC I/O DSQC 328

Required equipment for Euromap 12 (Option no. 671-1) and SPI (Option no. 671-3)
671-1 Euromap 12 and 671-3 SPI includes in addition to Required equipment for Euromap
67 (Option no. 671-2) on page 112 the following equipment.

Equipment Art. number Description Note


Converter box converts to Euromap 12 and SPI
from Euromap 67
Bracket 3HAC024435-002 Converter box bracket
Cable 3HAC024195-001 from controller to converter box
Cable 3HAC024330-001 from converter box to IMM 10m Option 673-1
Cable 3HAC024330-004 from converter box to IMM 15m Option 673-2

Installation of internal harness (Euromap 67) in the Single Cabinet Controller


The following procedure details how to install the internal harness (Euromap 67) in the Single
Cabinet Controller.

Action Note/Illustration

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21

Continues on next page


112 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
3. Remove the original adapter plate on the front
of the controller.

xx0600002652

• A: original adapter plate


• B: attachment screw (8 pcs)
4. Fit the included adapter plate.

xx0600002651

• A: Euromap adapter plate


• B: attachment screw (8 pcs)
5. Fit the harness through the connector hole on
the adapter plate, and fit the connector XS13
with the attachment screws.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002654

• A: connector XS13
• B: attachment screw (4 pcs)
6. Route the cables to I/O, fuse, relay and position See Location of Euromap harness in
switch terminal mounted on the cabinet door the Single Cabinet Controller on page
inside the cable protection according to the 110.
illustration.
7. Route the cables to the panel board connectors See illustration Location of Euromap
in the existing straps according to the illustra- harness in the Single Cabinet
tion. Controller on page 110.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 113
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
8. Connect the connectors X1, X2 and X5 on the
panel board.

xx0500001890

9. Connect the wires to the position switch See location of position switch
terminal XT8: terminal in Location of Euromap
• wire no. 1002 to XT8.1 harness in the Single Cabinet
• wire no. 1019 to XT8.3 Controller on page 110.

10. Connect the wires to the additional fuse: See the location of the additional fuse
• wire no. 1032 to XT31.2 in Location of Euromap harness in the
• wire no. 1046 to XT31.4 Single Cabinet Controller on page
110.
11. Connect the wires between the additional fuse See the location of the add. fuse and
and I/O 1. I/O 1 in Location of Euromap harness
• wire no. 1053 from XT31.6 to X1.10 in the Single Cabinet Controller on
• wire no. 1055 from XT31.8 to X1.9 page 110.

12. Connect the wires to I/O 1. See the location of I/O 1 in Location of
• wire no. 1054 to X2.10 Euromap harness in the Single
• wire no. 1056 to X4.9 Cabinet Controller on page 110.
• wire no. 1057 to X1.9
• wire no. 1058 to X2.9
13. Fit the 24K1 and 24K2 relays on the mounting See Location of Euromap harness in
rail on the cabinet door. the Single Cabinet Controller on page

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


110.
14. Connect the connectors X1, X2, X3 and X4 on See location of I/O 2 in Location of
I/O 2. Euromap harness in the Single
Cabinet Controller on page 110.

Installation of internal harness (Euromap 67) in the Dual Cabinet Controller


The following procedure details how to install the internal harness (Euromap 67) in the Dual
Cabinet Controller.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.

Continues on next page


114 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the original adapter plate on the front of
the controller.

xx0600002652

• A: original adapter plate


• B: attachment screw (8 pcs)
4. Fit the included adapter plate.

xx0600002651

• A: Euromap adapter plate


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

• B: attachment screw (8 pcs)


5. Fit the harness through the connector hole on
the adapter plate, and fit the connector XS13
with the attachment screws.

xx0600002654

• A: connector XS13
• B: attachment screw (4 pcs)
6. Route the cables to the panel board connectors See the illustration inLocation of
in the existing straps according to the illustra- Euromap harness in the Dual Cabinet
tion. on page 111

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 115
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
7. Connect the connectors X1, X2 and X5 on the
panel board.

xx0500001890

8. Connect the wires to the position switch See location of position switch
terminal XT8: terminal in Location of Euromap
• wire no. 1002 to XT8.1 harness in the Dual Cabinet on page
• wire no. 1019 to XT8.3 111.

9. Connect the wires to the additional fuse: See the location of the additional fuse
• wire no. 1032 to XT31.2 in Location of Euromap harness in the
• wire no. 1046 to XT31.4 Dual Cabinet on page 111.

10. Connect the wires to I/O 1. See the location of I/O 1 in Location of
• wire no. 1053 to X1.10 Euromap harness in the Dual Cabinet
• wire no. 1054 to X2.10 on page 111.
• wire no. 1055 to X3.9
• wire no. 1056 to X4.9
• wire no. 1057 to X1.9
• wire no. 1058 to X2.9
11. Fit the 24K1 and 24K2 relays on the mounting See Location of Euromap harness in
rail on the cabinet door. the Dual Cabinet on page 111.
12. Connect the connectors X1, X2, X3 and X4 on See the location of I/O 2 in Location of
I/O 2. Euromap harness in the Dual Cabinet
on page 111.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
Installation of the cable and converter box (Euromap 12)
The following procedure details how to install cable between the controller and the injection
moulding machines.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Connect the cable between converter box and the See Required equipment for
controller. Euromap 12 (Option no. 671-1)
and SPI (Option no. 671-3) on
page 112.
2. Connect the cable between the injection moulding See Required equipment for
machine and the converter box. Euromap 67 (Option no. 671-2) on
page 112.
3. Connect a 0V wire between the internal IMM power See
supply and pin 31 in the IMM connector.

Continues on next page


116 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.7. Installation of Euromap and SPI

Continued

WARNING!
To run the robot for commissioning without injection moulding machine, you have to jumper
the safety channel from the robot and spend 24V for the safety device relays (for Euromap
12). Use the included jumper plug (Harting connector).
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 117


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.8. Installation of cooling fan harness axis 1 and 2

2.9.8. Installation of cooling fan harness axis 1 and 2

General
If the robot is going to be supplemented with cooling fans on axis 1 and 2 the controller has
to be supplemented with a internal harness.

Locations in Dual Cabinet Controller

xx0600002685

A Harness, cooling - Axis 1 and 2


B Cover with cable gland
C Contactor interface board
D Connector A43.X10
E Connector A43.X11

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


118 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.8. Installation of cooling fan harness axis 1 and 2

Continued

Locations in Single Cabinet Controller

xx0600002686

A Harness, cooling - Axis 1 and 2


B Cable protection
C Contactor interface board
D Connector A43.X10
E Connector A43.X11
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

F Position switch terminals

Required equipment

Equipment Article no. Note


Dual Cabinet Controller, Harness, 3HAC022723-001 7m
cooling - Axis 1 and 2 kit 3HAC022723-004 15m
3HAC022723-005 22m
3HAC022723-006 30m
Single Cabinet Controller, 3HAC025488-001
Harness, cooling - Axis 1 and 2 kit
Standard toolkit IRC5 See Standard toolkit, IRC5
on page 261.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 See Circuit Diagram.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 119
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.8. Installation of cooling fan harness axis 1 and 2

Continued

Procedures for Dual Cabinet Controller


Following procedure details how to install the harness, cooling - Axis 1 and 2 kit in the Dual
Cabinet Controller.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Remove the cover plate to an empty slot on the
connection plate.

xx0500002688

• A: Sealing plug
• B: Cover plate with gasket

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


4. Route the harness through the empty slot. See Locations in Dual Cabinet
Controller on page 118.
5. Fit the cover with cable gland. See Locations in Dual Cabinet
Controller on page 118.
6. Route the harness according to the illustration in
Locations in Dual Cabinet Controller on page 118

Continues on next page


120 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.8. Installation of cooling fan harness axis 1 and 2

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
7. Connect the harness connectors to the contactor
interface board.
• A43.X11 to X11
• A43.X10 to X10

xx0500002690

See Locations in Dual Cabinet


Controller on page 118.

Procedures for Single Cabinet Controller


Following procedure details how to install the harness, cooling - Axis 1 and 2 kit in the Single
Cabinet Controller.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Remove the two sealing plugs.

xx

• A: Sealing plug
• B: Cover plate with gasket
4. Fit the two connectors XS.8 and XS.58 from the See Locations in Single Cabinet
inside. Controller on page 119.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 121
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.8. Installation of cooling fan harness axis 1 and 2

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
5. Route the cable to the left and connect the harness
connectors to the contactor interface board.
• A43.X11 to X11
• A43.X10 to X10

xx0500002690

See Locations in Single Cabinet


Controller on page 119.
6. Route the wires with terminals to be mounted on the See Locations in Single Cabinet
cabinet door inside the cable protection according to Controller on page 119.
the illustration.
7. Fit the snap locking terminals to the plate on the
cabinet door according to the illustration.

xx0600002693

A. XT8/8.1
B. XT8/8.2

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


C. XP58.2
D. XP58.1
See Locations in Single Cabinet
Controller on page 119.

122 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Location
To be able to use the Hot plug function an additional hot plug button is needed. The figure
below shows the location of the hot plug button on the Single Cabinet Controller and Dual
Cabinet Controller.

xx0600002943

A Dual Cabinet Controller (Control Module)


B Dual Cabinet Controller (Drive Module)
C Single Cabinet Controller
D Hot plug button

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Hot plug 3HAC026225-002 Single Cabinet Controller
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Hot plug 3HAC026225-003 Dual Cabinet Controller


Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit.
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 123
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Continued

Procedure Single Cabinet Controller


The procedure below details how to install the hot plug button in the Single Cabinet
Controller.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Disconnect the cable from the ethernet DSQC623:
connector for FlexPendant on the
computer unit.

Slot 1Slot 2Slot 3Slot 4Slot 5

xx0400000960

• A: Connector A32.A8
DSQC639:
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002897

• A: FlexPendant port

Continues on next page


124 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
4. Disconnect signal cabling from the panel
board unit.

xx0600002946

• A: Connector X10
5. Remove the FlexPendant connector with
harness from the Operator panel.

xx0600002948

• A: FlexPendant connector
6. Remove the plug that covers the hot plug
hole.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002949

• A: Plug
7. Fit the new FlexPendant connector and hot
plug button with harness into the empty
hole on the operator panel.
8. Connect the ethernet connector for
FlexPendant to the computer unit.
9. Connect the signal connector A21.X10 to
the panel board unit.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 125
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
10. Connect the cables to the hot plug button
connector.

xx0600002953

11. Place the warning label above the hot plug


button.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002957

• A: Warning label
12. Test the hot plug button function. See section Test of hot plug button function
on page 130.

Continues on next page


126 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Continued

Procedure Dual Cabinet Controller


The procedure below details how to install the hot plug button in the Dual Cabinet Controller.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Disconnect the cable from the ethernet DSQC623:
connector for FlexPendant on the computer
unit.

Slot 1Slot 2Slot 3Slot 4Slot 5

xx0400000960

• A: Connector A32.A8
DSQC639:
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002897

• A: FlexPendant port

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 127
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
4. Disconnect signal cabling from the panel
board unit.

xx0600002946

• A: Connector X10
5. Remove the cover plate with the
FlexPendant connector and harness.

xx0600002954

• A: Cover plate
6. Fit the new cover plate with FlexPendant
connector and hot plug button with harness
into the empty slot.
7. Connect the ethernet connector for
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
FlexPendant to the computer unit.
8. Connect the signal connector A21.X10 to
the panel board unit.

Continues on next page


128 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
9. Connect the cables to the hot plug button
connector.

xx0600002956

10. Place the warning label below the hot plug


button.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002955

• A: Warning label
11. Test the hot plug button function. See section Test of hot plug button
function on page 130.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 129
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.9. Installation of Hot plug

Continued

Test of hot plug button function


The procedure below details how to test the hot plug button function.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Make sure that the system is in automatic mode.
2. Press the motors on button.
3. Press and hold the hot plug button.
• Verify that the red lamp indicates when
actuated.
• Verify that the system still has motors on.
4. Keep pressing the hot plug button and at the same
time, switch the jumper plug with the FlexPendant
plug.
• Verify that the system still has motors on.
5. Release the hot plug button. Make sure that the button is not
• Verify that the system still has motors on. stuck in the actuated position
since it disables the FlexPendant
emergency stop button.
6. Press and hold the hot plug button.
7. Keep pressing the hot plug button and at the same
time, switch the Flexpendant plug with the jumper
plug.
8. Release the hot plug button.
• Verify that the FlexPendant starts up
correctly.
• Verify that the system still has motors on.
9. Switch to Manual mode. Motors off
10. Confirm the mode change.
• Verify motors on.
11. Press the hot plug button.
• Verify motors off.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

130 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.10. Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches

2.9.10. Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches

General
To use the option Electronic Position Switches you need to install an EPS board in the robot
controller. The procedure below will show how to install this board.
WARNING!
The EPS board has passive monitoring, i.e. it does not stop the robot. If an axis is outside its
configured range, an output signal goes low. It is the responsibility of the installation
personnel to connect the output signals so that the robot will stop when an output signal goes
low.

Illustration
The EPS board should be mounted behind the axis computer.

xx0600003203
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

A EPS board
B Axis computer

Procedure
The procedure below details how to install an EPS board.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 131
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.10. Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches

Continued

Action Note/illustration
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. If not already in place, fit the EMC strips on
the EPS board. A

xx0700000087

4. Connect the short SMB cable and both


Ethernet cables to the EPS board before
mounting the board. These connections
may be difficult to reach once the board is
mounted.
The two Ethernet connectors on the EPS
board are interchangeable (it does not
matter which is connected to the main
computer and which is connected to the
axis computer).

xx0600003303

5. Remove the attachment screws of the axis


computer. A
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

B B

xx0500002002

• A: axis computer
• B: attachment screws
6. Lift out the axis computer so that the EPS
board can be fitted behind the axis
computer.

Continues on next page


132 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.10. Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches

Continued

Action Note/illustration
7. Fit the EPS board in the same place as the
axis computer was before.
A

B B

xx0600003204

• A: EPS board
• B: attachment screws
8. Fit the axis computer on the EPS board.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600003206

• A: axis computer
• B: EPS board
• C: attachment screws

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 133
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.10. Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches

Continued

Action Note/illustration
9. For a Single Cabinet Controller: Remove
the Ethernet cable between the main
computer and the axis computer. Replace it
with the long Ethernet cable from the EPS
board to the main computer. Connect the
short Ethernet cable between the EPS
board and the axis computer.

For a Drive Module: Remove the existing


Ethernet cable from the axis computer and
connect it to the EPS board. Connect the
short Ethernet cable between the EPS
board and the axis computer.

xx0600003218

10. Remove the SMB cable from the axis


computer and connect it to the EPS board.
Connect the SMB cable from the EPS board
to the axis computer.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600003207

Continues on next page


134 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.10. Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches

Continued

Action Note/illustration
11. Remove the power cable from the axis
computer and connect it to the split cable.
Connect the split cable to the EPS board
and the axis computer.

xx0600003208

12. Connect signal cables to the plug contact,


which is then connected to the I/O
connector of the EPS board.
• Connect a power supply, 24 V to pin
1 and 0 V to pin 2. Check with a
voltmeter that the voltage is 24 V
between pin 1 and 2 on the Phoenix
connector.
• Connect the output signals from the
EPS board (pin 3-12).
• Connect the sync switch signals to
pin 13 and 14. If dual channel wiring
is not used, connect only pin 14.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600003209

• A: I/O Connector
• B: Plug contact
• C: Power supply
• D: 5 safe outputs (10 signals)
• E: Sync switch (dual signal)

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 135


2 Installation and Commissioning, IRC5
2.9.10. Installing the EPS board for Electronic Position Switches

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

136 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.1. Maintenance schedule, controller IRC5

3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5


3.1. Maintenance schedule, controller IRC5

General
The IRC5 robot controller must be maintained at regular intervals to ensure its function. The
maintenance activities and their respective intervals are specified below:

Intervals

Maintenance Detailed in
Equipment Interval Note!
activity section:
Complete Inspection 12 months * Inspection of the
controller modules controller on
page 138.
Moist dust filter Cleaning Cleaning moist
dust filter on
page 145.
Moist dust filter Replacement 24 months * Replacement of
moist dust filter
on page 141.
Heat exchanger Inspection 12 months * Inspection of the
fan controller on
page 138.
Heat exchanger Cleaning 12 months * Cleaning of the
fan IRC5 controller
on page 144.
Heat exchanger Replacing 36 months * Replacement of
fan heat exchange
unit and fan on
page 180
Drive system fans Cleaning 12 months Cleaning of the
IRC5 controller
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

on page 144.
Drive system fans Replacing 36 months * Replacement of
drive system
fans on page
247.
FlexPendant Cleaning When needed Cleaning the
FlexPendant on
page 146.
Earth Fault Testing 6 months Contact ABB for
Breaker more information

*) The time interval depends on the working environment of the equipment: a cleaner
environment may extend the maintenance interval and vice versa.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 137


3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.2.1. Inspection of the controller

3.2 Inspection activities

3.2.1. Inspection of the controller

Inspection
The procedure below details how to inspect the IRC5 controller.
WARNING!
Please observe the following before commencing any repair work on the IRC5 Controller
modules or units connected to the controller:
• Switch off all electric power supplies with the power switches on the Control and
Drive modules!
• Before handling, make sure you are grounded through a special ESD wrist bracelet or
similar. Many components inside the module are sensitive to ESD (ElectroStatic
Discharge) and can be destroyed if exposed to discharge. See the Safety chapter,
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21

Action Note/Illustration
1. Inspect all sealing joints and cable
glands to make sure they are airtight in
order to prevent dust and dirt from
penetrating into the controller.
2. Inspect connectors and cabling to
make sure they are securely fastened
and cabling not damaged.
3. Inspect the heat exchanger andthe fan
on the controller to make sure it is
clean.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001953

Parts:
• A: fan
• B: heat exchanger
• C: top cover
• D: attachment screw (2 pcs)

Continues on next page


138 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.2.1. Inspection of the controller

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
4. Inspect the drive system fans and air
channels in the controller to make sure
they are clean.

xx0500002172

• A: drive system fans (4 pcs)


5. After cleaning: Replace any malfunctioning fans as detailed in
Temporarily turn the power supply to theReplacement of heat exchange unit and fan
the modules on. on page 180 or Replacement of drive system
Inspect all fans to make sure they fans on page 247.
function correctly.
Turn the power supply back off.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 139


3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.3.1. Activities

3.3 Changing/replacing activities

3.3.1. Activities

References
Certain activities to be performed as specified in the Maintenance Schedule are not all
detailed in this chapter, but in the Repairs chapter.
Please refer to the Repair chapter of the equipment in question.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

140 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.3.2. Replacement of moist dust filter

3.3.2. Replacement of moist dust filter

Location
The moist dust filters are located as shown in the illustration below.

xx0700000128

A Moist dust filter magazine


B Single Cabinet Controller
C Dual Cabinet Controller, Control Module
D Dual Cabinet Controller, Drive Module

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Moist dust filter


Other tools and procedures may These procedures include
be required. See references to references to the tools
these procedures in the step-by- required.
step instructions below.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 141
3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.3.2. Replacement of moist dust filter

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to replace the moist dust filter.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Pull the moist dust filter magazine upwards.

xx0700000131

2. Pull the moist dust filter magazine in the arrow


direction and remove it.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


xx0700000132

3. Remove the old moist dust filter by releasing


the lock shackle and lifting it.

xx0200000003

Continues on next page


142 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.3.2. Replacement of moist dust filter

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the moist dust filter.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Fit the new moist dust filter in the magazine and
lock it with the lock shackle.

NOTE!
The compact surface on the moist dust filter
must be turned inwards to the cabinet.
2. Fit the moist dust filter magazine on the cabinet
and push inwards.

xx0700000134

3. Push the moist dust filter magazine downwards


until it stops.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0700000135

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 143


3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.4.1. Cleaning of the IRC5 controller

3.4 Cleaning activities

3.4.1. Cleaning of the IRC5 controller

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Note


Vacuum cleaner ESD Protected
Cleaning agent, exterior cleaning If necessary, use rag with e.g. alcohol

Internal cleaning
The procedure below details how to clean the interior of theControl and Drive Module

Action Note/Illustration
1. Clean the cabinet interior with a vacuum cleaner if
necessary.
2. The control module is equipped with a heat If required, remove any heat
exchanger, it is important that it is clean. exchangers before cleaning as
The heat exchanger is found: detailed in the section,
• on the rear of the controller. Replacement of heat exchange
unit and fan on page 180.
3. The controller is equiped with air channels. To clean How to remove the fans is
the channels: detailed in section,
• Remove the drive module fans and use Replacement of drive system
compressed air to clean the channels. fans on page 247.
4. If the IRC5 controller is installed in a very harsh envi- How to remove the drive units is
ronment, the drive units cooling fans must be cleaned detailed in section,
at regular intervals. Replacement of servo drive
units, rectifierand capacitorunit
on page 234.

Do's and don'ts!

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


The section below specifies some special considerations when cleaning the controller.

Always:
• use ESD Protection
• use cleaning equipment as specified above! Any other cleaning equipment may
shorten the life of paintwork, rust inhibitors, signs, or labels!
• check that all protective covers are fitted to the controller before cleaning!

Never:
• remove any covers or other protective devices when cleaning the outside of the
controller!
• use compressed air or spray with a high pressure cleaner!
• leave the door open when cleaning exterior

144 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.4.2. Cleaning moist dust filter

3.4.2. Cleaning moist dust filter

Location
The moist dust filters are located as shown in the illustration below.

xx0700000128

A Moist dust filter magazine


B Single Cabinet Controller
C Dual Cabinet Controller, Control Module
D Dual Cabinet Controller, Drive Module

Required equipment

Equipment Note
Cleaning agent Water 30-40°C with cleansing liquid or detergent.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Compressed air

Cleaning
The procedure below details how to clean the moist dust filter.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Remove the moist dust filter. How to remove the moist dust
filter is detailed in section
Replacement of moist dust filter
on page 141.
2. Clean the filter three or four times.
3. Allow the filter to dry in one of these ways: Do not wring the filter out!
• Lying flat on a flat surface
• Blow with compressed air in opposite
direction of filter airflow.
4. Refit the moist dust filter. How to refit the moist dust filter is
detailed in section Replacement
of moist dust filter on page 141.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 145


3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.4.3. Cleaning the FlexPendant

3.4.3. Cleaning the FlexPendant

Location
The surfaces to clean are shown in the illustration below.

xx0400000973

A Touch screen
B Hard buttons

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Note


Soft cloth ESD Protected
Warm water/Mild cleaning agent

Clean the touch screen


This section details how to clean the touch screen.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Action Info/Illustration
1. Before cleaning the screen, tap
the Lock Screen on the ABB
menu.

en0400001221

Continues on next page


146 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.4.3. Cleaning the FlexPendant

Continued

Action Info/Illustration
2. Tap the Lock button in the
following window.

en0400000657

3. When the next window appers, it is


safe to clean the screen.

en0400000658

4. Clean the touch screen and


hardware buttons using a soft
cloth and water or a mild cleaning
agent.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

5. To unlock the screen, follow the


intructions on the screen.

en0400000658

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 147
3 Maintenance activities, controller IRC5
3.4.3. Cleaning the FlexPendant

Continued

Do's and don'ts!


The section below specifies some special considerations when cleaning the FlexPendant.

Always:
• use ESD Protection
• use cleaning equipment as specified above! Any other cleaning equipment may
shorten the life time of the touch screen.
• check that all protective covers are fitted to the device before cleaning!
• make sure that no foreign objects or liquids can penetrate into the device.

Never:
• remove any covers before cleaning the FlexPendant!
• spray with a high pressure cleaner!
• clean the device, operating panel and operating elements with compressed air,
solvents, scouring agent or scrubbing sponges.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

148 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.1. Overview

4 Repair activities, controller IRC5


4.1. Overview

General
The ABB IRC5 controller is available in two basic configurations: Single Cabinet Controller
and Dual Cabinet Controller.

xx0600002929

A Dual Cabinet (Control Module)


B Dual Cabinet (Drive Module)
C Single Cabinet

The Single Cabinet Controller has all components in one single cabinet and the Dual divides
the components into two modules: Control Module and Drive Module.
The Single Cabinet Controller (SCC) is regarded as the standard configuration and therefor
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

the illustration in the procedures detailed in this manual are based on the SCC.
If the procedure in general is the same, it is mentioned in each procedure where the part is
located in the Dual Cabinet configuration. If there are significant differences, both cabinet
configurations are shown.

NOTE!
When replacing a unit in the controller, report to ABB:
• the serial number
• articel number
• revision
of both the replaced unit and the replacement unit.
This is particularly important for the safety equipment to maintain the safety integrety of the
installation.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 149


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.2. Replacement of panel board

4.2. Replacement of panel board

Location
The panel board unit is located as shown in the illustration below.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the panel board unit is located in the Control Module.

xx0400000811

A Operator’s panel
B Capacitor
C Computer unit
D Panel board unit

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


E Axis computer
F Drive system (drive units and rectifier)

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Panel board unit 3HAC024488-001 DSQC623
Standard toolkit The contents are defined
in section Standard toolkit!

Other tools and These procedures include


procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


150 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.2. Replacement of panel board

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the panel board unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!
on page 21
3. Disconnect all connectors. Note
Make a note of any connections.
4. Remove the lower attachment screw, and remove
the Panel Unit.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0400000812

• A: fixed attachments
• B: hole for attachment
screw

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 151
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.2. Replacement of panel board

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the panel board unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Refit the panel board unit.
4. Refit the lower attachment screw.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


xx0400000812

• A: fixed attachments
• B: hole for attachment
screw
5. Reconnect all connectors.

152 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.1. Replacement of control power supply

4.3 Replacement of power supply

4.3.1. Replacement of control power supply

Location
The control power supply is located on the left hand side as shown in the illustration below.
For the Dual Cabinet Controller the control power supply is located in the Control Module
with the same placement.

xx0400000815

A Contactor interface board


B Contactors
C Drive unit power supply
D Customer I/O power supply
E Control power supply
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

F Backup energy bank

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Control Power Supply 3HAC12928-1 DSQC 604
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system
Continues on next page
3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 153
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.1. Replacement of control power supply

Continued

Removal
The procedures below details how to remove the control power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2. Disconnect the connectors X1 - X4 on the
control power supply.
3. Loosen the attachment screw and pull the
power supply down to release it from the cap
nut.

xx04000000976

• A: cap nut
• B: attachment screw
4. Remove the power supply unit.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


154 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.1. Replacement of control power supply

Continued

Refitting
The procedures below details how to refit the control power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Refit the new power supply unit by pushing it upward to
fit the cap nut.
Refit the control power supply by pull it down to fit the
cap nut.

xx04000000976

• A: cap nut
3. Lock the unit in place by tighten the attachment screw.
4. Reconnect the connectors X1 - X4.
5. Refit the front with the Panel Board Unit.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 155


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.2. Replacement of power distribution board

4.3.2. Replacement of power distribution board

General
In the Single Cabinet Controller the control power supply DSQC 604 will be replaced by the
power distribution board DSQC 662. The replacement will start from August 2007.

Location
The power distribution board is located on the left side as shown in the illustration below.

xx0700000139

A Customer I/O power supply

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


B Power distribution board
C System power supply

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Power distribution board 3HAC026254-001 DSQC 662
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit.
Other tools and procedures
may be required. See
references to these
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004

Continues on next page


156 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.2. Replacement of power distribution board

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the power distribution board.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Disconnect the connectors X1 - X9 on the
power distribution board.
3. Loosen the left attachment screw, remove
the right attachment screw and pull the
power distribution board rightward to
release it from the left screw head.

xx070000122

• A: left attachment screw


• B: right attachment screw
4. Remove the power distribution board.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 157
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.2. Replacement of power distribution board

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the power distribution board.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Refit the new power distribution board by
pushing it leftward to fit the left screw
head.
Refit the right screw.

xx070000122

• A: left attachment screw


• B: right attachment screw
3. Lock the unit in place by tighten the
attachment screws.
4. Reconnect the connectors X1 - X9.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

158 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.3. Replacement of customer I/O power supply, IRC5

4.3.3. Replacement of customer I/O power supply, IRC5

Location
The customer I/O power supply is located as shown in the illustration below. For the Dual
Cabinet Controller the customer I/O power supply is located in the Control Module with the
same placement.

xx0500001951

A Contactor interface board


B Contactors
C Drive system power supply
D Customer I/O power supply
E Control power supply
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

F Backup energy bank

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Customer I/O Power 3HAC12934-1 DSQC 608
Supply
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 159
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.3. Replacement of customer I/O power supply, IRC5

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the customer I/O power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Remove the Flage disconnect unit. (option) Detailed in section
Replacement of Flange
disconnect on page 171
3. Disconnect all connectors. NOTE!
Make a note of any connec-
tions.
4. Remove the upper and lower attachment screws.

xx0400000908

• A: attachment screw

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


(2 pcs)
5. Remove the power supply unit.

Continues on next page


160 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.3. Replacement of customer I/O power supply, IRC5

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the customer I/O power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Refit the new power supply unit.
3. Refit the attachment screws.

xx0400000908

• A: attachment screw
(2pcs)
4. Reconnect all connectors.
5. Refit the Flange disconnect unit (option). Detailed in section
Replacement of Flange
disconnect on page 171
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 161


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.4. Replacement of customer I/O power supply

4.3.4. Replacement of customer I/O power supply

General
In the Single Cabinet Controller and Dual Cabinet Controller the customer I/O power supply
DSQC 608 will be replaced by the customer I/O power supply DSQC 609. The replacement
will start from August 2007.

Location
The customer I/O power supply is located as shown in the figure below. For the Dual Cabinet
Controller the customer I/O power supply is located in the Control Module with the same
placement.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


xx0700000139

A Customer I/O power supply


B Power distribution board
C System power supply

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Customer I/O power supply 3HAC14178-1 DSQC 609
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit.
Other tools and procedures These procedures
may be required. See include references to
references to these the tools required.
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit diagram. 3HAC020538-001
Continues on next page
162 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.4. Replacement of customer I/O power supply

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the customer I/O power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Remove the Flange disconnect unit (option). Detailed in section Replacement
of Flange disconnect on page 171
3. Loosen the terminal screws for each connected
wire. Remove wires from the terminals.
4. Loosen the DIN-lock fixing screw.

xx070000124
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

• A: DIN-lock fixing screw


• B: DIN-lock lever
5. Pull the DIN-lock lever downwards to release the
power supply unit.
6. Remove the power supply unit.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 163
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.4. Replacement of customer I/O power supply

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the customer I/O power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Refit the new power supply unit on the DIN-rail.
3. Fasten the DIN-lock fixing screw.

xx0700000124

• A: DIN-lock fixing screw


• B: DIN-lock lever
4. Refit all wires in the screw terminals.
5. Fasten the screw terminal screws with correct © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
torque.
6. Refit the Flange disconnect unit (option). Detailed in section Replacement
of Flange disconnect on page
171.

164 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.5. Replacement of drive system power supply

4.3.5. Replacement of drive system power supply

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the drive system power supply in a Single
Cabinet Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the drive system power supply is located in the Drive Module.

xx0400000998

A Contactor interface board


B Contactor
C Drive system power supply
D Customer I/O power supply
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

E Control power supply


F Backup energy bank

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Drive system power supply 3HAC026289-001 DSQC 626A
Drive system power supply 3HAC020466-001 DSQC 627
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures These procedures
may be required. See include references
references to these to the tools
procedures in the step-by- required.
step instructions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system
Continues on next page
3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 165
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.5. Replacement of drive system power supply

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the drive system power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Disconnect all connectors from the unit.
A

xx0500001842

• A: drive system power supply


• B: cup nut (2 pcs)
• C: attachment screw (2 pcs)
3. Loosen the attachment screws.
4. Pull the power supply unit to the right to © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
release it from the cap nuts, and remove it.

Continues on next page


166 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.5. Replacement of drive system power supply

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the drive system power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

Danger

DANGER!
Before any repair work, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched
off!.
2. Refit the power supply by sliding the recesess
in beneath the cap nuts, and push it to the left.
A

xx0500001842

• A: drive system power supply


• B: cup nut (2 pcs)
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

• C: attachment screw (2 pcs)


3. Tighten the attachment screws.
4. Reconnect all connectors to the unit .

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 167


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.6. Replacement of system power supply

4.3.6. Replacement of system power supply

General
In the Single Cabinet Controller the drive system power supply DSQC 626A/627 will be
replaced by the system power supply DSQC 661.The replacement will start from August
2007.

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the system power supply in the Single Cabinet
Controller.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


xx0700000139

A Customer I/O power supply


B Power distribution board
C System power supply

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


System power supply 3HAC026253-001 DSQC 661
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit.
Other tools and procedures
may be required. See
references to these
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004
Continues on next page
168 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.6. Replacement of system power supply

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the system power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Disconnect all connectors from the unit.
3. Loosen the two lower attachment screws.

xx0700000125

• A: upper attachment
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

screws
• B: lower attachment
screws
4. Remove the two upper attachment screws.
5. Pull the power supply unit outwards and then
upwards to release it from the lower screw heads,
and remove it.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 169
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.3.6. Replacement of system power supply

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the system power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Refit the power supply by sliding the recesses in
beneath the lower screw heads, and push it inwards
and the downwards.

xx0700000125

• A: upper attachment
screws

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


• B: lower attachment
screws
3. Refit the two upper attachment screws.
4. Tighten the attachment screws (4 pcs).
5. Reconnect all connectors to the unit.

170 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.4. Replacement of Flange disconnect

4.4. Replacement of Flange disconnect

Location
The Flange disconnect unit is located as shown in the illustration below.

xx0600003133

A Flange disconnect

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Flange disconnect 3HAC027113-001
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Standard toolkit The contents are defined in


section Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools needed.
references to these
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 171
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.4. Replacement of Flange disconnect

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the Flange disconnect unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2. Remove the link by pushing the spring forward.

WARNING!
Be careful when removing the link. The link is
spring-loaded and the spring can with high force
pull the link down when it is released.

xx0600003141

• A: spring
• B: link
3. Remove the two lower attachment screws.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600003139

• A: attachment screws

Continues on next page


172 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.4. Replacement of Flange disconnect

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
4. Loosen the two upper attachment screws and
remove the unit.

xx0600003140

• A: attachment screws
5. Disconnect the cables.

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the Flange disconnect unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Reconnect the cables.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3. Refit the unit and fasten the two upper attachment


screws.
4. Refit the two lower attachment screws.
5. Refit the link to the unit.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 173


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.5. Replacement of I/O units and Gateways

4.5. Replacement of I/O units and Gateways

General
A number of I/O units and Gateways may be installed in the IRC5 controller. These are
specified in Definition of I/O units, IRC5 on page 89.
How to configure the I/O units is detailed in Operating manual - RobotStudio Online.

Location in Single Cabinet Controller


The location of I/O units, Gateways or encoder interface units in the Single Cabinet
Controller is shown in the illustration below.

xx0500001859

A Gateway, I/O Units or encoder interface units


B Mounting rail

Location in Dual Cabinet Controller


The location of I/O units, Gateways or encoder interface units in the Dual Cabinet Controller
is shown in the illustration below.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002684

A Gateway, I/O Units or encoder interface units

Continues on next page


174 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.5. Replacement of I/O units and Gateways

Continued

Required equipment

Equipment Art no. Note


A number of choices are Specified in section Definition
available! of I/O units, IRC5 on page 89.
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools
references to these procedures required.
in the step-by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the I/O units or Gateways.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to


ESD! on page 21
3. Identify the I/O unit or Gateway to be replaced.
4. Disconnect the connectors from the unit. Note which connector goes where, to
facilitate reassembly.
5. Tip the unit away from the mounting rail and
remove it.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 175
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.5. Replacement of I/O units and Gateways

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the I/O units or Gateways.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Hook the unit back onto the mounting rail and snap it
gently in position.
4. Reconnect all connectors disconnected during removal.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

176 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.6. Replacement of backup energy bank

4.6. Replacement of backup energy bank

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the backup energy bank in a Single Cabinet
Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the backup energy bank is located in the Drive Module.

xx0500001951

A Contactor interface board


B Contactor
C Drive system power supply
D Customer I/O power supply
E Control power supply
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

F Backup energy bank

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Backup energy bank 3HAC026585-001 DSQC 655 with adapter
plate
Backup energy bank 3HAC025562-001 DSQC 655
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step instruc-
tions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system
Continues on next page
3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 177
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.6. Replacement of backup energy bank

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the backup energy bank.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Disconnect the connector X4 from the control
power supply.
C

B D

A
E
xx0600002900

• A: connector
• B: cup nut
• C: control power supply
• D: backup energy bank
• E: attachment screw
3. Remove the attachment screw.
4. Pull the backup energy bank out.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


178 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.6. Replacement of backup energy bank

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the backup energy bank.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Refit the new backup energy bank.

B D

A
E
xx0600002900

• A: connector
• B: cup nut
• C: control power supply
• D: backup energy bank
• E: attachment screw
3. Refit the attachment screw, and tighten it.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600003231

• A: Backup energy bank


• B: connector
• C: attachment screws

4. Reconnect the connector to the control


power supply connector X4.
5. Refit the front with the Panel Board Unit.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 179


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.7. Replacement of heat exchange unit and fan

4.7. Replacement of heat exchange unit and fan

Location
The heat exchanger unit is located in the back of the Control Module as shown below. On the
Dual Cabinet Controller the heat exchange unit is located on the Control Module.

xx

A Fan
B Heat exchanger
C Top cover
D Attachment screw (2 pcs)

Required equipment © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Fan with receptacle 3HAC021700-001 Room temp MAX52°C
IRB 6600, IRB 7600
IRB 660 and IRB 6620
Fan with receptacle 3HAC021702-001 Room temp (MAX45°C) or
Room temp (MAX52°C)
IRB 140, IRB 340
IRB 1400, IRB 2400,
IRB 4400 and IRB 1600
Heat exchange unit 3HAC024439-001 Room temp MAX52°C
Heat exchange unit 3HAC024729-001 Room temp MAX45°C
Adhesive Product name, Casco S55
Standard toolkit The contents are defined
in section Standard toolkit,
IRC5 on page 261.

Continues on next page


180 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.7. Replacement of heat exchange unit and fan

Continued

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step instruc-
tions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Removal of heat exchanger fan


The procedure below details how to remove the heat exchange unit fan.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2. Remove the attachment screw on the top
cover.
A

B
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001952

• A: Top cover
• B: attachment screw
3. Remove the top cover. Shown in the figure above.
4. Disconnect the connector to the fan.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 181
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.7. Replacement of heat exchange unit and fan

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
5. Push the fan upwards, and pull it out.

xx0500001954

• A: fan

Refitting of heat exchanger fan


The procedure below details how to refit the heat exchange unit fan.

Action Note/Illustration
1. Put the new fan in place, and push down.

xx0500001954

• A: fan
2. Reconnect the connector to fan.
3. Refit the top cover.

A © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001952

• A: top cover
• B: attachment screw (2 pcs)
4. Refit the attachment screws Shown in the figure above.
Continues on next page
182 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.7. Replacement of heat exchange unit and fan

Continued

Replacement of heat exchange unit


The procedure below details how to remove the heat exchange unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2. Follow step 2 through 5 in Removal of heat
exchanger fan on page 181.
3. Mark the placement of the heat exchange unit
with a pen before removal.
4. Use a chisel and a hammer to wedge between
the heat exchange unit and cabinet wall in all
A
four coners of the heat exchanger.
B

xx0600002677

• A: chisel
• B: heat exchange unit
5. Remove the exchanger unit.
6. Apply the adhesive on a cleaned and dry
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

surface on the new heat exchanger unit. A

B
xx0600002678

• A: heat exchange unit


• B: adhesive run
7. Fit the new heat exchange unit within 20min. It
could be necessary to fixate the unit in position
until the adhesive is hard.
8. Follow the step 1 to 4 in Refitting of heat
exchanger fan on page 182.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 183


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.8. Replacement of computer unit DSQC623

4.8. Replacement of computer unit DSQC623

Location
The computer unit is located in the top of the module as shown below.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the computer unit is located in the Control Module.

xx0500001858

Pos Description
A Operator’s panel
B Capacitor
C Computer unit
D Panel unit
E Axis computer

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


F Drive system, (drive units and rectifier)

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Computer unit AC plus 3HAC020929-006 Includes IDE flash
Computer unit BD plus 3HAC020929-007 Includes hard disk drive
Standard toolkit The contents are defined
in section Standard
toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to the
required. See tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


184 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.8. Replacement of computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Removal
The procedures below details how to remove the computer.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!
on page 21
3. Disconnect all connectors from the computer NOTE!
unit. Make a note of any connections.
4. Push the spring lock to the right

xx0500001956
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Parts:
• A: spring lock
• B: computer unit

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 185
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.8. Replacement of computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/illustration
5. Pull the computer unit out until the guide pins
reach the end stop.

xx0500001957

Parts:
• A: guide pin at end stop
• B: computer unit
6. Let the front end of the computer unit down, and
lift guide pins over the end stop.

xx0500001958

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the computer unit.

Action Note/illustration © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!
on page 21
Continues on next page
186 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.8. Replacement of computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/illustration
3. Place the rear guide pins of the computer unit
over the end stops.

xx0500001984

Parts:
• A: end stop
• B: guide pin
4. Lift the front end of the computer unit up.

xx0500001985

5. Push the computer unit in until the spring lock


snaps in position.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001986

Parts:
• A: spring lock
• B: computer unit
6. Reconnect all connectors to the computer unit.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 187


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.9. Replacement of computer unit DSQC639

4.9. Replacement of computer unit DSQC639

Location
The computer unit is located in the top of the module as shown below. In the Dual Cabinet
Controller the computer unit is located in the Control Module.

xx0500001858

Description
A Operator’spanel
B Capacitor
C Computer unit
D Panel unit
E Axis computer

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


F Drive system (drive units and rectifier)

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Computer unit 3HAC025527-001
DSQC639
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit.
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system
Continues on next page
188 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.9. Replacement of computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit is
sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Disconnect all connectors from the computer NOTE! Make a note of any connections.
unit.
4. Remove the transportation screw.

xx0600003048

• A: transportation screw
5. Support the computer unit beneath by hand
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

and push the spring lock in the arrow


direction.

WARNING!
Prevent the computer unit from falling down xx0600002965

due to gravity when releasing the spring lock • A: Spring lock


by supporting the computer unit from
beneath by hand.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 189
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.9. Replacement of computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
6. Let the front end of the computer unit down
and pull the unit out.

xx0600002966

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet,
please observe the safety information in
section DANGER - Make sure that the
main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Fit the computer unit in position © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002967

4. Push the computer unit up until the spring


lock snaps into position.

xx0600002968

Continues on next page


190 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.9. Replacement of computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
5. Refit the transportation screw.
6. Reconnect all connectors to the computer
unit.
7. Refit the front with the Panel Board Unit.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 191


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.10. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC623

4.10. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC623

Location
The computer motherboard is located as shown in the figure below.

xx0400000870

A Solid state and hard disk drive


B Computer fans
C Power supply
D Computer motherboard
E Slot for Robot Communication Card (RCC)
F1-F4 Slots for PCI cards

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Computer A, SSD 3HAC020929-001 DSQC 600
Includes the memory
modules.
Computer B, HDD 3HAC020929-002 DSQC 600
Includes the memory
modules.
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step instruc-
tions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


192 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.10. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the motherboard and related components.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the Computer Module. Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC623 on page 184.
4. Remove the two attachment screws, and
open the Computer Module by pulling the
cover in the arrow direction.

XX0400000873

• A: attachment screw (2 pcs)


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

5. Remove the hard disk, flash disk drive bay. Detailed in section Replacement of hard
disk or IDE Flash module and cable in
computer unit DSQC623 on page 223.
6. Remove any PCI cards fitted to the moth- Detailed in section Replacement of PCI
erboard. cards in the computer unit DSQC623 on
page 205.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 193
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.10. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
7. Disconnect all connectors from the
computer unit.

xx0300000340

Connectors:
• A: mouse cableNot used!
• B: keyboard cableNot used!
• C: USB 1
• D: USB 3
• E: VGANot used
• G: serial port ANot used
• H: LAN
• I: USB 2Not used
• J: USB 0Not used
8. Disconnect the connectors from the moth-
erboard.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0300000341

Connectors:
• F: power
• H: system fan
• I: front panel

Continues on next page


194 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.10. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
9. Disconnect the connectors from the moth-
erboard.

A B
xx0300000342

Connectors:
• A: attachment screw (8 pcs)
• B: primary IDE
10. Remove the eight motherboard attachment NOTE! Always grip the board around the
screws. edges to avoid damage to the board or its
components!
11. Gently lift the motherboard out. NOTE! Immediately put the board in an
ESD safe bag or similar!

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the motherboard and related components.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that


the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Gently lift the motherboard out of the ESD safe bag and NOTE! Always grip the
fit it into position in the computer module. board around the edges to
avoid damage to the board
or its components!
4. Secure the board with its eight attachment screws.
5. Reconnect all connectors to the motherboard. As specified in the illustra-
tions in section Removal.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 195
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.10. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
6. Refit any PCI boards to the motherboard. Detailed in section
Replacement of PCI cards in
the computer unit DSQC623
on page 205.
7. Refit the hard disk, flash disk drive bay. Detailed in section
Replacement of hard disk or
IDE Flash module and cable
in computer unit DSQC623
on page 223.
8. Close the computer unit, and refit the attacment screws.
9. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in section
Replacement of computer
unit DSQC623 on page 184.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

196 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.11. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

4.11. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

Location
The motherboard is located as shown in the figure below.

xx0600002912

A Motherboard
B Compact flash
C Slot for PCI boards

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Computer unit 3HAC025527-001
DSQC639
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Standard toolkit.
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 197
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.11. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the motherboard in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC639 on page 188
4. Remove the five attachment screws, and
remove the cover plate.

WARNING!
Be careful with the fan cable when opening
and removing the cover plate. The fan cable
must not be stretched.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002913

• A: attachment screw (5 pcs)


• B: fan cable
5. Disconnect the fan cable from the mother-
board.
6. Remove the Compact flash disk. Detailed in section Replacement of
Compact Flash memory in computer
unit DSQC639 on page 227.
7. Remove the PCI boards. Detailed in section Replacement of PCI
boards in the computer unit DSQC639
on page 209.

Continues on next page


198 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.11. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
8. Remove the ten motherboard attachment
screws

xx0600002914

• A: attachment screw (10 pcs)


Always grip the board around the edges
to avoid damage to the board or its
components!
9. Gently lift the motherboard out. Immediately put the board in an ESD
safe bag or similar.

Refitting
The procedure belw details how to refit the motherboard in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Gently lift the motherboard out of the ESD Always grip the board around the edges
safe bag and fit it into position in the computer to avoid damage to the board or its
unit. components!
4. Secure the motherboard with its ten
attachment screws.
5. Refit the PCI boards. Detailed in section Replacement of PCI
boards in the computer unit DSQC639
on page 209.
6. Refit the flash disk. Detailed in section Replacement of
Compact Flash memory in computer
unit DSQC639 on page 227.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 199
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.11. Replacement of motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
7. Reconnect the fan connector on the mother-
board, refit the coverplate and its attachment
screws.
8. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in sectionReplacement of
computer unit DSQC639 on page 188

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

200 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.12. Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

4.12. Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on motherboard in computer unit


DSQC639

Location
The DDR SDRAM memory is located as shown in figure below.

xx0600003031

A Motherboard
B Compact flash memory
C Slots for PCI boards
D DDR SDRAM memory
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Computer unit 3HAC025527-001
DSQC639
DDR SDRAM 256MB 3HAC025097-016
Standard toolkit The contents are defined
in section Standard
toolkit
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to the
required. See tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 201
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.12. Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the DDR SDRAM memory on the motherboard
in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit is
sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC639 on page 188.
4. Remove the five attachment srews, and
remove the cover plate.

WARNING!
Be careful with the fan cable when opening
and removing the cover plate. The fan cable
must not be streched.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002913

• A: attachment screws (5 pcs)


• B: fan cable
5. Disconnect the fan cable from the mother-
board.

Continues on next page


202 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.12. Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
6. Gently lift the DDR SDRAM memory straight
up.

xx0600003033

• A: DDR SDRAM memory


NOTE! Always grip the memory around
the edges to avoid damage to the
memory or its components!
NOTE! Immedialety put the memory in
an ESD safe bag or similar!

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the DDR SDRAM memory on the motherboard in
the computer unit DSQC639.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 203
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.12. Replacement of DDR SDRAM memory on motherboard in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/illustration
3. Gently lift the DDR SDRAM memory out of
the ESD safe bag and fit it into position on the
motherboard.

xx0600003033

• A: DDR SDRAM memory


NOTE! Always grip the memory around
the edges to avoid damage to the
memory or its components!
4. Reconnect the fan connector on the mother-
board, refit the coverplate and its attachment
screws.
5. Refit the computer unit. Section Replacement of computer unit
DSQC639 on page 188.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

204 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.13. Replacement of PCI cards in the computer unit DSQC623

4.13. Replacement of PCI cards in the computer unit DSQC623

Location
A number of PCI cards may be fitted in the slots in the Computer Module as shown in the
figure below:
• Interbus Master/Slave with copper interface
• Interbus Master/Slave with fiber-optic interface
• Robot communication card
• Ethernet card
• DeviceNet master/slave
• Profibus DP master/slave
• Dual RS-232 card

xx0400000870
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

A Solid state drive / hard disk drive


B Computer unit fan
C Power Supply
D Main computer motherboard
E Slot for Robot Communication Card (RCC)
F1-F4 Slots for PCI cards

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 205
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.13. Replacement of PCI cards in the computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Required equipment

Equipment Art no. Note


Interbus master/slave, copper wire 3HAC11819-1 DSQC 529
Interbus communication is
also described in “Applica-
tion manual - Interbus”.
Interbus master/slave, optical fibre 3HAC12092-1 DSQC 512
Interbus communication is
also described in “Applica-
tion manual - Interbus”.
Robot Com. Card 3HAC12816-1 DSQC 602
Always to be fitted in slot 1
as shown in the figure in
section Location.
Only used in CM.
Ethernet card 3HAC15639-1 DSQC 612
Only used in multirobot
control applications!
DeviceNet master/slave 3HAC12817-1 DSQC 603
DeviceNet communication
is also described in "Appli-
cation manual - DeviceNet”
Profibus DP master/slave 3HAC023047-001 DSQC 637
Profibus communication is
also described in "Applica-
tion manual - Profibus"
Dual RS-232 card 3HAC14864-1 DSQC 614
Always to be fitted in slot 5
as shown in the figure in
section Location.
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures may be These procedures include
required. See references to these references to the tools © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
procedures in the step-by-step required.
instructions below.
Application manual - Profibus 3HAC023008-001 Contains information on
how to configure the system
for Profibus cards.
Application manual - Interbus 3HAC023009-001 Contains information on
how to configure the system
for Interbus cards.
Application manual - DeviceNet 3HAC020676-001 Contains information on
how to configure the system
for DeviceNet cards.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


206 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.13. Replacement of PCI cards in the computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the cards.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section
Replacement of computer
unit DSQC623 on page 184.
4. Open the Computer Module. Detailed in section
Replacement of
motherboard in computer
unit DSQC623 on page 192.
5. Identify the card to be replaced. The barcode sticker contains
information on type designa-
tion.
6. Disconnect any cables to/from the card. Make a note of which cables
are disconnected.
7. Remove the Torx attachment screw on top of the card NOTE! Always grip the card
bracket. around the edges to avoid
damage to the card or its
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

components!
8. Gently lift the card straight up. NOTE! Immediately put the
card in an ESD safe bag or
similar!

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 207
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.13. Replacement of PCI cards in the computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the cards.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Fit the card in position by pushing the card into the socket NOTE! Always grip the card
on the motherboard. around the edges to avoid
Secure it with its attachment screw. damage to the card or its
components!
4. Connect any additional cables to the card. Reconnect as noted on dis-
assembly.
5. Close the computer unit. Detailed in section
Replacement of
motherboard in computer
unit DSQC623 on page 192.
6. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in section
Replacement of computer
unit DSQC623 on page 184.
7. Make sure the robot system is configured to reflect the Detailed in documents
communication units installed. specified in section Required
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
equipment.

208 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.14. Replacement of PCI boards in the computer unit DSQC639

4.14. Replacement of PCI boards in the computer unit DSQC639

Location
A number of boards may be fitted in the slots in the computer unit as shown in the figure
below:
• Ethernet card
• Interbus Master/Slave with copper interface
• Interbus Master/Slave with fiber-optic interface
• Profibus-DP Master/Slave
• DeviceNet Master/Slave single
• DeviceNet Master/Slave dual
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002915

Description
A Slot for PCI cards: DeviceNet
B Slot for PCI cards: Ethernet
C Slot for PCI cards: Interbus, Profibus
D Slot for PCI cards:

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 209
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.14. Replacement of PCI boards in the computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Ethernet card 3HAC15639-1 DSQC 612 Only used in
multirobot applications.
Interbus Master/Slave copper 3HAC11819-1 DSQC 529 Interbus communi-
wire cation is described in "Applica-
tion manual - Interbus"
Interbus Master/Slave optical 3HAC5579-1 DSQC 512 Interbus communi-
fibre cation is described in "Applica-
tion manual - Interbus"
Profibus-DP Master/Slave 3HAC023047-001 DSQC 637 Profibus communi-
cation is described in "Applica-
tion manual - Profibus"
DeviceNet Master/Slave single 3HAC025779-001 DSQC 658 Devicenet commu-
nication is described in "Appli-
catiopn manual - DeviceNet"
DeviceNet Master/Slave dual 3HAC025780-001 DSQC 659 DeviceNet commu-
nication is described in "Appli-
cation manual - DeviceNet"
Standard toolkit The contents are described in
section Standard toolkit.
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include
be required. See references to references to tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Application manual - Profibus 3HAC023008-001 Contains information on how to
configure the system for
Profibus cards.
Application manual - Interbus 3HAC023009-001 Contains information on how to
configure the system for
Interbus cards.
Application manual - DeviceNet 3HAC020676-001 Contains information on how to
configure the system for

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


DeviceNet cards.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system.

Continues on next page


210 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.14. Replacement of PCI boards in the computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the PCI cards from the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of computer unit DSQC639 on
page 188.
4. Open the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC639 on page 197.
5. Identify the card to be replaced. The barcode sticker contains
information on type designation.
6. Disconnect any cables to/from the card Make a note of which cables are
disconnected.
7. Remove the attachment screw on top of the card
bracket.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002916

• A: attachment screws
NOTE! Always grip the card
around the edges to avoid
damage to the card or its
components!
8. Gently lift the card straight up. NOTE! Immediately put the card
in an ESD safe bag or similar!

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 211
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.14. Replacement of PCI boards in the computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the PCI cards in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Fit the card in position by pushing the card into the NOTE! Always grip the card
socket on the motherboard. Secure it with its around the edges to avoid
attachment screw on top of the card bracket. damage to the card or its
components!
4. Reconnect any additional cables to the card.
5. Close the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC639 on page 197.
6. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of computer unit DSQC639 on
page 188.
7. Make sure the robot system is configured to reflect Detailed in section Required
the PCI cards installed. equipment on page 210.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

212 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.15. Replacement of fieldbus adapter in the computer unit DSQC639

4.15. Replacement of fieldbus adapter in the computer unit DSQC639

Location
The following fieldbus adapter may be fitted in the compact flash slot as shown in the figure
below:
• EtherNet/IP Fieldbus Adapter

xx0700000162

A Compact flash slot for fieldbus adapters

Requirered equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


EtherNet/IP Fieldbus Adapter 3HAC027652-001 DSQC 669

Removal
The following procedure details how to remove the fieldbus adapter from the computer unit.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 213
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.15. Replacement of fieldbus adapter in the computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC639 on page 188
4. Open the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
motherboard in computer unit DSQC639
on page 197
5. Identify the fieldbus adapter. The barcode sticker contains information
on type designation.
6. Disconnect the cable to/from the fieldbus
adapter.
7. Loosen the attachment screws (2 psc) on
front of the fieldbus adapter to release the
fastening mechanism.

NOTE!
Only loosen the attachment screws. Do not
remove them.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0700000193

• A: Attachment screws (2 pcs)


• B: Fastening mechanism

Continues on next page


214 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.15. Replacement of fieldbus adapter in the computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
8. Grip the loosen attachment screws and
gently pull the fieldbus adapter out in the
arrow direction.

xx0700000195

Refitting
The following procedure details how to refit the fieldbus adapter in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustrator
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet,
please observe the safety information in
section DANGER - Make sure that the
main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 215
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.15. Replacement of fieldbus adapter in the computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustrator
3. Fit the fieldbus adapter in position by NOTE! Always grip the fieldbus adapter
pushing the fieldbus adapter along the around the edges to avoid damage to the
rails on the motherboard. adapter or its components.

WARNING!
Push carefully so no pins are damaged.
Make sure that the adapter is pushed
straight onto the rails.

xx0700000194

4. Secure it with its attachment screws (2


pcs) on front of the fieldbus adapter.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0700000201

• A: Attachment screws
• B: Fastening mechanism
5. Reconnect the cable to the fieldbus
adapter.
6. Close the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
motherboard in computer unit DSQC639 on
page 197
7. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC639 on page 188
8. Make sure the robot system is configured
to reflect the fieldbus adapter installed.

216 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.16. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC623

4.16. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC623

Location
The computer fan is located in the back of the computer unit as shown below.

xx0400000870

A Solid state drive / hard disk drive


B Computer unit fan
C Power Supply
D Main computer motherboard
E Slot for Robot Communication Card (RCC)
F1-F4 Slots for PCI cards

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Computer unit fan 3HAC020988-006 Right fan


3HAC020988-007 Left fan
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step instruc-
tions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 217
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.16. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the computer unit fan.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of computer unit DSQC623 on
page 184.
4. Open the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192.
5. Disconnect the connectors. Detailed in section Replacement
of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192.
6. Remove the attachment screws.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx04000000875

• A: Attachment screw (4
pcs/fan)

Continues on next page


218 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.16. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the computer unit fan.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Refit the attachment screws.
4. Reconnect the connectors. Detailed in section
Replacement of
motherboard in computer
unit DSQC623 on page 192.
5. Close the computer unit, and refit the attachment screws.
6. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in sectionReplace-
ment of computer unit
DSQC623 on page 184.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 219


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.17. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC639

4.17. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC639

Location
The computer fan is located as shown in the figure below.

xx0600002917

A Fan

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Fan 3HAC16571-3
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit.
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required. © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


220 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.17. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the fan in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC639 on page 188.
4. Open the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
motherboard in computer unit
DSQC639 on page 197.

WARNING!
Be careful with the fan cable when opening
and removing the cover plate. The fan cable
must not be stretched.
5. Disconnect the fan cable from the mother-
board.
6. Remove the attachment screw.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002919

• A: attachment screw (1 pcs)


• B: fan cable

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 221
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.17. Replacement of fan in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
7. Remove the fan from the cover plate in arrow
direction.

xx0600002920

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the fan in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Refit the fan on the cover plate.
4. Refit the attachments screw.
5. Reconnect the cable to the motherboard.
6. Close the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC639 on page 197.
7. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of computer unit DSQC639 on
page 188.

222 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.18. Replacement of hard disk or IDE Flash module and cable in computer unit DSQC623

4.18. Replacement of hard disk or IDE Flash module and cable in computer unit
DSQC623

Location
Either the hard disk drive or the solid state drive and cable are located in a bay in the computer
module as shown in the figure below.

xx0400000870

A Bay for hard disk and IDE Flash module


B Cage attachment screws, hard disk and solid state drive cages
C Switches and LEDs

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


HDD mass memory with 3HAC020988-001 Includes all required mounting
carrier hardware.
To be used with Computer Module
only.
Includes ABB VxWorks boot image
software to correctly reboot the
robot controller.
IDE Flash Module 256MB 3HAC020988-008 Includes all required mounting
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

with carrier hardware.


To be used with Computer Module
only.
Includes ABB VxWorks boot image
software to correctly reboot the
robot controller.
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 223
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.18. Replacement of hard disk or IDE Flash module and cable in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the hard disk drive or the solid state drive and
cable.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit DSQC623 on page 184.
4. Open the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement of
motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192.
5. Unscrew the cage attachment screws for the
drive cages, and pull the cage out in arrow
direction.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


xx0400000879

• A: Cage attachment screw (2


pcs)
6. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the unit.

xx0400000941

• A: Hard disk, solid state drive


• B: Flat ribbon cable connection,
40 pin

Continues on next page


224 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.18. Replacement of hard disk or IDE Flash module and cable in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
7. Disconnect the 40 pin interface cable from the
motherboard.

xx0400000895

• A: Primary IDE connector


8. Remove and replace the complete cage and
drive assembly.

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the hard disk drive or the solid state drive and cable.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Fit the complete cage and drive assembly and
secure it with its attachment screws.
4. Reconnect the flat ribbon cable to the unit.

xx0300000407

• A: Hard disk, IDE Flash


• B: Flat ribbon cable
connection, 40 pin

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 225
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.18. Replacement of hard disk or IDE Flash module and cable in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
5. Reconnect the flat ribbon cable to the primary
IDE connector on the motherboard.

xx0400000895

• A: Primary IDE connector


6. The jumper delivered with the IDE
flash module from ABB
(3HAC020988-008), shall not be
Note
used.
Make sure the drive to be used is defined as
"Master".
7. Push the cage back in to the computer unit, and Shown in the figure in section
secure it with the attachment screws. Location.
8. Make sure no cable is damaged, and close the Detailed in section Replacement of
computer unit motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

226 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.19. Replacement of Compact Flash memory in computer unit DSQC639

4.19. Replacement of Compact Flash memory in computer unit DSQC639

Location
The Compact Flash memory is located in the computer unit as shown in the figure below.

xx0600002922

A Slot for Compact Flash memory

NOTE!
Only use Compact flash memory supplied by ABB.

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Compact Flash 256MB 3HAC025465-001 DSQC 656 256MB
NOTE! Only use
Compact flash
memory supplied by
ABB.
Includes ABB Vx-
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Works boot image


software to correctly
reboot the robot
controller.
Compact Flash 2GB 3HAC025465-003 DSQC 656 2GB
NOTE! Only use
Compact flash
memory supplied by
ABB.
Includes ABB Vx-
Works boot image
software to correctly
reboot the robot
controller.
Standard toolkit

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 227
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.19. Replacement of Compact Flash memory in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Other tools and
procedures may be
required. See references
to these procedures in the
step-by-step instructions
below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the Compact Flash memory from the computer
unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Gently, pull the Compact Flash memory out in

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


arrow direction.

xx0600002923

Continues on next page


228 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.19. Replacement of Compact Flash memory in computer unit DSQC639

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the Compact Flash memory in the computer unit.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety information
in section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to
ESD! on page 21
3. Refit the Compact Flash memory.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002924

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 229


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.20. Replacement of computer power supply in computer unit DSQC623

4.20. Replacement of computer power supply in computer unit DSQC623

Location
The computer power supply is located in the computer unit as shown below.

xx0400000870

A Solid State drive / hard disk drive


B Computer unit fan
C Power supply
D Main computer motherboard
E Slot for Robot Communication Card (RCC)
F1-F4 Slots for PCI cards

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Computer power 3HAC020464-001 DSQC 625
supply
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step instruc-
tions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


230 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.20. Replacement of computer power supply in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the computer power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the unit
please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Remove the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of computer unit DSQC623 on
page 184.
4. Open the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192.
5. Loosen the attachment screw and remove the air
deflector plate. A
B
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0400001135

• A: attachment screw
• B: air deflector plate
6. Disconnect the 24V and 0V power cables.
7. Disconnect the connector connected to the mother
board.
8. Disconnect the power cables to the computer fan
units.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 231
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.20. Replacement of computer power supply in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
9. Remove the attachment screws.

A
xx0400000909

• A: attachment screw (4
pcs)
10. Remove the computer power supply.

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the computer power supply.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe
the safety information in section DANGER - Make
sure that the main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
unit please observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! on page
21
3. Refit the computer power supply.
4. Refit the Attachment screws.

A
xx0400000909

5. Reconnect all connectors.

Continues on next page


232 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.20. Replacement of computer power supply in computer unit DSQC623

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
6. Refit the air deflector plate, and tighten the
attachment screw. A
B

xx0400001135

• A: attachment screw
• B: air deflector plate
7. Refit the computer unit cover. Detailed in section Replacement
of motherboard in computer unit
DSQC623 on page 192.
8. Refit the computer unit. Detailed in section Replacement
of computer unit DSQC623 on
page 184.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 233


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.21. Replacement of servo drive units, rectifierand capacitorunit

4.21. Replacement of servo drive units, rectifierand capacitorunit

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the servo drive units, rectifiers and capacitor
units in a Single Cabinet Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the servo drive components are located in the Drive Module.

xx0500001858

A Operator’s panel
B Capacitor
C Computer unit
D Panel board unit
E Axis computer
F Drive system ( drive units and rectifier)

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Configuration
The drive module exists in a number of versions, these are described in section Configuration
of the drive system, IRC5 on page 77

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Drive units, rectifiers and Specified in section Configu-
capacitor units ration of the drive system,
IRC5 on page 77
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include
be required. See references to references to the tools
these procedures in the step-by- required.
step instructions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system
Continues on next page
234 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.21. Replacement of servo drive units, rectifierand capacitorunit

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the servo drive units, rectifiers and capacitor
units.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet,
please observe the safety information in
section DANGER - Make sure that the
main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. If an EPS board (option Electronic See Replacement of EPS board on page
Position Switches) is mounted the Axis 240.
computer unit needs to be removed
before removal of the servo drive units,
rectifiers and capacitors.
3. Disconnect all connectors from the unit
to be replaced.
4. Remove the busbar between units.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0400000998

Parts:
• A: bus bar

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 235
4 R e p a ir a c t iv it ie s , c o n t ro lle r IR C 5
4.21. Replacement of servo drive units, rectifierand capacitorunit

Continued

Action Note/Illustration
5. Remove the drive unit after unscrewing
its attachment screws .

xx0500002001

Parts:
• A: drive unit
• B: attachment screw

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the servo drive units, rectifiers and capacitor units.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please observe the
safety information in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Fit the unit in its intended position and orientation.
Secure it with its attachment screws.
3. Reconnect all busbars between units.
4. Reconnect any connectors disconnected at removal.
5. Refit the Axis computer unit if EPS board is mounted See Replacement of EPS © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
(option Electronic Position Switches). board on page 240.

236 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.22. Replacement of Axis computer

4.22. Replacement of Axis computer

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the axis computer in the Single Cabinet
Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the axis computer is located in the Drive Module.

xx0500001858

A Operator’s panel
B Capacitor
C Computer unit
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

D Panel board unit


E Axis computer
F Drive system ( drive units and rectifier)

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 237
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.22. Replacement of Axis computer

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the axis computer.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!
on page 21
3. Disconnect all connectors from the axis NOTE!
computer. Make a note of any connections,
4. Remove the attachment screws.
A

B B

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002002

• A: axis computer
• B: attachment screws
5. Remove the axis computer.

Continues on next page


238 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.22. Replacement of Axis computer

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the axis computer.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2. Fit the new axis computer.
A

B B

xx0500002002

• A: axis computer
• B: attachment screws
3. Refit the attachment screws.
4. Reconnect all the connectors.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 239


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.23. Replacement of EPS board

4.23. Replacement of EPS board

General
An EPS board is mounted in the Single Cabinet Controller or Drive Module if the option
Electronic Position Switches is used.

Location
The EPS board is mounted behind the axis computer.

xx0600003203

A EPS board
B Axis computer

Removal

Action Note/illustration
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21

Continues on next page


240 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.23. Replacement of EPS board

Continued

Action Note/illustration
3. Disconnect the following cables connected
to the EPS board and axis computer:
• Plug contact in I/O connector
• Power cables
• SMB cables
• Ethernet cables

xx0700000101

A: Plug contact in I/O connector


B: Power cables
C: SMB cables
D: Ethernet cables
4. Remove the attachment screws of the axis
computer and remove the axis computer. A

B B
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002002

• A: axis computer
• B: attachment screws

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 241
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.23. Replacement of EPS board

Continued

Action Note/illustration
5. Remove the attachment screws of the EPS
board and remove the EPS board.
A

B B

xx0600003204

• A: EPS board
• B: attachment screws

Refitting

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. If not already in place, fit the EMC strips on
the EPS board. A

xx0700000087

Continues on next page


242 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.23. Replacement of EPS board

Continued

Action Note/illustration
4. Connect the short SMB cable and both
Ethernet cables to the EPS board before
mounting the board. These connections
may be difficult to reach once the board is
mounted.
The two Ethernet connectors on the EPS
board are interchangeable (it does not
matter which is connected to the main
computer and which is connected to the axis
computer).

xx0600003303

5. Refit the EPS board and the axis computer


(see Removal on page 240).
6. Refit all the cables (see Removal on page
240).
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 243


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.24. Replacement of Contactor Interface Board

4.24. Replacement of Contactor Interface Board

Location
The contactor interface board is located on the left wall in the Single Cabinet Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the contactor interface board is located on the left wall in the
Drive Module.
A

C
D

xx0400001058

A MOTOR ON contactor K42


B MOTOR ON contactor K43
C Brake contactor
D Jumpers (3pcs)
E Contactor interface board

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Contactor Interface board 3HAC13389-2 DSQC 611
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures These procedures
may be required. See include references
references to these to the tools required.
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit Board 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


244 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.24. Replacement of Contactor Interface Board

Continued

Removal
The procedure below details how to remove the contactor board.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Disconnect all connectors. NOTE!
Make a note of any connections.
4. Remove the attachment screws.

B
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0400001062

• A: contactor interface board


• B: attachment screws
5. Remove the contactor interface board.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 245
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.24. Replacement of Contactor Interface Board

Continued

Refitting
The procedure below details how to refit the contactor board.

Action Note/Illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2.

esd

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit is
sensitive to ESD! on page 21
3. Refit the contactor interface board.
4. Remove the attachment screws.

B
xx0400001062

• A: contactor interface board


• B: attachment screws © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
5. Reconnect all connectors.

246 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.25. Replacement of drive system fans

4.25. Replacement of drive system fans

Location
The illustration below shows the drive system fans in the Single Cabinet Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the drive system fans are located in the back of the Drive
Module.

A
B

xx0500002011

A Fan (4 pcs)
B Cover
C Attachment screw (4 pcs)

Required equipment
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Fan with receptacle 3HAC021702-001
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and procedures These procedures
may be required. See include references
references to these to the tools
procedures in the step-by- required.
step instructions below.
Circuit Diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 247
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.25. Replacement of drive system fans

Continued

Removal
The following procedures details how to remove the drive system fan.

Action Note /illustration


1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Remove the moist dust filter magazine. How to remove the moist dust filter
(Option) magazine is detailed in section
Replacement of moist dust filter on page
141.
3. Loosen the four attachment screws to the
cover.
4. Remove the cover..
5. Disconnect the connector to the fan.
6. Push the fan upwards and remove it.

xx0500002015
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
• A: fan
• B: attachments
• C: grooves

Continues on next page


248 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.25. Replacement of drive system fans

Continued

Refitting
The following procedures details how to refit the drive system fan.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power
has been switched off! on page 20.
2. Reconnect the connector to the fan.
3. Refit the fan by placing the attachments in
the back of the fan housing in the grooves.

xx0500002015

• A: fan
• B: attachments
• C: grooves
4. Refit the cover and the attachment
screws.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

5. Refit the moist dust filter magazine. How to refit the moist dust filter magazine
(Option) is detailed in section Replacement of moist
dust filter on page 141.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 249


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.26. Replacement of transformer unit

4.26. Replacement of transformer unit

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the transformer unit in the Single Cabinet
Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the transformer is located in the back of the Drive Module.

xx0500002028

A Transformer

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part.no. Art. no. Note © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
Transformer unit 3HAC020953-004 13kVA
Transformer unit 3HAC024180-001 6kVA
Transformer unit 3HAC020953-006 1,8kVA
Standard toolkit The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control system

Continues on next page


250 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.26. Replacement of transformer unit

Continued

Removal
The following procedures details how to remove the transformer unit.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

WARNING!
The transformer weighs between 15 and 40 kg,
use a hoist and lifting slings.
3. Remove the moist dust filter magazine. How to remove the moist dust filter
(Option) magazine is detailed in section
Replacement of moist dust filter on
page 141.
4. Loosen the attachment screws.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002027

• A: attachment screw (4pcs)


• B: cover
5. Remove the cover.
6. Disconnect the two grounding wires (gnye,
blue).
7. Disconnect the mains power supply wires, NOTE!
Make a note of the terminal to which
each of the wires are connected. This
will facilitate reconnection to the same
terminal.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 251
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.26. Replacement of transformer unit

Continued

Action Note/illustration
8. Remove the two transformer attachment
screws.

xx0500002032

• A: attachment screw (2pcs)


9. Push the transformer unit side ways and lift it
out with lifting slings and a hoist.

xx0500002033

Refitting
The following procedure details how to refit the transformer unit.

Action Note/illustration
1.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet, please
observe the safety information in section
DANGER - Make sure that the main power has
been switched off! on page 20.
2.

WARNING!
The transformer weighs between 15 and 40
kg, use a hoist and lifting slings.
3. Fit the new transformer in place with a hoist
and lifting slings.
4. Refit the attachment screws.
5. Reconnect the mains power supply wires and
grounding wires.

Continues on next page


252 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.26. Replacement of transformer unit

Continued

Action Note/illustration
6. Refit the cover.
7. Refit the moist dust filter magazine. (Option) How to refit the moist dust filter
magazine is detailed in section
Replacement of moist dust filter on
page 141.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 253


4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.27. Replacement of brake resistor bleeder

4.27. Replacement of brake resistor bleeder

Location
The illustration below shows the location of the brake resistor bleeder (behind the cover) in
the Single Cabinet Controller.
In the Dual Cabinet Controller the brake resistor bleeder is located in the Drive Module.

xx0500002022

A Brake resistor bleeder (behind plate, not visible).

Required equipment
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note
Brake resistor bleeder 3HAC020900-001
Standard toolkit The contents are
defined in section
Standard toolkit!
Other tools and These procedures
procedures may be include references to
required. See the tools required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit diagram 3HAC024480-004 Complete control
system

Continues on next page


254 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.27. Replacement of brake resistor bleeder

Continued

Removal
The following procedure details how remove the brake resistor bleeder.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet,
please observe the safety information
in section DANGER - Make sure that
the main power has been switched off!
on page 20.
2. Remove the moist dust filter magazine. How to remove the moist dust filter magazine
(Option) is detailed in section Replacement of moist
dust filter on page 141.
3. Remove the covers in the back of the
controller.

xx

• A: heat sink cover


• B: attachment screw (6 pcs)
• C: transformer cover
• D: bleeder attachment screw (4 pcs)
4. Disconnect the two connectors from
the bleeder.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002020

• A: attachment screw (4 pcs)


• B: connectors
• C: brake resistor bleeder
• D: key hole attachments
Continues on next page
3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 255
4 Repair activities, controller IRC5
4.27. Replacement of brake resistor bleeder

Continued

Action Note/illustration
5. Loosen the attachment screws for the
brake resistor bleeder.
6. Llift the bleeder slightly and push it in to
release the attachments.
7. Lift the bleeder straight up.

Refitting
The following procedure details how to refit the brake resistor bleeder.

Action Note/illustration
1.

DANGER!
Before any work inside the cabinet,
please observe the safety information in
section DANGER - Make sure that the
main power has been switched off! on
page 20.
2. Slide the new bleeder in to place and fit
the attachent screws in the key hole
attachments.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002020

• A: attachment screw (4 pcs)


• B: connectors
• C: brake resistor bleeder
• D: key hole attachments
3. Tightening the four attachment screws.
4. Reconnect the connectors.
5. Refit the covers.
6. Refit the moist dust filter magazine. How to refit the moist dust filter magazine
(Option) is detailed in section Replacement of moist
dust filter on page 141.

256 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


5 Reference information, IRC5
5.1. Introduction

5 Reference information, IRC5


5.1. Introduction

General
This chapter includes general information, complementing the more specific information in
the different procedures in the manual.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 257


5 Reference information, IRC5
5.2. Unit conversion

5.2. Unit conversion

Converter table
Use the table below to convert units used in this manual.

Quantity Units
Length 1m 3.28 ft 39.37 in
Weight 1 kg 2.21 lb
Pressure 1 bar 100 kPa 14.5 psi
Force 1N 0.738 lbf
Moment 1 Nm 0.738 lbf-tn
Volume 1L 0.264 US gal

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

258 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


5 Reference information, IRC5
5.3. Screw joints

5.3. Screw joints

General
This section details how to tighten the various types of screw joints on the controller.
The instructions and torque values are valid for screw joints comprised of metallic materials
and do not apply to soft or brittle materials.

Tightening torque
Before tightening any screw, note the following:
• Determine whether a standard tightening torque or special torque is to be applied. The
standard torques are specified in the tables below. Any special torques are specified in
the Repair, Maintenance or Installation procedure description. Any special torque
specified overrides the standard value.
• Use the correct tightening torque for each type of screw joint.
• Only use correctly calibrated torque keys.
• Always tighten the joint by hand, and never use pneumatical tools.
• Use the correct tightening technique, i.e. do not jerk. Tighten the screw in a slow,
flowing motion.
• Maximum allowed total deviation from the specified value is 10%!
The table below specify the recommended standard tightening torque for oil-lubricated
screws with slotted or cross-recess head screws.

Tightening torque (Nm)


Dimension
Class 4.8, oil-lubricated
M2.5 0.25
M3 0.5
M4 1.2
M5 2.5
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

M6 5.0

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 259


5 Reference information, IRC5
5.4. Weight specifications

5.4. Weight specifications

Definition
In all repair and maintenance instructions, weights of the components handled are sometimes
specified. All components exceeding 22 kg (50 lbs) are high-lighted in this way.
To avoid injury, ABB recommends the use of lifting equipment when handling components
with a weight exceeding 22 kg.

Example
Below is an example of how a weight specification is presented:
CAUTION!
The transformer weighs 55 kg! All lifting equipment used must be sized accordingly!

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

260 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


5 Reference information, IRC5
5.5. Standard toolkit, IRC5

5.5. Standard toolkit, IRC5

General
All service (repair, maintenance and installation) instructions contain lists of tools required to
perform the specified activity. All special tools, i.e. all tools that are not considered standard
as defined below, are listed in their instructions respectively.
This way, the tools required are the sum of the Standard Toolkit and any tools listed in the
instruction.

Contents, standard toolkit, IRC5

Tool Remark
Screw driver, Torx Tx10
Screw driver, Torx Tx20
Screw driver, Torx Tx25
Ball tipped screw driver, Torx Tx25
Screw driver, flat blade 4 mm
Screw driver, flat blade 8 mm
Screw driver, flat blade 12 mm
Screw driver Phillips-1
Box spanner 8 mm
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 261


5 Reference information, IRC5
5.6. Document references

5.6. Document references

General
The contents of this manual may include references to additional documentation necessary to
perform certain procedures. This section specifies the article numbers for the referenced
documentaion.

Product specification, controller


The product specification includes generic technical data. The specification listed below is
the English version.

Document name Document ID


Product Specification - Controller IRC5 with FlexPendant 3HAC021785-001

Operating manuals
The operating manuals contains instructions for daily operation of robot systems. The
operating manuals listed below is the English version.

Document name Document ID


IRC5 with FlexPendant 3HAC16590-1
Getting started - IRC5 and RobotStudio Online 3HAC027097-001
RobotStudio Online 3HAC18236-1
Trouble shooting - IRC5 3HAC020738-001

Product manual, robot


The product manuals include information about installation and service activities. The table
below specifies the article numbers of the product manuals for all robot models. The part
number -001 is the English version.

Document name Document ID


Product manual, IRB 140 3HAC023297-001 © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Product manual, IRB 140 Type C 3HAC024400-001


Product manual, IRB 1400 3HAC021111-001
Product manual, IRB 1410 3HAC026320-001
Product manual, IRB 1600 3HAC023637-001
Product manual, IRB 1600 Type A 3HAC026660-001
Product manual, IRB 2400 3HAC022031-001
Product manual, IRB 4400 3HAC022032-001
Product manual, IRB 6400RF 3HAC027076-001
Product manual, IRB 6600/6650 type A 3HAC020938-001
Product manual, IRB 6600/6650 type B 3HAC023082-001
Product manual, IRB 6650S 3HAC020993-001
Product manual, IRB 6620 3HAC027151-001
Product manual, IRB 260 3HAC026048-001
Product manual, IRB 660 3HAC025755-001

Continues on next page


262 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
5 Reference information, IRC5
5.6. Document references

Continued

Document name Document ID


Product manual, IRB 7600 3HAC022033-001
Product manual, IRB 340 3HAC022546-001
Product manual, IRB 940 3HAC022034-001
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 263


5 Reference information, IRC5
5.7. Lifting equipment and lifting instructions

5.7. Lifting equipment and lifting instructions

General
Many repair and maintenance activities require different pieces of lifting equipment, which
are specified in each procedure.
The use of each piece of lifting equipment is not detailed in the activity procedure, but in the
instruction delivered with each piece of lifting equipment.
This implies that the instructions delivered with the lifting equipment should be stored for
later reference.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

264 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


6 Spare Parts
6.1.1. Single Cabinet Controller

6 Spare Parts
6.1 Controller parts

6.1.1. Single Cabinet Controller

General
The illustrations in this section show the locations of the parts in the IRC5 Single Cabinet
Controller.
The spare parts for the Single and Dual Cabinet Controller are in general identical but the
location of parts in the Dual Cabinet Controller are divided between the Control Module and
the Drive Module.

Drive system parts


The illustration below shows the placement of the drive system parts in the recommended
spare part list.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600002680

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 265
6 Spare Parts
6.1.1. Single Cabinet Controller

Continued

Spare part no. Description Note


L 3HAC025338-001 Main Servo Drive Unit, D6 3B 3A DSQC 617
L 3HAC025338-002 Main Servo Drive Unit, D6 2E 2C 2B DSQC 617
L 3HAC025338-003 Main Servo Drive Unit, D4 3E 1C DSQC 617
L 3HAC025338-004 Main Servo Drive Unit, D6 3T 3G DSQC 617
L 3HAC025338-006 Main Servo Drive Unit, D6 3W 3V DSQC 617
L 3HAC14550-1 Single servo drive unit DSQC 619
L 3HAC14550-3 Single servo drive unit DSQC 619
L 3HAC14550-4 Single servo drive unit DSQC 619
H 3HAC14549-1 Rectifier DSQC 618
H 3HAC14549-2 Rectifier DSQC 618
G 3HAC14551-1 Capacitor Unit, C2 DSQC 620
G 3HAC14551-3 Capacitor Unit, C4 DSQC 620
J 3HAC024481-003 Panel board unit
K 3HAC12815-1 Axis computer DSQC 601
E 3HAC12928-1 Control power supply DSQC 604
N 3HAC026254-001 Power distribution board DSQC 662
C 3HAC020465-001 Drive system power supply standard. DSQC 626
C 3HAC020465-001 Drive system power supply ext. DSQC 627
P 3HAC026253-001 System power supply DSQC 661
D 3HAC12934-1 Customer I/O Power supply DSQC 608
M 3HAC14178-1 Customer I/O power supply DSQC 609
F 3HAC026585-001 Backup energy bank with adapter plate DSQC 655
F 3HAC025562-001 Backup energy bank DSQC 655

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


266 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
6 Spare Parts
6.1.1. Single Cabinet Controller

Continued

I/O System parts


The illustration below shows the placement of the I/O system parts in the recommended spare
part list.

xx0600002681

Spare part no. Description Note


A 3HAC025784-001 ADCombi I/O DSQC 651
A 3HAC025917-001 Digital I/O DSQC 652
A 3HAC025918-001 Digital I/O with relay outputs DSQC 653
A 3HAC17970-1 Digital 24 VDC I/O DSQC 328A
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

A 3HAC17971-1 AD Combi I/O DSQC 327A


A 3HAC17973-1 Digital I/O with relay outputs DSQC 332A
A 3HAB7231-1 Digital 120 VAC I/O DSQC 320A
A 3HNE00554-1 Analog ±10V I/O DSQC 355A

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 267
6 Spare Parts
6.1.1. Single Cabinet Controller

Continued

Computer unit DSQC 623 parts


The illustration below shows the placement of the computer unit parts in the recommended
spare part list.

xx0600002682

Spare part no. Description Note


A 3HAC020929-006 Computer AC plus
A 3HAC020929-007 Computer BD plus
3HNE00025-1 Circuit board RIO
B 3HAC14944-1 RS-232/422 converter
C 3HAC12816-1 Robot com. card DSQC 602
D 3HAC15639-1 Ethernet card DSQC 612
D 3HAC023047-001 Profibus-DP adapter DSQC 637
D 3HNE00009-1 Profibus DP Slave unit
D 3HAC11819-1 Interbus slave with Cu DSQC 529
D 3HNE00006-1 Interbus-S Unit
D 3HAC5579-1 InterBus-S adap. DSQC 512 © Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
D 3HAC12817-1 DeviceNet M/S DSQC 603
E 3HAC021629-001 LED board with cover DSQC 631
3HAC020988-006 Fan inside computer
3HAC020988-007 Fan left inside computer

Continues on next page


268 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
6 Spare Parts
6.1.1. Single Cabinet Controller

Continued

Computer unit DSQC 639 parts


The illustration below shows the placement of the computer unit parts in the recommended
spare part list.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0600003029

Spare part no. Description Note


A 3HAC025527-001 Computer unit DSQC 639
B 3HAC025465-001 Compact flash 256MB DSQC 656
C 3HAC14944-1 RS-232/422 Converter DSQC 615
D 3HAC025779-001 DeviceNet Master/Slave Single DSQC 658
D 3HAC025780-001 DeviceNet Master/Slave Dual DSQC 659
E 3HAC15639-1 Ethernet card DSQC 612
F 3HAC11819-1 Interbus Master/Slave copper wire DSQC 529
F 3HAC5579-1 Interbus Master/Slave optical fibre DSQC 512
F 3HAC023047-001 Profibus-DP Master/Slave DSQC 637
I 3HAC16751-3 Fan
K 3HAC025097-016 DDR SDRAM 256MB

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 269
6 Spare Parts
6.1.1. Single Cabinet Controller

Continued

Miscellaneous parts
The illustration below shows the placement of the Miscellaneous parts in the recommended
spare part list.

xx0600002683

Spare part no Description Note


C 3HAC024138-001 Transfomer unit 13kVA
C 3HAC024174-001 Transfomer unit 2,5kVA drive
C 3HAC024180-001 Transfomer unit 6kVA
A 3HAC024729-001 Heat exchange unit 45°C
A 3HAC024439-001 Heat exchange unit 52°C
D 3HAC024628-001 Brake resistor bleeder asm
B 3HAC021700-001 Fan with receptacle 52°C
B 3HAC021702-001 Fan with receptacle 45°C
G 3HAC021702-001 Fan with receptacle
3HAC021606-001 Cam Switch
3HAC12929-1 GTPU with 10m cable
E 3HAC027697-001 Moist dust filter Option

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


F 3HAC027641-001 Moist dust filter Option

270 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


6 Spare Parts
6.2.1. Manipulator variants

6.2 Manipulator cables

6.2.1. Manipulator variants

General
When ordering cables, consider the option numbers for the manipulators.

Manipulator Variants Option no.


IRB 140 Standard 435-2
High speed 435-44
IRB 1400 435-3
IRB 1410 435-70
IRB1600 7-1.2 435-56
7-1.45 435-57
5-1.2 435-60
5-1.45 435-61
IRB 2400 10kg 435-7
16kg 435-8
L 435-9
IRB 260 435-58
IRB 340 Standard 435-33
Wash down 435-34
Stainless wash down 435-35
2kg standard 435-47
2kg wash down 435-48
2kg stainless wash down 435-49
IRB 4400 45kg 435-37
60kg 435-38
L-10 435-41
L-30 435-42
IRB 6400RF 200-2.5 435-15
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

200-2.8 435-23
IRB 660 180-3.15 435-58
250-3.15 435-59
IRB 6600 175-2.55 435-16
225-2.55 435-17
175-2.8 435-22
IRB 6650 200-2.75 435-19
125-3.2 435-30
IRB 6650S 125-3.5 435-50
200-3.0 435-51
IRB 6620 150-2.2 435-64
IRB 7600 500-2.3 435-6
400-2.55 435-18
340-2.5 435-24
150-3.5 435-36

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 271


6 Spare Parts
6.2.2. Manipulator cables

6.2.2. Manipulator cables

Signal cables, IRB 1400,IRB 1600

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC2493-1 Control cable signal L=7m 210-2
3HAC2530-1 Control cable signal L=15m 210-3
3HAC2540-1 Control cable signal L=22m 210-4
3HAC2566-1 Control cable signal L=30m 210-5

Signal cables, IRB 2400, IRB 260, IRB 4400, IRB 6400RF, IRB 660, IRB 6600, IRB 6650 and IRB 7600

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC7998-1 Control cable signal L=7m 210-2
3HAC7998-2 Control cable signal L=15m 210-3
3HAC7998-3 Control cable signal L=22m 210-4
3HAC7998-4 Control cable signal L=30m 210-5

Power cables, IRB 140

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC7996-1 Control cable power L=3m 210-1
3HAC7996-5 Control cable power L=7m 210-2
3HAC7996-6 Control cable power L=15m 210-3
3HAC7996-7 Control cable power L=22m 210-4
3HAC7996-8 Control cable power L=30m 210-5

Power cables, IRB 1400,IRB 1600, IRB 2400

Art. no. Description Option no.

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


3HAC2492-1 Control cable power L=7m Standard: 210-2 and 287-4
3HAC2529-1 Control cable power L=15m Standard: 210-3 and 287-4
3HAC2539-1 Control cable power L=22m Standard: 210-4 and 287-4
3HAC2564-1 Control cable power L=30m Standard: 210-5 and 287-4
3HAC9038-1 Control cable power L=7m Foundry: 210-2 and 287-3
Wash: 210-2 and 287-5
3HAC9038-2 Control cable power L=15m Foundry: 210-3 and 287-3
Wash: 210-3 and 287-5
3HAC9038-3 Control cable power L=22m Foundry: 210-4 and 287-3
Wash: 210-4 and 287-5
3HAC9038-4 Control cable power L=30m Foundry: 210-5 and 287-3
Wash: 210-5 and 287-5

Continues on next page


272 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
6 Spare Parts
6.2.2. Manipulator cables

Continued

Power cables, IRB 260

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC9038-1 Control cable power L=7m Foundry: 210-2 and 287-3
Wash: 210-5 and 287-5
3HAC9038-2 Control cable power L=15m Foundry: 210-3 and 287-3
Wash: 210-5 and 287-5
3HAC9038-3 Control cable power L=22m Foundry: 210-4 and 287-3
Wash: 210-5 and 287-5
3HAC9038-4 Control cable power L=30m Foundry: 210-5 and 287-3
Wash: 210-5 and 287-5

Power cables, IRB 340

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC8158-1 Control Cable power L=7m (435-33 or 435-34 or 435-35 or
435-47 or 435-48 or 435-49)
and 210-2
3HAC8159-1 Control Cable power L=15m (435-33 or 435-34 or 435-35 or
435-47 or 435-48 or 435-49)
and 210-3
3HAC8160-1 Control Cable power L=22m (435-33 or 435-34 or 435-35 or
435-47 or 435-48 or 435-49)
and 210-4
3HAC8162-1 Control Cable power L=30m (435-33 or 435-34 or 435-35 or
435-47 or 435-48 or 435-49)
and 210-5

Power cables, IRB 4400

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC2512-1 Control cable power L=7m Standard: 210-2 and 287-4
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Clean room: 210-2 and 287-1


3HAC2535-1 Control cable power L=15m Standard: 210-3 and 287-4
Clean room: 210-3 and 287-1
3HAC2560-1 Control cable power L=22m Standard: 210-4 and 287-4
Clean room: 210-4 and 287-1
3HAC2572-1 Control cable power L=30m Standard: 210-5 and 287-4
Clean room: 210-5 and 287-1
3HAC8182-1 Control cable power L=7m Foundry: 210-2 and 287-3
Wash: 210-2 and 287-5
3HAC8182-2 Control cable power L=15m Foundry: 210-3 and 287-3
Wash: 210-3 and 287-5
3HAC8182-3 Control cable power L=22m Foundry: 210-4 and 287-3
Wash: 210-4 and 287-5
3HAC8182-4 Control cable power L=30m Foundry: 210-5 and 287-3
Wash: 210-5 and 287-5

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 273
6 Spare Parts
6.2.2. Manipulator cables

Continued

Power cables, IRB 6400RF

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC8184-1 Control cable power L=7m 210-2 and 287-3
3HAC8184-2 Control cable power L=15m 210-3 and 287-3
3HAC8184-3 Control cable power L=22m 210-4 and 287-3
3HAC8184-4 Control cable power L=30m 210-5 and 287-3

Power cable, IRB 6600, IRB 7600, IRB 660, IRB 6620

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC11818-1 Control cable power L=7m (435-6 or 435-18 or 435-24 or
435-36) and 210-2
3HAC11818-2 Control cable power L=15m (435-6 or 435-18 or 435-24 or
435-36) and 210-3
3HAC11818-3 Control cable power L=22m (435-6 or 435-18 or 435-24 or
435-36) and 210-4
3HAC11818-4 Control cable power L=30m (435-6 or 435-18 or 435-24 or
435-36) and 210-5

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

274 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


6 Spare Parts
6.2.3. Position switch cables

6.2.3. Position switch cables

IRB 1400,1600, 2400, 260, 4400, 6400RF and 340


Axis 1

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC7997-1 Pos. switch cable L=7m 273-1
3HAC7997-2 Pos. switch cable L=15m 273-2
3HAC7997-3 Pos. switch cable L=22m 273-3
3HAC7997-4 Pos. switch cable L=30m 273-4

IRB6600, 7600, 660 and 6620


Axis 1

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC13175-1 Pos. Switch 1 L=7m 273-1
3HAC13175-2 Pos. Switch 1 L=15m 273-2
3HAC13175-3 Pos. Switch 1 L=22m 273-3
3HAC13175-4 Pos. Switch 1 L=30m 273-4

Axis 2 and 3

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC13176-1 Pos. Switch 2/3 L=7m 274-1
3HAC13176-2 Pos. Switch 2/3 L=15m 274-2
3HAC13176-3 Pos. Switch 2/3 L=22m 274-3
3HAC13176-4 Pos. Switch 2/3 L=30m 274-4
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 275


6 Spare Parts
6.2.4. Fan cables

6.2.4. Fan cables

IRB6600 and 7600

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC022723-001 Harness - Axis 1&2 cooling (87-1 or 88-1 or 89-1) and
210-2
3HAC022723-004 Harness - Axis 1&2 cooling (87-1 or 88-1 or 89-1) and
210-3
3HAC022723-005 Harness - Axis 1&2 cooling (87-1 or 88-1 or 89-1) and
210-4
3HAC022723-006 Harness - Axis 1&2 cooling (87-1 or 88-1 or 89-1) and
210-5
3HAC022708-001 Harness - axis 1/2/3 cooling (87-1 or 88-1 or 89-1) and
274-1 or 274-2 or 274-3 or
274-4

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

276 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


6 Spare Parts
6.2.5. CP/CS Harness IRB 1600, 2400 and 4400

6.2.5. CP/CS Harness IRB 1600, 2400 and 4400

CP/CS

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC022957-001 Harness-CP/CS L=7m 16-1 and 94-1
3HAC022957-002 Harness-CP/CS L=15m 16-1 and 94-2
3HAC022957-006 Harness-CP/CS L=22m 16-1 and 94-3
3HAC022957-003 Harness-CP/CS L=30m 16-1 and 94-4

CP/CS Interbus

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC023024-001 Harness-CP/CS/INTERBUS L=7m 16-1 and 91-2
3HAC023024-002 Harness-CP/CS/INTERBUS L=15m 16-1 and 91-3
3HAC023024-006 Harness-CP/CS/INTERBUS L=22m 16-1 and 91-4
3HAC023024-003 Harness-CP/CS/INTERBUS L=30m 16-1 and 91-5

CP/CS/Profibus

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC022988-001 Harness-CP/CS/PBUS L=7m 16-1 and 92-2
3HAC022988-002 Harness-CP/CS/PBUS L=15m 16-1 and 92-3
3HAC022988-003 Harness-CP/CS/PBUS L=30m 16-1 and 92-4
3HAC022988-006 Harness-CP/CS/PBUS L=22m 16-1 and 92-5

CP/CS/DeviceNet

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC022978-001 Harness-CP/CS/DeviceNet L=7m 16-1 and 90-2
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC022978-002 Harness-CP/CS/DeviceNet L=15m 16-1 and 90-3


3HAC022978-006 Harness-CP/CS/DeviceNet L=22m 16-1 and 90-4
3HAC022978-003 Harness-CP/CS/DeviceNet L=30m 16-1 and 90-5

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 277


6 Spare Parts
6.2.6. CP/CS Harness IRB 6400RF

6.2.6. CP/CS Harness IRB 6400RF

CP/CS Canbus

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC9288-1 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=7m 16-1 and 90-2
3HAC9288-2 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=15m 16-1 and 90-3
3HAC9288-3 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=22m 16-1 and 90-4
3HAC9288-4 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=30m 16-1 and 90-5

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

278 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


6 Spare Parts
6.2.7. CP/CS Harness IRB6600, 7600, 660 and 6620

6.2.7. CP/CS Harness IRB6600, 7600, 660 and 6620

CP/CS

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC17147-1 Harness CP/CS L=7m 16-1 and 94-1
3HAC17147-2 Harness CP/CS L=15m 16-1 and 94-2
3HAC17147-6 Harness CP/CS L=22m 16-1 and 94-3
3HAC17147-3 Harness CP/CS L=30m 16-1 and 94-4

CP/CS Interbus

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC15644-4 Harness CP/CS, IBS L=7m 16-1 and 91-2
3HAC15644-1 Harness CP/CS, IBS L=15m 16-1 and 91-3
3HAC15644-6 Harness CP/CS, IBS L=22m 16-1 and 91-4
3HAC15644-5 Harness CP/CS, IBS L=30m 16-1 and 91-5

CP/CS/Profibus

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC17200-4 Harness CP/CS, PROFIB L=7m 16-1 and 92-2
3HAC17200-1 Harness CP/CS, PROFIB L=15m 16-1 and 92-3
3HAC17200-6 Harness CP/CS, PROFIB L=22m 16-1 and 92-4
3HAC17200-5 Harness CP/CS, PROFIB L=30m 16-1 and 92-5

CP/CS Canbus

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC14890-4 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=7m 16-1 and 90-2
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC14890-1 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=15m 16-1 and 90-3


3HAC14890-7 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=22m 16-1 and 90-4
3HAC14890-6 Harness CP/CS, CAN L=30m 16-1 and 90-5

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 279


6 Spare Parts
6.2.8. Customer signal

6.2.8. Customer signal

IRB 1400

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC3346-1 Customer cable sign. L=7m 16-1 and 17-5 and 94-1
3HAC3347-1 Customer cable sign. L=15m 16-1 and 17-5 and 94-2
3HAC3348-1 Customer cable sign. L=22m 16-1 and 17-5 and 94-3
3HAC3349-1 Customer cable sign. L=30m 16-1 and 17-5 and 94-4

IRB 1600, 2400

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC3353-1 Customer cable sign. L=7m Standard: 94-1 and 287-4
3HAC3354-1 Customer cable sign. L=15m Standard: 94-2 and 287-4
3HAC3355-1 Customer cable sign. L=22m Standard: 94-3 and 287-4
3HAC3356-14 Customer cable sign. L=30m Standard: 94-4 and 287-4
3HAC8183-1 Customer cable sign. L=7m Foundry: 94-1 and 287-3
Wash: 94-1 and 287-5
3HAC8183-2 Customer cable sign. L=15m Foundry: 94-2 and 287-3
Wash: 94-2 and 287-5
3HAC8183-3 Customer cable sign. L=22m Foundry: 94-3 and 287-3
Wash: 94-3 and 287-5
3HAC8183-4 Customer cable sign. L=30m Foundry: 94-4 and 287-3
Wash: 94-4 and 287-5

IRB 260

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC8183-1 Customer cable signal, L=7m Foundry: 94-1 and 287-3

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


Wash: 94-1 and 287-5
3HAC8183-2 Customer cable signal, L=15m Foundry: 94-2 and 287-3
Wash: 94-2 and 287-5
3HAC8183-3 Customer cable signal, L=22m Foundry: 94-3 and 287-3
Wash: 94-3 and 287-5
3HAC8183-4 Customer cable signal, L=30m Foundry: 94-4 and 287-3
Wash: 94-4 and 287-5

IRB 340

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC14860-1 Customer cable sign. L=7m 218-9 and 94-1
3HAC14860-2 Customer cable sign. L=15m 218-9 and 94-2
3HAC14860-3 Customer cable sign. L=22m 218-9 and 94-3
3HAC14860-4 Customer cable sign. L=30m 218-9 and 94-4

280 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


6 Spare Parts
6.2.9. Customer power-signal

6.2.9. Customer power-signal

IRB 1600, 2400 and 4400

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC8183-1 Customer pow.-sign. L=7m 94-1 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-3 or 243-5)
3HAC8183-2 Customer pow.-sign. L=15m 94-2 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-3 or 243-5)
3HAC8183-3 Customer pow.-sign. L=22m 94-3 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-3 or 243-5)
3HAC8183-4 Customer pow.-sign. L=30m 94-4 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-3 or 243-5)
3HAC3353-1 Customer pow.-sign. L=7m 94-1 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-4 or 243-1)
3HAC3354-1 Customer power-sign. L=15m 94-2 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-4 or 243-1)
3HAC3355-1 Customer power-sign. L=22m 94-3 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-4 or 243-1)
3HAC3356-1 Customer power-sign. L=30m 94-4 and 16-1 and 17-5 and
(287-4 or 243-1)

IRB 340

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC3358-1 Internal Customer cable L=7m 218-5 and 94-1
3HAC3359-1 Internal Customer cable L=15m 218-5 and 94-2
3HAC3360-1 Internal Customer cable L=22m 218-5 and 94-3
3HAC3361-1 Internal Customer cable L=30m 218-5 and 94-4

Euromap cables
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HAC024328-001 Cable EMP67, L=10m 671-2 and 673-1
3HAC024328-005 Cable EMP67, L=15m 671-2 and 673-2
3HAC024330-001 Cable EMP12, L=10m 671-1 and 673-1
3HAC024330-004 Cable EMP12, L=15m 671-1 and 673-2

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 281


6 Spare Parts
6.2.10. External axis cables

6.2.10. External axis cables

Power cable (stationary gun)

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HEA800736-001 Power cable (floor) L=7m 809-1
3HEA800736-002 Power cable (floor) L=15m 809-2
3HEA800736-003 Power cable (floor) L=22m 809-3
3HEA800736-004 Power cable (floor) L=30m 809-4

Power cable (robot gun)

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HEA800824-001 Power cable (floor) L=7m 787-1
3HEA800824-002 Power cable (floor) L=15m 787-2
3HEA800824-003 Power cable (floor) L=22m 787-3
3HEA800824-004 Power cable (floor) L=30m 787-4

Serial measurement cable

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HXD1411-70 Serial measurement cable 787-1
3HXD1411-150 Serial measurement cable 787-2
3HXD1411-220 Serial measurement cable 787-3
3HXD1411-300 Serial measurement cable 787-4

Miscellaneous cables

Art. no. Description Option no.


3HEA800964-003 SMB 2axis, standard IP65 785-3 or 785-6

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.


3HXD1249-70 7:th axis floor cable 785-6
3HXD1249-70 7:th axis floor cable 785-3 or 785-2
3HXD1250-70 Resolver cable floor 785-2 or 785-5
3HXD1250-70 Resolver cable floor 785-6
3HXD1249-15 Motor cable, 7:th axis 785-3
3HXD1250-15 Resolver cable (Foundry) 785-3

282 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


7 Circuit Diagram
7.1. Introduction

7 Circuit Diagram
7.1. Introduction

Definitions
This chapter specifies the circuit diagram of the IRC5 Controller.
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page


3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 283
7 Circuit Diagram
7.1. Introduction

Continued

© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

284 3HAC021313-001 Revision: F


The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a
commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.

Except as may be expressly stated anywhere in this document, nothing herein shall be construed as any
kind of guarantee or warranty by ABB for losses, damages to persons or property, fitness for a
specific purpose or the like.

In no event shall ABB be liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of this document.
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without ABB's written permission,
and contents therof must not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any unauthorized purpose.
Contravention will be prosecuted.

Additional copies of this document may be obtained from ABB at its then current charge.

© Copyright 2004 ABB ALL right reserved.

ABB Automation Technologies AB


Robotics
SE-721 68 Västerås
Sweden

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CONTROLLER
COPYRIGHT page Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 1
Next 2
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Title page/cover sheet 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Customer :
Control cabinet : CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Drawing number : CONTROL MODULE
Drawing version :

Manufacture :
Type :
Type of installation :
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Control cabinet :
Mains voltage :
Supply :
Control voltage :
Year of construction :

Project start :
Project manager :
Last revision :
Designed by : setonil9
Designed date : 2007-04-12
Number of pages :
:

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CONTROLLER
TITLE PAGE Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 2
Next 3
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Title page/cover sheet 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Document no changed to 3HAC024480-004 Rev 00 used to be 3HAC020538-002 Rev 06


Added DESIGN 06 to page header

Changes made from old document 3HAC020538-002 Rev 06

Page 25 Deleted outlet flex, -X25 and -XP20. Changed cablenr -XT16 acc. to conn. tables Page <39 New pages with computer unit DSQC 639
Added interruptionspoints at -Q2 and -XT16. Moved outlet dual/single to 64.1 Page <39 New page with anybus main computer
Moved cable def 308, 309, 152, 153, 181, 182 to page 27
Page 39 Added objects from page 40.
Page 26 Deleted cablenr. 182 ( double insert ). Added :5, :6 to -G2-X2 Page 40 Moved -D31 and -D32 to page 39. Deleted page
Page 27 Deleted text 703, 704. Added cable def. 703, 704, 152, 153, 181, 182 Page 42 Changed second LED to IDE LED (YELLOW)
Page 27.1, 28.1 New pages with DSQC 609 Page 39-43 Added text DSQC623
Page 28 Changed output plug -G6-X1 to -G6-X2. Deleted cablenr 308 and 309 ( double insert ) Page 44 Moved -A9, -A7 to page 43. Deleted page
Added cable def. 703, 704 Page 45 Changed -X2, -X3 to -DP-S-X2 and -DP-M-X3
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Page 29 Added black-box to show x-ref to page 38. Changed -E3 to int. fan, cable part -X11 Page 46 Changed -A38 to -A37
and text RCC to Main Computer Page 47 Added connection for dual devnet
Page 30 Added black-box to show x-ref to page 38 Page 51, 52, 53, 54 Changed components on I/O-cards. Added DSQC-number
Page 31 Added black-box to show x-ref to page 38 Page 55 Deleted text. Added DSQC-number
Page 32 Added interruptionspionts at -X7 Page 56 Deleted page ( old I/O-card )
Page 33 Changed -S21.1.X11 to -S21.1.X1 Page 59 Changed plugsymbol on -X21 (socket-pin) and -X20 (pin-socket)
Page 34 Added cablenr. and interruptionpoints. Added conn. 21-22 on -S21.3 EM.PB Renumbered page 25-61 to page 32-72
Changed adapter and changed -S21.1.X12 to -S21.1.X1 Renumbered page REV to page 3
Page 34.1, 35.1, 37 Deleted (flexcontrol ) Renumbered page 20 to page 31
Page 34.2 New page with hot-plug option Renumbered page 21 to page 30
Page 35 Added cablenr. and interruptionpoints. Shifted connection 1 and 5 on both -X9. Renumbered page 22-24 to page 20-22
Changed adapter and changed -S21.1.X13 to -S21.1.X1

Page 35.2 New page with hot-plug option


Page 36 Deleted cable nr 205-213 ( double insert ). Changed text and parts ETH_FPU
Page 36.1 Changed connections on button -S22. Added interruptionpoints + conn. ETH_FPU
Page 38 Show x-ref to page 29, 30, 31. Added symbolic line to -X1 and -X2

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + REV
REVISION INFORMATION Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 3
Next 3.1
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Changes made from old document 3HAC020538-002 Rev 06

Page 63 Added Q1 Option : Flange Disconnect Page 82 Added symbolic line to -R1.MP1-3 and -R1.MP4-6
Page 64 Added Z2 to transformer T1.3 + interruption points for outgoing power Page 83 Added jumpers to -R1.MP1-3:10-12 16-18, interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2,
Page 64.1 New page for Option : sevice outlet symbolic line at MP1-3 and MP4-6. Changed -R1.SMB to -R2.SMB.

Page 65 Deleted -XS25. Added interruptionpoints. Changed symbol -G1-X2, -X3 Page 87 Added symbolic line to -R1.MP1-3 and -R1.MP4-6
Page 66 Changed cablenr out from -XT16 according to connection tables Page 88 Added jumpers to -R1.MP1-3:10-12 16-18, interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2,
Page 66.1 New page with DSQC 662 symbolic line at MP1-3 and MP4-6. Changed -R1.SMB to -R2.SMB with numbers.
Changed -R1.MP to -R1.H1, -R1-MP1-3, -R1-MP4-6 with numbers.
Page 67 Deleted cablenr 463 - 470 (double insert).
Added int. points at -X1, -X5, -X10, -X11, -X21. Added internal fan -E4 Page 93 Added interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2
Page 68 Changed connections -X9:2 and :3. Redrawed connection -K44:3 Page 97, 104, 111, 118 Changed plug DT-tag to -XP/XT8 and -XS/XP8
Page 69 Added interruptionpoints at -X2. Changed text to main computer. Page 100 Added jumpers to -R1.MP:C1-B3 C2-B4, interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2.
Added conn. to EPS Deleted -R1.SMB:G and H, added keypin M
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Page 70 Added interruptionpoints at -X4, text at -X8, ref. to EPS Page 101 and 102 Deleted connection CPM on =MAN-R1.CP/CS : B3
Page 70.1 Added new page with EPS Page 107 Added interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2. Deleted -R1.SMB:G and H, added keypin M
Page 74 Changed text to drive unit no 8 Page 114 Added interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2. Deleted -R1.SMB:G and H, added keypin M
Page 76 Changed cable -6007 to -4007 Page 121 Changed terminal -Y1 to dual press -DP. Added interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2
Page 77 Added text IRB260 to 9 axis Page 126 Added interruptionpoints at -R1FAN.SW23
Renumbered page 62-77 to page 82-99 Page 126.1 New page with cooling axes single cab.
Renumbered page 78-80 to page 23-26 Page 127, 128, 133, 134, 135 Added earth between -XS/XP13 and =MAN-R1.CP/CS
Page 129 Changed DevNet shield -XS/XP13 to socket. Changed IBS to -A38-X5, PBUS to -A33
Page 136-140 Added R to robot model IRB6400
Page 138 Added interruptionpoints at -XS/XP1 and 2
Page 140 Changed -R1.CP/CS. Added text and cable def.
Renumbered page 81-85 to page 110-114
Renumbered page 86-90 to page 120-124
Renumbered page 91-97 to page 130-136
Renumbered page 98-104 to page 140-147
Renumbered page 105-111 to page 150-157
Renumbered page 112-118 to page 160-167
Renumbered page 119-135 to page 170-187
Renumbered page 136-140 to page 200-205

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + REV
REVISION INFORMATION Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 3.1
Next 4
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Table of contents ABB_table_of_contents

Plant Location Page Page description Page supplementary field Date Editor
CAB CONTROLLER 1 COPYRIGHT page Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB CONTROLLER 2 TITLE PAGE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB REV 3 REVISION INFORMATION Draft 2007-04-02 setonil9
CAB REV 3.1 REVISION INFORMATION Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB CM 4 Table of contents: (1 - 36) Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 5 Table of contents: (37 - 66) Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 6 Table of contents: (67 - 114) Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 7 Table of contents: (120 - 163) Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 8 Table of contents: (164 - 204) Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 10 Device: =CAB+CM-A3 - =CAB+CM-I/Ox Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 11 Device: =CAB+CM-I/Ox - =CAB+DM-Z2 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 13 Plugs : =CAB+CM-A36-A1 - =CAB+EXT-SLO.5-A21-S21.1.X1 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 14 Plugs : =MAN+R1-1400-SMB - =CAB.DC+CM-G6-X2 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 15 Plugs : =CAB.SC+CM-G6-X2 - =CAB+DM-4400-A41.1-X13 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 16 Plugs : =CAB+DM-6676-A41.1-X13 - =CAB.SC+CM-4400-XP/XT6 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CAB CM 17 Plugs : =CAB.DC+CM-6676-XP/XT6 - =CAB.SC+CM-SLO.1-XT31 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9


CAB.SC CM 20 FRONT VIEW OF SINGLE CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 21 SIDE VIEWS OF SINGLE CABINET Draft 2007-04-02 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 22 VIEW OF CONTROL MODULE DUAL CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 23 VIEW OF COMPUTER UNIT AND PANEL BOARD Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC DM 24 VIEW OF DRIVE MODULE DUAL CABINET Draft 2007-04-03 setonil9
CAB DM 25 VIEW OF CONTACTOR UNIT AND AXIS COMPUTER UNIT Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 26 VIEW OF DRIVE UNIT VARIANTS Draft 2007-04-03 setonil9
CAB CM 30 CONTROL MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB CM 31 BLOCK DIAGRAM CM Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 32 MAINS CONNECTION DUAL CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 33 PROCESS POWER SUPPLY Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 34 OPTION: POWER SUPPLY FOR DUAL CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 35 OPTION: POWER SUPPLY DSQC 609 FOR DUAL CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 36 OPTION: POWER SUPPLY FOR SINGLE CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Table of contents: (1 - 36) Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 4
Next 5
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Table of contents 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Table of contents ABB_table_of_contents

Plant Location Page Page description Page supplementary field Date Editor
CAB.SC CM 37 OPTION: POWER SUPPLY DSQC 609 FOR SINGLE CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 38 EMERGENCY STOP Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 39 RUN CHAIN OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 40 EMERGENCY STOP Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 41 RUN CHAIN Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 42 RUN CHAIN OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 43 RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 44 RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES OPTION : HOT PLUG Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 45 RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 46 RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES OPTION : HOT PLUG Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 47 FPU, FLEXPENDANT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 48 FPU, FLEXPENDANT OPTION: HOT PLUG Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 49 OPTION: EXTERNAL CONNECTION SYSTEM SIGNALS Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 50 MAIN COMPUTER DSQC 639 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 51 MAIN COMPUTER DSQC 639 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CAB CM 52 ANYBUS MAIN COMPUTER DSQC639 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9


CAB CM 53 MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 54 MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 55 MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 56 MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD ROBOT COMM. CARD DSQC 602 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 57 PROFIBUS DP M/S Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 58 INTERBUS M/S Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 59 DEVICENET SINGLE/DUAL ADAPTER Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 60 DEVICENET ADAPTER Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 61 DUAL RS232 CARD Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 62 ETHERNET CARD Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 63 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIGITAL I/O UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 64 DIGITAL I/O UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 65 COMBI I/O UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 66 RELAY I/O UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Table of contents: (37 - 66) Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 5
Next 6
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Table of contents 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Table of contents ABB_table_of_contents

Plant Location Page Page description Page supplementary field Date Editor
CAB CM 67 RELAY I/O UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 68 ANALOGUE I/O UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 69 REMOTE I/O UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 70 INTERBUS SLAVE Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 71 PROFIBUS DP SLAVE Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 72 ENCODER UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 80 DRIVE MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 82 MAINS CONNECTION Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 83 TRANSFORMER UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 84 OPTION : SERVICE OUTLET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC DM 85 POWER SUPPLY DSQC 626 AND 627 FOR DUAL CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC DM 86 POWER SUPPLY DSQC 626 AND 627 FOR SINGLE CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC DM 87 POWER SUPPLY DSQC 661 AND 662 FOR SINGLE CABINET Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 88 CONTACTOR BOARD Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 89 POWER UNIT SERVO DISCONNECTOR Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CAB DM 90 AXIS COMPUTER UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9


CAB DM 91 AXIS COMPUTER UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 92 EPS Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 93 RECTIFIER AND BLEEDER Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 94 FAN UNIT Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 95 ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 7 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 96 ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 8 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 97 ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 9 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 98 EXTERNAL AXIS no 7 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 99 EXTERNAL AXIS no 8 - 9 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 110 IRB 140 CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 111 SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM IRB 140 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 112 CONTROL CABLE IRB 140 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 113 CUSTOMER SIGNAL DUAL CABINET IRB 140 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 114 CUSTOMER SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET IRB 140 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Table of contents: (67 - 114) Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 6
Next 7
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Table of contents 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Table of contents ABB_table_of_contents

Plant Location Page Page description Page supplementary field Date Editor
CAB CM 120 IRB 340 CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 121 SERVO DRIVE UNITS IRB 340 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 122 CONTROL CABLE IRB 340 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 123 CUSTOMER SIGNAL DUAL CABINET IRB 340 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 124 CUSTOMER SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET IRB 340 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 130 IRB 1400 CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 131 SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM IRB 1400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 132 CONTROL CABLE IRB 1400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 133 CUSTOMER SIGNALS DUAL CABINET IRB 1400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 134 CUSTOMER SIGNALS SINGLE CABINET IRB 1400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 135 POSITION SWITCHES DUAL CABINET IRB 1400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 136 POSITION SWITCHES SINGLE CABINET IRB 1400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 140 IRB 1600 CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 141 SERVO DRIVE UNIT IRB 1600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 142 CONTROL CABLE IRB 1600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CAB.DC CM 143 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL DUAL CABINET IRB 1600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 144 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET IRB 1600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 145 POSITION SWITCH DUAL CABINET IRB 1600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 146 POSITION SWITCH SINGLE CABINET IRB 1600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 150 IRB 260 and IRB 2400 CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 151 SERVO DRIVE UNIT IRB 2400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 152 CONTROL CABLE IRB 2400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 153 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL DUAL CABINET IRB 2400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 154 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET IRB 2400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 155 POSITION SWITCH DUAL CABINET IRB 2400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 156 POSITION SWITCH SINGLE CABINET IRB 2400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 160 IRB 4400 CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 161 SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM IRB 4400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 162 CONTROL CABLE IRB 4400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 163 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL DUAL CABINET IRB 4400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Table of contents: (120 - 163) Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 7
Next 8
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Table of contents 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Table of contents ABB_table_of_contents

Plant Location Page Page description Page supplementary field Date Editor
CAB.SC CM 164 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET IRB 4400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 165 POSITION SWITCH DUAL CABINET IRB 4400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 166 POSITION SWITCH SINGLE CABINET IRB 4400 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 170 IRB 660 and IRB 66xx-76xx CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 171 SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 172 CONTROL CABLE IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 173 POSITION SWITCH 1 DUAL CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 174 POSITION SWITCH 1 SINGLE CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 175 POSITION SWITCH 2/3 DUAL CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 176 POSITION SWITCH 2/3 SINGLE CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC DM 177 POS.SWITCH 2/3 AND COOLING AXES 1/2 DUAL CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC DM 178 COOLING AXES 1/2 SINGLE CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 179 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL DUAL CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 180 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 181 DevNet//IBUS//PBUS ADDITION TO CP/CS IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CAB.DC CM 182 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL DUAL CABINET PROFIBUS IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 183 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL DUAL CABINET INTERBUS IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.DC CM 184 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL DUAL CABINET DEVICE NET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 185 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET PROFI BUS IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 186 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET INTERBUS IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB.SC CM 187 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL SINGLE CABINET DEVICE NET IRB 6600 - 7600 Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 200 IRB 6400R CABINET MODULE Draft 2007-03-29 setonil9
CAB DM 201 SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM IRB 6400R Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB DM 202 CONTROL CABLE IRB 6400R Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 203 POSITON SWITCH IRB 6400R Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9
CAB CM 204 CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/BUS IRB 6400R Draft 2007-04-12 setonil9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Table of contents: (164 - 204) Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 8
Next 10
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Table of contents 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Location name Location description Page Location name Location description Page
=CAB+CM- -A3 COMPUTER UNIT AC/BD 53 =CAB+DM- -A41.1.5 SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT 97
=CAB+CM- -A21 PANEL BOARD 38 =CAB+DM- -A41.1.5 SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT 99
=CAB+CM- -A21 PANEL BOARD 42 =CAB+DM- -A41.2 RECTIFIER 93
=CAB+CM- -A21 PANEL BOARD 43 =CAB+DM- -A41.3 CAPACITOR UNIT 93
=CAB+EXT- -A21 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 43 =CAB+DM- -A42 AXIS COMPUTER BOARD 90
=CAB+CM- -A21 PANEL BOARD 44 =CAB+DM- -A43 CONTACTOR UNIT 88
=CAB+EXT- -A21 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 44 =CAB+DM- -A44 OPTION : EPS 92
=CAB+CM- -A21 PANEL BOARD 45 =CAB+DM- -C1 CAPACITOR 172
=CAB+EXT- -A21 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 45 =CAB+CM-A3 -D32 SOLID STATE DRIVE 53
=CAB+CM- -A21 PANEL BOARD 46 =CAB+DM- -F1 AUTOMATIC FUSE 89
=CAB+EXT- -A21 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 46 =CAB.DC+DM- -F2 AUTOMATIC FUSE 85
=CAB+CM- -A21 PANEL BOARD 49 =CAB.SC+DM- -F2 AUTOMATIC FUSE 86
=CAB+EXT-A21 -A22 ADAPTER 43 =CAB.SC+DM- -F2 AUTOMATIC FUSE 87
=CAB+EXT-A21 -A22 ADAPTER 44 =CAB+DM- -F4 EARTH FAULT BREAKER 84
=CAB+EXT-A21 -A22 ADAPTER 45 =CAB+DM- -F5 CIRCUIT BREAKER 84
=CAB+EXT-A21 -A22 ADAPTER 46 =CAB+DM- -F6 OPTION:CIRCUIT BRAKER 82
=CAB+CM- -A23 OPTION:STATUSLED ON FRONT 39 =CAB+CM- -FPU1 FLEXPENDANT 47
=CAB+CM- -A31 MAIN COMPUTER DSQC639 50 =CAB+CM- -FPU1 FLEXPENDANT 48
=CAB+CM- -A32 ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD 56 =CAB.DC+DM- -G1 DRIVE POWER SUPPLY 85
=CAB+CM- -A33 PROFIBUS DP M/S 57 =CAB.SC+DM- -G1 DRIVE POWER SUPPLY 86
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

=CAB+CM- -A34 DUAL RS232 CARD 61 =CAB.SC+DM- -G1 POWER SUPPLY 87


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=CAB+CM- -A35 DEVICE NET ADAPTER 59 =CAB+CM- -G2 PROCESS POWER SUPPLY 33
=CAB+CM- -A36 ETHERNET CARD 62 =CAB.SC+DM- -G2 POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD 87
=CAB+CM- -A37 INTERBUS M/S (OPTICAL FIBRE) 58 =CAB+CM- -G3 ULTRA CAP 33
=CAB+CM- -A37 INTERBUS M/S (COPPER WIRE) 58 =CAB.SC+DM- -G3 ENERGY BANK 87
=CAB+CM- -A38.1 ANYBUS 52 =CAB.DC+CM- -G4 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 34
=CAB+CM- -A39 OPTION:232/422/485 SERIE CONVERTER 51 =CAB.DC+CM- -G4 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
=CAB+CM-A3 -A39 OPTION:232/422/485 SERIE CONVERTER 55 =CAB.SC+CM- -G4 CUSTOMERPOWERSUPPLY 36
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 90 =CAB.DC+CM- -G5 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 34
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 111 =CAB.DC+CM- -G5 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 121 =CAB.DC+CM- -G6 DEVICENET POWER SUPPLY 35
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 131 =CAB.SC+CM- -G6 DEVICENET POWERSUPPLY 36
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 141 =CAB.SC+CM- -G6 DEVICENET POWER SUPPLY 37
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 151 =CAB.DC+CM- -G7 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 161 =CAB.DC+CM- -G8 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 171 =CAB+CM- -G31 COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY 53
=CAB+DM- -A41.1 MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT 201 =CAB+CM-A3 -G31 COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY 54
=CAB+DM- -A41.1.3 SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT 95 =CAB+DM- -H1 STATUS DIOD DUAL CABINET 89
=CAB+DM- -A41.1.3 SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT 98 =CAB+CM- -I/Ox DIG. PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIG. I/O UNIT 63
=CAB+DM- -A41.1.4 SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT 96 =CAB+CM- -I/Ox DIGITAL I/O UNIT 64
=CAB+DM- -A41.1.4 SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT 99 =CAB+CM- -I/Ox COMBI I/O UNIT 65

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Device: =CAB+CM-A3 - =CAB+CM-I/Ox Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 10
Next 11
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Location name Location description Page Location name Location description Page
=CAB+CM- -I/Ox DIG. PART OF RELAY I/O UNIT 66 =CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.3 EMERGENCY PB 45
=CAB+CM- -I/Ox ANALOGUE I/O UNIT 68 =CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.3 EMERGENCY PB 46
=CAB+CM- -I/Ox REMOTE I/O UNIT 69 =CAB+EXT-A21 -S22 OPTION : HOT PLUG 44
=CAB+CM- -I/Ox INTERBUS SLAVE 70 =CAB+EXT-A21 -S22 OPTION : HOT PLUG 46
=CAB+CM- -I/Ox PROFIBUS DP SLAVE 71 =CAB+CM- -S22 OPTION : HOT PLUG 48
=CAB+CM- -I/Ox ENCODER UNIT 72 =CAB+DM- -T1 TRANSFORMER UNIT 83
=CAB+DM- -K42 MOTORS ON CONTACTOR 1 89 =CAB+DM- -T1 TRANSFORMER UNIT 83
=CAB+DM- -K43 MOTORS ON CONTACTOR 2 89 =CAB+DM- -Z1 OPTION:MAINS LINE FILTER 82
=CAB+DM- -K44 BRAKE CONTACTOR 89 =CAB+DM-Z2 -Z2 REAKTOR UNIT 83
=CAB+CM-E3 -M1 INTERNAL FAN 38 =CAB+DM-Z2 -Z2 REAKTOR UNIT 83
=CAB+CM-E2 -M1 EXTERNAL COMPUTER FAN 39
=CAB+DM-E4 -M1 OPTION : INTERNAL FAN 88
=CAB+DM-E41 -M1 FAN UNIT 94
=CAB+DM-E42 -M1 FAN UNIT 94
=CAB+DM-E43 -M1 FAN UNIT 94
=CAB+DM-E44 -M1 FAN UNIT 94
=CAB+DM-P1 -P1 OPTION :DUTY TIME COUNTER 88
=CAB+DM- -Q1 MAINS SWITCH 82
=CAB+DM- -Q1 OPTION :FLANGE DISCONNECT 82
=CAB.DC+CM- -Q2 MAIN SWITCH 32
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

=CAB+DM- -R1.1 BLEEDER 93


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=CAB+CM- -R3 120 ohm 63


=CAB+CM- -R5 120 ohm 66
=CAB+CM- -R8 120 ohm 70
=CAB+CM- -R9 120 ohm 71
=CAB+CM- -R11 120 OHM 60
=CAB+CM- -S21.1 3-MODE SELECTOR 39
=CAB+CM- -S21.1 2-MODE SELECTOR 42
=CAB+EXT- -S21.1 2-MODE SELECTOR 43
=CAB+EXT- -S21.1 2-MODE SELECTOR 44
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.1 3-MODE SELECTOR 45
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.1 3-MODE SELECTOR 46
=CAB+CM- -S21.2 MOTOR ON PB 39
=CAB+CM- -S21.2 MOTOR ON PB 42
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.2 MOTOR ON PB 43
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.2 MOTOR ON PB 44
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.2 MOTOR ON PB 45
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.2 MOTOR ON PB 46
=CAB+CM- -S21.3 EMERGENCY PB 38
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.3 EMERGENCY PB 43
=CAB+EXT-A21 -S21.3 EMERGENCY PB 44

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Device: =CAB+CM-I/Ox - =CAB+DM-Z2 Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 11
Next 13
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Plugs overview ABB Plug overview

Plug Plug
Location Unit Connection Function text Page Location Unit Connection Function text Page
+CM -A36 -A1 DRIVE MODULE 2 62 +EXT -A21 -DP4 DUAL PRESS 43
+CM -A36 -A2 DRIVE MUDULE 3 62 +EXT -A21 -DP4 DUAL PRESS 44
+CM -A36 -A3 DRIVE MODULE 4 62 +EXT -A21 -DP4 DUAL PRESS 45
+CM -A31 -A7 Yellow ETH_SERVICE 50 +EXT -A21 -DP4 DUAL PRESS 46
+CM -A32 -A7 Yellow ETH_SERVICE 56 +DM -DP388 DUAL PRESS 88
+CM -A31 -A8 Green ETH_FPU 50 +DM -DP389 DUAL PRESS 88
+CM -A32 -A8 Green ETH_FPU 56 +DM -DP734 DUAL PRESS 88
+CM -A31 -A9 Red AXC1 ETH_DRIVE 50 +DM -DP735 DUAL PRESS 88
+CM -A32 -A9 Red ETH_DRIVE 56 +CM -A33 -DP-M1 OPTION : PROFIBUS IRB 6600-7600 181
+DM -A42-X1 POWER SUPPLY EPS/ AXC 90 +CM -A33 -DP-M-X3 PROFIBUS MASTER 57
+CM -A3 -C1 CHASSIS BLOWER 54 +CM -A33 -DP-S-X2 PROFIBUS SLAVE 57
+CM -A3 -C2 CHASSIS BLOWER 54 +DM -E1.XP2 FAN UNIT 94
+CM -A35 -CHA-J1 DEVICENET ADAPTER 59 +DM -E1.XS2 FAN UNIT 94
+CM -A35 -CHB-J2 DUAL DEVICENET ADAPTER 59 +CM -A37 -FO1 REMOTE IN 58
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 143 +CM -A37 -FO2 REMOTE OUT 58
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 144 +CM -A37 -FO3 REMOTE 58
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 153 +R1 -H1 EXT.LAMP MANIPULATOR 112
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 154 +R1 -H1 EXT.LAMP MANIPULATOR 122
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 163 +CM -I/O1 Green 60
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 164 +CM -I/O2 Green 60
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 179 +CM -I/O3 Green 60
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 180 +CM -I/O4 Green 60
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER PROFIBUS MANIPULATOR 181 +CM -A3 -IDEpwr1 IDE FLASH 53
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER DEVICENET MANIPULATOR 181 +CM -A31 -J2 COM1 51
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER INTERBUS MANIPULATOR 181 +CM -A31 -J2 MC CONSOLE 51
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/PROFIBUS MANIPULATOR 182 +CM -A31 -J2 COM1 55
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/INTERBUS MANIPULATOR 183 +CM -A3 -J4H1 COMPUTER UNIT 53
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/DEVICENET MANIPULATOR 184 +CM -A31 -J6H1 MAIN COMPUTER 53
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/PROFIBUS MANIPULATOR 185 +CM -A3 -J9H1 MAIN COMPUTER 54
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/INTERBUS MANIPULATOR 186 +CM -A3 -J9H2 MAIN COMPUTER 54
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/DEVICENET MANIPULATOR 187 +CM -A31 -J9H3 MAIN COMPUTER 55
+R1 -CP/CS CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 204 +CM -A31 -J21 MAIN COMPUTER CHASSIS BLOWER 50
+R1 -CS CUSTOMER SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 113 +CM -A31 -LAN1 LAN MAIN COMPUTER 51
+R1 -CS CUSTOMER SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 114 +CM -A31 -LAN1 LAN MAIN COMPUTER 55
+R1 -CS CUSTOMER SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 123 +R1 -MP MANIPULATOR POWER 132
+R1 -CS CUSTOMER SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 124 +R1 -MP MANIPULATOR POWER 141
+R1 -CS CUSTOMER SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 133 +R1 -MP MANIPULATOR POWER 151
+R1 -CS CUSTOMER SIGNAL MANIPULATOR 134 +R1 -MP MANIPULATOR POWER 161
+CM -DP1 DUAL PRESS 47 +R1 -MP MANIPULATOR POWER 171
+CM -DP1 DUAL PRESS 48 +R1 -MP MANIPULATOR POWER 201
+DM -DP1 DUAL PRESS EXT.LAMP 172 +R1 -MP 1-3 MANIPULATOR POWER 111
+EXT -A21 -DP1 DUAL PRESS 43 +R1 -MP 1-3 MANIPULATOR POWER 121
+EXT -A21 -DP1 DUAL PRESS 44 +R1 -MP 4-6 MANIPULATOR POWER 111
+EXT -A21 -DP1 DUAL PRESS 45 +R1 -MP 4-6 MANIPULATOR POWER 121
+EXT -A21 -DP1 DUAL PRESS 46 +CM -G31 -P1 MOTHER BOARD POWER 53
+CM -DP2 DUAL PRESS 47 +CM -G31 -PSU-X1 MOTHER BOARD POWER 53
+CM -DP2 DUAL PRESS 48 +CM -G31 -PSU-X2 MOTHER BOARD POWER 53
+EXT -A21 -DP2 DUAL PRESS 43 +DM -BOX1 -R1.XP.SW23 POSITION SWITCH AND COOLING MANIPULATOR 177
+EXT -A21 -DP2 DUAL PRESS 44 +DM -BOX1 -R1FAN.SW23 MANIPULATOR COOLING FAN 177
+EXT -A21 -DP2 DUAL PRESS 45 +CM -S21.1.X1 3 MODE SELECTOR 39
+EXT -A21 -DP2 DUAL PRESS 46 +CM -S21.1.X1 2 MODE SELECTOR 42
+EXT -A21 -DP3 DUAL PRESS 43 +EXT -A21 -S21.1.X1 2 MODE SELECTOR EXT 43
+EXT -A21 -DP3 DUAL PRESS 44 +EXT -A21 -S21.1.X1 2 MODE SELECTOR EXT 44
+EXT -A21 -DP3 DUAL PRESS 45 +EXT -A21 -S21.1.X1 3 MODE SELECTOR EXT 45
+EXT -A21 -DP3 DUAL PRESS 46 +EXT -A21 -S21.1.X1 3 MODE SELECTOR EXT 46

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Plugs : =CAB+CM-A36-A1 Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 13
- =CAB+EXT-SLO.5-A21-S21.1.X1 Next 14
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Plugs overview 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Plugs overview ABB Plug overview

Plug Plug
Location Unit Connection Function text Page Location Unit Connection Function text Page
+R1 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 132 +DM -G1 -X1 AC-input 87
+R1 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 142 +CM -G2 -X1 AC-INPUT 33
+R1 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 152 +DM -G2 -X1 DC INPUT 87
+R1 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 162 +CM -G3 -X1 ULTRA CAP 33
+R1 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 172 +DM -G3 -X1 ENERGY BANK 87
+R1 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 202 +CM -G4 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 34
+R2 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 112 +CM -G4 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
+R2 -SMB MEASUREMENT MANIPULATOR 122 +CM -G4 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 36
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 135 +CM -G4 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 37
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 136 +CM -G5 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 34
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 145 +CM -G5 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 146 +CM -G5 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 37
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 155 +CM -G6 -X1 DEVICENET POWER SUPPLY 34
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 156 +CM -G6 -X1 DEVICENET POWER SUPPLY 35
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 165 +CM -G6 -X1 DEVICENET POWER SUPPLY 36
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 166 +CM -G6 -X1 DEVICENET POWER SUPPLY 37
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 173 +CM -G7 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 174 +CM -G8 -X1 CUSTOMER POWER SUPPLY 35
+R1 -SW POSITION SWITCHES MANIPULATOR 203 +CM -G31 -X1 COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY 53
+R1 -SW23 POSITION SWITCHES 2/3 MANIPULATOR 175 +CM -I/Ox1 -X1 COMBI I/O UNIT OUTPUT CH 1-8 65
+R1 -SW23 POSITION SWITCHES 2/3 MANIPULATOR 176 +CM -I/Ox2 -X1 DIGITAL I/O UNIT OUTPUT CH 1-8 64
+R1 -SW23 POSITION SWITCHES 2/3, COOLING FAN MANIPULATOR 177 +DM -K41.X1 -X1 K41 RELAY 85
+R1 -SW23 POSITION SWITCHES 2/3, COOLING FAN MANIPULATOR 178 +CM -RELAY I/O1 -X1 RELAY I/O UNIT OUTPUT CH 1-8 67
+CM -A31 -USB1 USB MAIN COMPUTER 51 +CM -A21 -X2 RUN CHAIN 38
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM -A31 -USB1 USB MAIN COMPUTER 55 +CM -A21 -X2 PANEL BOARD EXT. CONN. 49
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM -A31 -USB2 USB MAIN COMPUTER 51 +EXT -A22 -X2 ADAPTER 43
+CM -A31 -USB2 USB MAIN COMPUTER 55 +EXT -A22 -X2 ADAPTER 44
+CM -A31 -USB3 USB3 55 +EXT -A22 -X2 ADAPTER 45
+CM -A31 -USB4 USB4 55 +EXT -A22 -X2 ADAPTER 46
+CM -A3 -X1 COMPUTER UNIT 53 +CM -A23 -X2 STAUS LED ON DOOR 39
+CM -A21 -X1 RUN CHAIN 38 +CM -A34 -X2 COM3 RS232 61
+CM -A21 -X1 PANEL BOARD EXT. CONN. 49 +CM -A35 -X2 DEVICENET ADAPTER 60
+CM -A31 -X1 MAIN COMPUTER 50 +CM -A35 -X2 OPTION : DEVICE NET IRB 6600-7600 181
+CM -A34 -X1 COM2 RS232 61 +CM -A37 -X2 INTERBUS SLAVE PART 58
+CM -A35 -X1 DEVICENET ADAPTER 59 +CM -A37 -X2 REMOTE 58
+CM -A37 -X1 INTERBUS M/S 58 +CM -A39 -X2 OPTION: SERIE CONVERTER 51
+CM -A37 -X1 REMOTE OUT 58 +CM -A39 -X2 OPTION: SERIE CONVERTER 55
+CM -A38.1 -X1 ETHERNET IP 52 +DM -A41.1 -X2 Main servo drive unit 93
+CM -A39 -X1 OPTION: SERIE CONVERTER 51 +DM -A42 -X2 Axis computer board 90
+CM -A39 -X1 MAIN COMPUTER 55 +CM -D31 -X2 SOLID STATE DRIVE 53
+DM -A41.1 -X1 Main servo drive unit 90 +CM -D32 -X2 SOLID STATE DRIVE 53
+DM -A42 -X1 Axis computer power supply 90 +DM -G1 -X2 DC- output 85
+DM -A43 -X1 Panel board 88 +DM -G1 -X2 DC- output 86
+DM -A44 -X1 OPTION : EPS POWER SUPPLY 92 +DM -G1 -X2 DC- output 87
+CM -D31 -X1 SOLID STATE DRIVE 53 +CM -G2 -X2 24V SYS 24V COOL 33
+CM -D32 -X1 SOLID STATE DRIVE 53 +DM -G2 -X2 SIGNAL INPUT 87
+CM -E2 -X1 EXT. COMPUTER FAN 39 +CM -G4 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 34
+CM -E3 -X1 INTERNAL FAN 38 +CM -G4 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 35
+DM -E4 -X1 OPTION : INTERNAL FAN 88 +CM -G4 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 36
+DM -E41 -X1 FAN UNIT 94 +CM -G4 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 37
+DM -E42 -X1 FAN UNIT 94 +CM -G5 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 34
+DM -E43 -X1 FAN UNIT 94 +CM -G5 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 35
+DM -E44 -X1 FAN UNIT 94 +CM -G5 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 37
+DM -G1 -X1 AC- input 85 +CM -G6 -X2 POWER SUPPLY 24V DC DEVICENET 34
+DM -G1 -X1 AC-output 86 +CM -G6 -X2 POWER SUPPLY 24V DC DEVICENET 35

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Plugs : =MAN+R1-1400-SMB Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 14
- =CAB.DC+CM-G6-X2 Next 15
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Plugs overview 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Plugs overview ABB Plug overview

Plug Plug
Location Unit Connection Function text Page Location Unit Connection Function text Page
+CM -G6 -X2 POWER SUPPLY 24V DC DEVICENET 36 +DM -A41.1 -X7 Main servo drive Signals to add axis 7 95
+CM -G6 -X2 POWER SUPPLY 24V DC DEVICENET 37 +DM -A43 -X7 Drive power supply 88
+CM -G7 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 35 +DM -G2 -X7 ENERGY BANK 87
+CM -G8 -X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN. 35 +CM -I/Ox1 -X7 ANALOGUE I/O OUTPUT CH 1-4 68
+CM -I/Ox2 -X2 DIGITAL I/O UNIT OUTPUT CH 9-16 64 +CM -A21 -X8 RUN CHAIN 1 41
+DM -T1 -X2 TRANSFORMER UNIT 83 +CM -A31 -X8 Blue PANELUNIT RS485 50
+DM -T1 -X2 TRANSFORMER UNIT 83 +CM -A32 -X8 Blue RS485 56
+CM -A21 -X3 GENERAL IN 39 +DM -A41.1 -X8 Main servo drive Signals to add axis 8 96
+CM -A37 -X3 RS232 58 +DM -A42 -X8 Axis computer board process I/O 91
+DM -A41.1 -X3 Main servo drive unit 90 +DM -A43 -X8 Contactor connector 89
+DM -A43 -X3 Contactor connector 89 +DM -G2 -X8 USB 87
+DM -A44 -X3 OPTION : EPS 92 +CM -I/Ox1 -X8 ANALOGUE I/O INPUT CH 1-4 68
+DM -G1 -X3 DC- output 85 +CM -I/Ox1 -X8 REMOTE I/O IN 69
+DM -G1 -X3 DC- output 86 +CM -A21 -X9 PANEL BOARD 39
+DM -G1 -X3 DC- output 87 +CM -A21 -X9 PANEL BOARD 42
+CM -G2 -X3 24V PC 33 +CM -A21 -X9 PANEL BOARD 43
+DM -G2 -X3 24V SYS 87 +CM -A21 -X9 PANEL BOARD 44
+CM -I/Ox1 -X3 COMBI I/O AND DIG. I/O INPUT CH 1-9 63 +CM -A21 -X9 PANEL BOARD 45
+CM -I/Ox1 -X3 DIGITAL PART RELAY I/O UNIT INPUT CH 1-8 66 +CM -A21 -X9 PANEL BOARD 46
+CM -I/Ox1 -X3 INTERBUS SLAVE 70 +EXT -A21 -X9 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 43
+CM -I/Ox1 -X3 EXTERNAL SUPPLY 71 +EXT -A21 -X9 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 44
+CM -A21 -X4 GENERAL OUT 39 +EXT -A21 -X9 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 45
+CM -A37 -X4 24V DC 58 +EXT -A21 -X9 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 46
+DM -A42 -X4 Axis comp. Measurement 1 91 +DM -A41.1 -X9 Main sevo drive Signals to add axis 9 97
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+DM -A43 -X4 Axis computer connector 88 +DM -A42 -X9 Axis computer board 90
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+DM -A44 -X4 OPTION : EPS 92 +DM -A43 -X9 Contactor connector 89
+DM -G1 -X4 Digital output 85 +DM -A44 -X9 OPTION : EPS 92
+DM -G1 -X4 Digital output 86 +DM -G2 -X9 DRIVE FAN 87
+CM -G2 -X4 ULTRA CAP 33 +CM -I/Ox1 -X9 REMOTE I/O OUT 69
+DM -G2 -X4 24V I/O 87 +DM -X10 Connection of mains Q1/F6/Z1-T1 83
+CM -I/Ox1 -X4 COMBI I/O AND DIG. I/O INPUT CH 9-16 63 +CM -A21 -X10 PANEL BOARD 39
+CM -A21 -X5 AUTO/GENERAL STOP 40 +CM -A21 -X10 PANEL BOARD 43
+CM -A21 -X5 PANEL BOARD EXT. CONN. 49 +CM -A21 -X10 PANEL BOARD 44
+CM -A37 -X5 REMOTE IN 58 +CM -A21 -X10 PANEL BOARD 45
+CM -A38 -X5 OPTION : INTERBUS IRB 6600-6700 181 +CM -A21 -X10 PANEL BOARD 46
+DM -A42 -X5 Axis comp. Measurement 2 91 +EXT -A21 -X10 EXT. COTROL PANEL 43
+DM -A43 -X5 PTC, 0V Brake 88 +EXT -A21 -X10 EXT. COTROL PANEL 44
+DM -A44 -X5 OPTION : EPS 92 +EXT -A21 -X10 EXT. CONTROL PANEL 45
+CM -G2 -X5 USB 33 +EXT -A21 -X10 EXT. CONTROL PANEL 46
+DM -G2 -X5 24V BRAKE / COOL 87 +DM -A42 -X10 Axis computer power supply 90
+CM -I/Ox1 -X5 COMBI I/O AND DIG.I/O 63 +DM -A43 -X10 EXTERNAL FAN 88
+CM -I/Ox1 -X5 DIGITAL I/O 66 +DM -A43 -X10.1 ADAPTER FAN 88
+CM -I/Ox1 -X5 ANALOGUE I/O 68 +DM -A43 -X10.2 ADAPTER FAN 88
+CM -I/Ox1 -X5 REMOTE I/O 69 +CM -A21 -X11 ROBOT COMM.CARD 38
+CM -I/Ox1 -X5 INTERBUS SLAVE 70 +DM -A41.1 -X11 Main servo drive power connector 161
+CM -I/Ox1 -X5 PROFIBUS DP SLAVE 71 +DM -A41.1 -X11 Main servo drive power connector 171
+CM -I/Ox1 -X5 ENCODER UNIT 72 +DM -A41.1 -X11 Main servo drive power connector 201
+CM -A21 -X6 SUPERIOR STOP 40 +DM -A42 -X11 Main servo drive axis comp. 90
+CM -A21 -X6 PANEL BOARD EXT. CONN. 49 +DM -A43 -X11 EXTERNAL FAN 88
+DM -A42 -X6 Axis computer board 90 +CM -A21 -X12 PROCESS POWER SUPPLY 38
+DM -A43 -X6 Power for contactor unit 88 +DM -A41.1 -X12 Main servo drive power connector 161
+DM -A44 -X6 OPTION : EPS 92 +DM -A41.1 -X12 Main servo drive power connector 171
+DM -G2 -X6 24V SYS, COOL, PC 87 +DM -A41.1 -X12 Main servo drive power connector 201
+CM -I/Ox1 -X6 COMBI I/O UNIT ANALOGUE PART 65 +DM -A43 -X12 Duty time connector 88
+CM -A21 -X7 RUN CHAIN 1 41 +DM -A41.1 -X13 Main servo drive power connector 161

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Plugs : =CAB.SC+CM-G6-X2 Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 15
- =CAB+DM-4400-A41.1-X13 Next 16
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Plugs overview 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Plugs overview ABB Plug overview

Plug Plug
Location Unit Connection Function text Page Location Unit Connection Function text Page
+DM -A41.1 -X13 Main servo drive power connector 171 +DM -A41.3 -X34 Capacitor unit 93
+DM -A41.1 -X13 Main servo drive power connector 201 +DM -XP0 Main connector 82
+CM -A21 -X14 RUN CHAIN 1 41 +CM -XP4 OPTION : FPU-PLUG 47
+DM -A41.1 -X14 Main servo drive power connector 161 +CM -XP4 OPTION: FPU-PLUG 48
+DM -A41.1 -X14 Main servo drive power connector 171 +CM -XP28 OPTION : EXTERN LAN 51
+DM -A41.1 -X14 Main servo drive power connector 201 +DM -XP40 Control cable and ext. axes 98
+CM -A21 -X15 PANEL BOARD 39 +CM -XP/XT5 Customer signals terminal 113
+DM -A41.1 -X15 Main servo drive power connector 161 +CM -XP/XT5 Customer signals terminal 114
+DM -A41.1 -X15 Main servo drive power connector 171 +CM -XP/XT5 Customer signals terminal 123
+DM -A41.1 -X15 Main servo drive power connector 201 +CM -XP/XT5 Customer signals terminal 124
+DM -A41.1 -X16 Main servo drive power connector 161 +CM -XP/XT5 Customer signals terminal 133
+DM -A41.1 -X16 Main servo drive power connector 171 +CM -XP/XT5 Customer signals terminal 134
+DM -A41.1 -X16 Main servo drive power connector 201 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 143
+CM -A21 -X17 RUN CHAIN 1 41 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 144
+DM -A41.1 -X17 Main servo drive unit power supply 111 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 153
+DM -A41.1 -X17 Main servo drive power connector 121 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 154
+DM -A41.1 -X17 Main servo drive power connector 131 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 163
+DM -A41.1 -X17 Main servo drive power connector 141 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 164
+DM -A41.1 -X17 Main servo drive power connector 151 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 179
+CM -A21 -X18 PANEL BOARD 39 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 180
+DM -A41.1 -X18 Main servo drive unit power supply 111 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 182
+DM -A41.1 -X18 Main servo drive power connector 131 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 183
+DM -A41.1 -X18 Main servo drive power connector 141 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 184
+DM -A41.1 -X18 Main servo drive power connector 151 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 185
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM -E2 -X18 EXT. COMPUTER FAN 39 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 186
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+DM -A41.1 -X19 Main servo drive unit power supply 111 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 187
+DM -A41.1 -X19 Main servo drive power connector 121 +CM -XP/XT5.1 Customer signals terminal 204
+DM -A41.1 -X19 Main servo drive power connector 131 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 143
+DM -A41.1 -X19 Main servo drive power connector 141 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 144
+DM -A41.1 -X19 Main servo drive power connector 151 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 153
+CM -A21 -X20 RS485 39 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 154
+DM -A41.1.3 -X20 Single servo drive unit 7 95 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 163
+DM -A41.1.4 -X20 Single servo drive unit 8 96 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 164
+DM -A41.1.5 -X20 Single servo drive 9 97 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 179
+CM -I/Ox1 -X20 INTERBUS SLAVE IN 70 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 180
+CM -I/Ox1 -X20 PROFIBUS DP SLAVE 71 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 182
+CM -I/Ox1 -X20 ENCODER UNIT 72 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 183
+DM -A41.1.3 -X21 Single servo Power to add axes 7 98 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 184
+DM -A41.1.4 -X21 Single servo Power to add axes 8 99 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 185
+DM -A41.1.5 -X21 Single servo Power to add axes 9 99 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 186
+DM -A43 -X21 Limit switch robot 88 +CM -XP/XT5.2 Customer signals terminal 187
+CM -I/Ox1 -X21 INTERBUS SLAVE OUT 70 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 179
+DM -X22 OPTION: SERVICE OUTLET 84 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 180
+DM -A43 -X22 Limit switch external axes 88 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 182
+DM -A43 -X22 Limit switch external axes 98 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 183
+CM -X23 SERVICE PORT ETHERNET 50 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 184
+DM -A43 -X23 Limit switch override 88 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 185
+CM -X24 USB CONTROL MODULE 51 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 186
+CM -X24 USB CONTROL MODULE 55 +CM -XP/XT5.3 Customer signals terminal 187
+DM -A43 -X24 PTC, Ext. customer connection 89 +CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 143
+DM -A43 -X24 PTC, Ext. customer connector 98 +CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 144
+DM -A41.2 -X30 Rectifier 93 +CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 153
+DM -A41.2 -X31 Rectifier Capacitor connection 93 +CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 154
+DM -A41.2 -X32 Rectifier Power supply 93 +CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 163
+DM -A41.2 -X33 Rectifier Bleeder connection 93 +CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 164

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Plugs : =CAB+DM-6676-A41.1-X13 Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 16
- =CAB.SC+CM-4400-XP/XT6 Next 17
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Plugs overview 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Plugs overview ABB Plug overview

Plug Plug
Location Unit Connection Function text Page Location Unit Connection Function text Page
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 179 +DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 202
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 180 +CM -XS/XP3 PANEL BOARD 49
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 182 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signals connector 113
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 183 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signals connector 114
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 184 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer signals connector 123
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 185 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer signals connector 124
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 186 +CM -XS/XP5 Costomer signals connections 133
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 187 +CM -XS/XP5 Costomer signals connections 134
+CM -XP/XT6 Customer power terminal 204 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signals connector 143
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 135 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signals connector 144
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 136 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signals connector 153
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 145 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signals connector 154
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 146 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signal connector 163
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 155 +CM -XS/XP5 Customer power/signal connector 164
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 156 +DM -XS/XP7 External axes connector 98
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 165 +DM -XS/XP7 External axes connector 99
+CM -XP/XT8 Position switch terminal 166 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 135
+CM -XP/XT8.1 Position switch terminal 173 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 136
+CM -XP/XT8.1 Position switch terminal 174 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 145
+CM -XP/XT8.1 Position switch terminal 203 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 146
+CM -XP/XT8.2 Position switch terminal 173 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 155
+CM -XP/XT8.2 Position switch terminal 174 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 156
+CM -XP/XT8.2 Position switch terminal 203 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 165
+CM -XP/XT58.1 Position switch axes 2-3 terminal 175 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 166
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM -XP/XT58.1 Position switch axes 2-3 terminal 176 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 173
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM -XP/XT58.2 Position switch axes 2-3 terminal 175 +CM -XS/XP8 Position switch connector 174
+CM -XP/XT58.2 Position switch axes 2-3 terminal 176 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals 179
+DM -E1 -XS1 Fan connector 94 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals 180
+CM -XS4 FLEXPENDANT 47 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Profibus 181
+CM -XS4 FLEXPENDANT 48 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Devicenet 181
+EXT -A21 -XS4 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 43 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Interbus 181
+EXT -A21 -XS4 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 44 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Profibus 182
+EXT -A21 -XS4 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 45 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Interbus 183
+EXT -A21 -XS4 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 46 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Devicenet 184
+CM -XS6 Customer signals terminal 204 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Profibus 185
+CM -XS8 Position switch connector 203 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals Interbus 186
+CM -XS9 ETHERNET IP 52 +CM -XS/XP13 Customer power/signals DeviceNet 187
+CM -XS17 OPTION : DEVICE NET 59 +DM -XS/XP40 Control cable and ext. axes 89
+DM -XS40 Control cable and ext. axes 98 +CM -XS/XP58 Position switch axes 2-3 175
+DM -XS41 Ext. axis signal 91 +CM -XS/XP58 Position switch axes 2-3 176
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 111 +DM -XS/XP58 Position switch axes 2-3 178
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 121 +CM -XT16 CROSS CONNECTION 230V 32
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 131 +DM -XT16 CROSS CONNECTION 230V 86
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 141 +DM -XT16 CROSS CONNECTION 230V 87
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 151 +CM -XT31 TERMINAL FOR 24V I/O 35
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 161 +CM -XT31 TERMINAL FOR 24V I/O 36
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 171 +CM -XT31 TERMINAL FOR 24V I/O 37
+DM -XS/XP1 Robot power connector 201
+DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 112
+DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 122
+DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 132
+DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 142
+DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 152
+DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 162
+DM -XS/XP2 Robot signal connector 172

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 2007-04-12
Location: + CM
Plugs : =CAB.DC+CM-6676-XP/XT6 Approved Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 17
- =CAB.SC+CM-SLO.1-XT31 Next 20
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Plugs overview 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FRONT FRONT VIEW INSIDE DOOR


PANEL

NEW COMPUTER OLD COMPUTER AC/BD


A31 DSQC639 A3 (A31 DSQC623, G31, A32 DSQC602)
G4 G5

Q1

E3
S21.3

XT5.3
XT8.1

XT8.2

XT6
S21.2
G3

XT58.1

XT58.2

XT5.1

XT5.2
S21.1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

X24
G2
S22

X23
XS4
X2

I/O1

XT31
I/O2

I/O3

I/O4
X3

P1 G1
A41
X22 X1

XT16
F2
F1

XS41
XS9 X8

XS5/XS13
X4
X9 XS2

XS3
STATUS X7
G2 LED
LABEL
X6 X58 XP28
X5 XS17
XP0 XS1 XS7
X3
X1
X8 X2

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
FRONT VIEW OF SINGLE CABINET Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 20
Next 21
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LEFT VIEW WITH LEFT VIEW RIGHT VIEW


FLANGE DISCONNECT

Q1

Q1 A21
E2
G6

G6 F6
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

E1
Z1 A42

F4

K42

K43

R1
K44 F5

T1
A43

Z2 E4 A44

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
SIDE VIEWS OF SINGLE CABINET Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 21
Next 22
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LEFT FRONT FRONT RIGHT


VIEW PANEL VIEW VIEW

NEW COMPUTER OLD COMPUTER AC/BD


A31 DSQC639 A3 (A31 DSQC623, G31, A32 DSQC602)

Q2 Q2
XT16
A21

E2
S21.3

S21.2 G2
G6 G8
S21.1 G3
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

G4 G5 G7
X23 X24

I/O6 I/O5 I/O4 I/O2 I/O1 I/O3

XT31
(FLOOR MOUNTED)

XP28
X8

XS5/XS13
S22

XS3
X58
XS4

XS17

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
VIEW OF CONTROL MODULE Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 22
DUAL CABINET
Next 23
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J21

PANEL MAIN
UNIT
X8 COMPUTER
TPU AXC1 WRIST

LABEL CONSOLE A8 A9 STATUS BAND A31


DIOD ESD
DSQC639 FAN
E22

LAN USB2 FIELD


MEMORY COM1 SERVICE
CARD USB1
BUS A33 Profibus DP M/S
A8
ADAPTER
A38
A34 Dual RS232
A35 Devicenet
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

A36 Ethernet
A37 Interbus M/S
PCI-SLOTS

RL1 RL2 X4 X3
X12
PANEL
BOARD X20 X5
X7 X8
A21
X6
X15 RL3
X11 X14 X17
X18
X1
X10
RL4
X9 X2
Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
VIEW OF COMPUTER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 23
AND PANEL BOARD
Next 24
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LEFT FRONT FRONT RIGHT


VIEW PANEL VIEW VIEW

F6
ROOF-MOUNTED
Q1

Q1

E1
A42
Z1 H1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

F4 P1 G1
K43
K42

K44 F5
X22

A41
R1

T1

K41

A43 F2

F1 A44

XS41

XS2

XP0 XS1 XS7

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
VIEW OF DRIVE MODULE Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 24
DUAL CABINET
Next 25
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A42 Axis computer unit

A43 Contactor unit

X7 X5 X9 X11 X6 X4
X8

X9
X22
X2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

X21 X3
X8

X23
X24 X11
X5
X1 X10 X12

X4

X10 X6
X1

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
VIEW OF CONTACTOR UNIT AND Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 25
AXIS COMPUTER UNIT
Next 26
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3 UNITS FOR IRB140, IRB1400, IRB1600, IRB2400, IRB340 6 UNITS FOR IRB4400, IRB940, IRB6600, IRB7600

A41.1.4
SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT
OPTION: EXT AXIS 8

A41.1.3
DC-BUSBAR SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT
OPTION: EXT AXIS 7

A41.3 A41.3
CAPACITOR CAPACITOR
UNIT UNIT
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

A41.2
A41.2
RECTIFIER
RECTIFIER

A41.1
MAIN SERVO
DRIVE UNIT

A41.1.3 DC-BUSBAR
SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT
OPTION: EXT AXIS 7
A41.1
A41.1.4 MIAN SERVO DRIVE UNIT
SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT
OPTION: EXT AXIS 8
DC-BUSBAR
A41.1.5
SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT
OPTION: EXT AXIS 9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
VIEW OF DRIVE UNIT VARIANTS Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 26
Next 30
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Control module = CM
CAB = Common cabinet
Plant = CAB.DC = Dual cabinet
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CAB.SC = Single cabinet

Location + CM

Sublocation = SLO.1 or SLO.2 etc. shows that the sheet is a variant of the CM.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CONTROL MODULE Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 30
Next 31
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

230V
230V

Q2

XT16

G3 G2
Option Option Option
AC Devicenet PS Customer PS Customer PS
Option Ultra cap
Service outlet G6 G4 G5
DC
AC AC AC
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

DC DC DC
F5
A21 A31
Panel Computer
module
F4 board
Earth
fault
prot.

S21 I/Ox
Control I/O
FPU
Ethernet service
X22 panel unit
Service
Field bus

outlet
Drive

Drive

USB

LAN
Customer Customer
connection connection

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
BLOCK DIAGRAM CM Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 31
Next 32
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-XT16
L1
L1
/33;4 / -230V AC1;1 -152 AWG16 BK

L1
/35;7 /34;2 / -230V AC1;2

L1
2

/35;1 /34;5 / -230V AC1;3

L1
/35;3 /34;7 / -230V AC1;4

CROSS CONNECTION 230V

L1

Approved by, date:


/35;4 / -230V AC1;5

L1
MAIN SWITCH

JUMPER
/35;6 / -230V AC1;6 -Q2

L1
-173 AWG16 BK -230V AC1_DM / /85;7

L1
L1

T1

-174 AWG16 BK -230V AC2_DM / /85;7

L2
L2

T2

/33;4 / -230V AC2;1 -153 AWG16 BK


3

L2
L3

T3

/35;7 /34;2 / -230V AC2;2

L2
/35;1 /34;5 / -230V AC2;3 -GND_DM / /85;7

L2
JUMPER
/35;3 /34;7 / -230V AC2;4
L2
/35;4 / -230V AC2;5
L2

/35;6 / -230V AC2;6


L2
L2
4

L2

Lab/Office:
5
6

MAINS CONNECTION DUAL CABINET


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2007-04-12
Location:

3HAC024480-004
Sublocation: +
+ CM
8

00
= CAB.DC

Next 33
Rev. Ind Page 32

Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

-G2

Prepared by, date:


-X2
/38;2 / -24V SYS -250 AWG18

1
PROCESS POWER SUPPLY
/38;2 / -0V SYS -251 AWG18

2
2

/38;2 / -24V COOL -252 AWG18

PANEL BOARD
24V COOL
24V SYS
/38;2 / -0V COOL -253 AWG18

Approved by, date:


FOR SINGLE CABINET

5
-230V AC1;3 / /86;7

6
-230V AC2;3 / /86;8

-X3
/50;2 / -24V PC;1 -301 AWG18
3

1
/50;2 / -24V PC;2 -302 AWG18

UNIT
AWG18
24V PC

/50;2 / -0V PC;1 -303

COMPUTER
3
/50;2 / -0V PC;2 -304 AWG18
4
-X1

-230V AC1;1 / /32;2


1

-230V AC2;1 / /32;3


5

AC -INPUT
FOR DUAL CABINET
4

-G3
-X1
-X4

+
AWG16 gnye

1
1

+
2
2

NC

Lab/Office:
3
3

NC
4
4

+
5
5
5

ULTRA CAP
6
6

-
7
7
ULTRA CAP

8
8

+Sense
9
9

NC
-
10
10

PROCESS POWER SUPPLY


6

-X5

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06

/51;6 / -USB2 +5V AWG24


1

2/RD

/51;6 / -USB2 D- AWG28


2

MAIN
USB

/51;6 / -USB2 D+ AWG28


3

COMPUTER
Status:
1/WH 1/GN

/51;6 / -USB2_GND AWG24


7

2/BK

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2007-04-12
Location:

3HAC024480-004
Sublocation: +
+ CM
8

00
= CAB

Rev. Ind
Next 34
Page 33

Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-G6

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


POWER
SUPPLY
DEVICENET

-X2
-X1
/60;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;1 -704 AWG20 BU -308 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;2 / /32;2

AC
L

+
-309 AWG16 BK -230V AC2;2 / /32;3

DC

-
N
2

+
/60;2 / -0Vdevicenet;1 -703 AWG20 BU

Approved by, date:


/63;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;2 AWG16 GNYE
/63;2 / -0Vdevicenet;2
GND

/66;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;3
/66;2 / -0Vdevicenet;3
3

/68;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;4
/68;2 / -0Vdevicenet;4

/69;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;5
/69;2 / -0Vdevicenet;5

/70;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;6
/70;2 / -0Vdevicenet;6
4

/71;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;7
/71;2 / -0Vdevicenet;7

/72;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;8
/72;2 / -0Vdevicenet;8
-G4

Lab/Office:
POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER

-X1
5

-X2

24V I/O -_152 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;3 / /32;2


AC
1

0V I/O -_153 AWG16 BK -230V AC2;3 / /32;3


DC

-
5

AWG16 GNYE
3

FOR DUAL CABINET


Customer
Connection

24V I/O
+

OPTION: POWER SUPPLY


0V I/O
-
6

-G5

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06


POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER

-X2
-X1

Status:

24V I/O -181 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;4 / /32;2


7

AC
1

Document no.
Approved

0V I/O -182 AWG16 BK -230V AC2;4 / /32;3


DC

-
5

2007-04-12

AWG16 GNYE
3

Customer
Connection

Plant:

24V I/O
Location:
+

3HAC024480-004

0V I/O
-

Sublocation: +
+ CM
8

00
= CAB.DC

Next 35
Rev. Ind Page 34

Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-G4

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


POWER
SUPPLY

-X2
-X1
CUSTOMER
-147 AWG16 BU -157 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;3 / /32;2

AC

24
AC
-158 AWG16 BK -230V AC2;3 / /32;3

DC

24
AC
-148 AWG16 BU

0
AWG16 GNYE

0
GND
2

-G5

Approved by, date:


POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER

-X2
-X1

-147 AWG16 BU -157 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;4 / /32;2


AC

24
AC

-158 AWG16 BK -230V AC2;4 / /32;3

-XT31
TERMINAL FOR 24V I/O
DC

24
AC

-148 AWG16 BU
3

1
0
AWG16 GNYE

2
0
GND

5
6
-G7

Customer
Connection
4
POWER
SUPPLY

7
CUSTOMER
4

8
-X2
-X1

-147 AWG16 BU -_157 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;5 / /32;2


AC

24
AC

9
-_158 AWG16 BK -230V AC2;5 / /32;4
DC

24
AC

10
-148 AWG16 BU
0

AWG16 GNYE

Lab/Office:
0
GND
5

-G8

-703
-704
POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER

-X2
-X1

-193 AWG16 BU -145 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;6 / /32;3


AC

24
AC

AWG20 BU
AWG20 BU

FOR DUAL CABINET


-146 AWG16 BK -230V AC2;6 / /32;4
DC

24
AC

-194 AWG16 BU
0
6

/60;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;1 AWG16 GNYE


0
GND

/60;2 / -0Vdevicenet;1
OPTION: POWER SUPPLY DSQC 609

/63;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;2
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06

/63;2 / -0Vdevicenet;2
-G6

/66;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;3
POWER

/66;2 / -0Vdevicenet;3
SUPPLY

Status:
DEVICENET
7

/68;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;4
-X2
-X1

Document no.
Approved

/68;2 / -0Vdevicenet;4 -193 AWG16 BU -145 AWG16 BK -230V AC1;2 / /32;2


L

+
AC

AWG16 BK
2007-04-12

-146 -230V AC2;2 / /32;3


+
DC
N

/69;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;5
/69;2 / -0Vdevicenet;5 -194 AWG16 BU
-

AWG16 GNYE
-

Plant:

/70;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;6
GND

Location:

3HAC024480-004

/70;2 / -0Vdevicenet;6

/71;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;7
+ CM
8

00

/71;2 / -0Vdevicenet;7
Sublocation: + SLO.1
= CAB.DC

/72;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;8
Next 36
Rev. Ind Page 35

/72;2 / -0Vdevicenet;8
Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-G6

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


POWER
SUPPLY
DEVICENET

-X2
-X1
-230V AC1;2 / /86;6

AC
L

+
-230V AC2;2 / /86;8

DC

-
N
2

+
-

Approved by, date:


AWG16
gnye

GND
3

-G4
POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER

-X1

-X2

-230V AC1;1 / /86;6


AC
1

+
4

-230V AC2;1 / /86;7


DC

-
5

+
3

Lab/Office:
5

/60;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;1 -704 AWG20 BU

/60;2 / -0Vdevicenet;1 -703 AWG20 BU

FOR SINGLE CABINET


OPTION: POWER SUPPLY
6

/63;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;2
-XT31

/63;2 / -0Vdevicenet;2
2A
2
1

/66;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;3 704


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06

/66;2 / -0Vdevicenet;3
2A
6
5

/68;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;4
/68;2 / -0Vdevicenet;4
Status:

703
4
3
7

/69;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;5
8
7

Document no.
Approved

/69;2 / -0Vdevicenet;5
704 -297 AWG16 BU
9

2007-04-12

/70;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;6 703 -298 AWG16 BU


10

/70;2 / -0Vdevicenet;6
Plant:

/71;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;7
Location:

3HAC024480-004

/71;2 / -0Vdevicenet;7
Sublocation: +

/72;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;8
+ CM
8

00

/72;2 / -0Vdevicenet;8
= CAB.SC

Next 37
Rev. Ind Page 36

Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-XT31

Latest revision:
1

-24V I/O;1 / /87;2

Prepared by, date:


1
2
3
4
-0V I/O;1 / /87;2

Customer
Connection
6
-G4

7
2

8
POWER
SUPPLY

Approved by, date:


9
CUSTOMER

-X2
-X1

-295 AWG16 BU -230V AC1;12 / /87;6


AC

10
24
AC

-230V AC2;12 / /87;5


DC

24
AC

-296 AWG16 BU

-703
-704
0
AWG16 GNYE
GND

0
3

AWG20 BU
AWG20 BU
/60;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;1

TERMINAL FOR 24V I/O


-G5

/60;2 / -0Vdevicenet;1
POWER

/63;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;2
SUPPLY

/63;2 / -0Vdevicenet;2
CUSTOMER

-X2
-X1

-_295 AWG16 BU
4

-230V AC1;13 / /87;6


AC

24
AC

/66;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;3
/66;2 / -0Vdevicenet;3 -230V AC2;13 / /87;5
DC

24
AC

-_296 AWG16 BU
0

/68;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;4 AWG16 GNYE


/68;2 / -0Vdevicenet;4
GND

Lab/Office:
/69;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;5
/69;2 / -0Vdevicenet;5
5

/70;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;6
/70;2 / -0Vdevicenet;6

/71;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;7
/71;2 / -0Vdevicenet;7

/72;2 / -+24Vdevicenet;8
/72;2 / -0Vdevicenet;8

FOR SINGLE CABINET


6

OPTION: POWER SUPPLY DSQC 609


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
-G6

2007-04-12
POWER
SUPPLY
DEVICENET

Plant:
-X2
-X1

-297 AWG16 BU -230V AC1;11 / /87;6


L

Location:
AC

3HAC024480-004

-230V AC2;11 / /87;5


+
DC
N

-298 AWG16 BU
+ CM
-
8

00

AWG16 gnye
Sublocation: + SLO.1
= CAB.SC
-
GND

Next 38
Rev. Ind Page 37

Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD
-A21
PROCESS POWER SUPPLY
-X12 24V FPU POWER
/33;2 /87;4 / -24V SYS 24V SYS
1 24V PANEL
/33;2 /87;5 / -0V SYS 0V SYS
2

24V PANEL
/33;2 /87;4 / -24V COOL
3
/33;2 /87;5 / -0V COOL
4

INTERNAL -X1 -X10 -209


ES1 top AWG20 BU -ES FPU 1:A / /47;2 /48;2
FAN

JUMPER
3 5
-X2 -211
ES2 top AWG20 BU -ES FPU 2:A / /47;2 /48;2 FPU
-E3

JUMPER
3 7
AWG20 BU

AWG20 BU

M -212 AWG20 BU -ES FPU 2:B / /47;2 /48;2


8
2 1 EXTERNAL 0V 0V -210 AWG20 BU -ES FPU 1:B / /47;2 /48;2
-364

-363

EMERGENCY 24V Panel 4 24V PANEL 6


4
2 1 STOP PB

RunCh0V
RunCh+
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

Run CH1 top


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Run CH2 top 5 EMERGENCY PB


-S21.3
5
-X9 -237
EMERGENCY ES1OUT:A AWG20 21 22

STOP OUTPUT 1 ES2 OUT:A 1 17 -238 AWG20


1 18 -233 AWG20 11 12
EMERGENCY ES2 OUT:B 13 -234 AWG20
STOP OUTPUT 2 ES1OUT:B 2 14 -231 AWG20
2 11 -232 AWG20
OPTION: Sep ES2:A RunCh0V 12 -235 AWG20
EXTERNAL Sep ES1:A 9 RunCh+ 15 -236 AWG20
CONNECTIONS 9 -ES2 16
-ES1
JUMPER
JUMPER

SEE PAGE 49

U U

Sep ES1:B
10
Sep ES2:B
10
ES2 bottom
EXTERNAL ES1 bottom AWG24
JUMPER
JUMPER

7
-X11
SUPPLY 0V 7
24V Panel 8 1
8 2 WHGN -24V_Sig.ref. / /50;7
SOFT_ESO
24V PANEL 3 BU -RS485+ / /50;7
SOFT_ESI 4 WHBU -RS485- / /50;7 MAIN
0V 5 COMPUTER
6 WHBN -0V_Sig.ref. / /50;7
ES1:int 7
EMERGENCY STOP

/40;6 / -RunCh+
/40;5 / -RunCh_0V
/40;6 / -RCH2
/40;7 / -RCH1
6 8
RELAY SIGNALS ES2:int
6 ES1 ES2

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
EMERGENCY STOP Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 38
Next 39
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD
-A21
X3 and X4 -X10
only in DSQC 630 24V SYS 24V FPU POWER -205 AWG20 BU -24V FPU POWER / /47;2 /48;2
24V PANEL 1
-X3 -206
General in1 0V SYS AWG20 BU -0V PANELB / /47;2 /48;2
1 General in2 2
2 General in3 -207 AWG20 BU -EN1_1 / /47;2 /48;2 FPU
3 General in4 3
4 General in5 -208 AWG20 BU -EN1_2 / /47;2 /48;2
5 General in6 4
6 General in7 -213 AWG20 BU -FPU START / /47;2 /48;2
7 General in8 9
8 0V
9 +24V
10 OPTION:
-X6 OPTION
EN1_1A EXTERNAL
-X4
General out1 7 EN1_1B EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS 2 4 6 8
1 General out2 8 EN2_1B ENABLE DEVICE SEE PAGE 49 -S21.1.X1 3 1 7 5
2 General out3 9 EN2_1A
3 General out4 10
OPTION:STATUS 4 General out5 -X9

-245
-244
-243
-246
-241
-240
-239
-242
LED ON FRONT 5 General out6 -227 AWG20 BU
-A23 6 8 -226 AWG20 BU
General out7
7 General out8 7 -225 AWG20 BU
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-223
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AWG20 BU

EXT.AUTO 2
EXT.MAN 2
EXT MAN FS 2
EXT.COMMON 2
EXT.AUTO 1
EXT.MAN 1
EXT MAN FS 1
EXT.COMMON 1
8 0V 6
9 4 -222 AWG20 BU
-ES2 -221 AWG20 BU
3
2
-ES1 3-MODE
-X2 AWG26 SELECTOR
-SUP_ST2 WHOG
-X20 -S21.1
6 12 10 2 4 8 18 22 24 14 16 20
1 OG 1 >1
-SUP_ST1
2 BU 2 RS485+ 5 1 17 13
4 WHBU 4 RS485-
-GS2 -220
5 WHGN 5 24V DC AWG20 BU
3 GN 3 1 -224 AWG20 BU
-GS1
6 WHBN 6 0V 5
7 BN 7
-AS2
8 8
MOTOR ON PB

/40;5 / -EN1
/40;5 / -EN2
/40;5 / -MAN1
/40;4 / -MAN2
/41;3 / -SPEED
-AS1 -S21.2
-229 AWG20 BU 14 13
-ENABLE1 -228 AWG20 BU
10
9
-230 AWG20 BU X2 X1
19

EXT.COMPUTER FAN
24V PANEL
-X15 -E2
OP_COM
-X18 -E2 -X18 -X1
OP_MAN 1
3 24V COOL -361 AWG20 BU RD

+
2 2 1
OP_AUTO TACHO -362 AWG20 BU BN
M
OP_MAN_FS 2 3 3 2
4 -
FAN 0V -360 AWG20 BU BK
1 1 3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RUN CHAIN OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 39
MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES
Next 40
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD
-A21
24V SYS 24V FPU POWER
24V PANEL
0V SYS

-RunCh_0V / /38;5

-RunCh+ / /38;5
-MAN2 / /39;4

-MAN1 / /39;4

-RCH2 / /38;6

-RCH1 / /38;6
24V PANEL
-X5
24V PANEL

-EN2 / /39;4
-EN1 / /39;4
JUMPER
JUMPER 12 24V PANEL
JUMPER 6 0V
JUMPER 7 0V
1
-X5
AS1+
11 AS1
AUTO AS1
STOP &
AS1-
AS2+ 9 AS2 SOFT AS
OPTION: 5
EXTERNAL AS2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

CONNECTIONS
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

SEE PAGE 49
AS2-
GS1+ 3 GS1
10
GS1
GENERAL &
STOP
GS1- SOFT GS
GS2+ 8 GS2 CH2 CH1
4
GS2

GS2-
2

-X6
JUMPER 24V PANEL
JUMPER 6 0V
1

/41;4 / -RCH2

/41;4 / -RCH1
SS1+ SS1
4

/41;3 / -ENABLE2_1
/41;3 / -ENABLE2_2
/41;3 / -ENABLE2_3
/41;3 / -ENABLE2_4
SUPERIOR SS1
STOP

SS1- SOFT SS
SS2+ 2 SS2
5
SS2

SS2-
3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
EMERGENCY STOP Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 40
Next 41
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
PANEL BOARD
MODULE
-A21

/40;7 / -RCH1

/40;6 / -RCH2
-X7
RUN CH1 -RUN_CH1 / /88;2
0V 1 RUN CH1Ret -RUN_CH1Ret / /88;2
2
RUN CH2Ret -RUN_CH2Ret / /88;2 Drive
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 -RUN_CH2 / /88;2 module1
/39;4 / -SPEED 3 SPEED -SPEED / /88;2 A43.X1
5 0V -0V / /88;2
AND
/40;5 / -ENABLE2_1 6 ENABLE2_1 -ENABLE2_1 / /88;2
7 ENABLE2_1Ret -ENABLE2_1Ret / /88;2 K41.X1
/40;5 / -ENABLE2_2 8 AC_ON1 -AC_ON1 / /85;7
9 0V -0V;1 / /85;7
/40;5 / -ENABLE2_3 10

/40;5 / -ENABLE2_4
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-X8
RUN CH1
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

0V 1 RUN CH1Ret
2
RUN CH2Ret
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 BU
3 SPEED
5 0V if not used Drive
6 ENABLE2_2 module2
7 ENABLE2_2Ret BU
A43.X1
8 AC_ON1 if not used
9 0V
10

-X14
RUN CH1
0V 1 RUN CH1Ret
2
RUN CH2Ret
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 BU
3 SPEED Drive
5 0V if not used module3
6 ENABLE2_3
A43.X1
7 ENABLE2_3Ret BU
8 AC_ON1 if not used
9 0V
10

-X17
RUN CH1
0V 1 RUN CH1Ret
2
RUN CH2Ret
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 BU
3 SPEED Drive
5 0V if not used module4
6 ENABLE2_4
A43.X1
7 ENABLE2_4Ret BU
8 AC_ON1 if not used
9 0V
10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RUN CHAIN Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 41
Next 42
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD
-A21

-X9 -S21.1.X1
-222 AWG20 BU MAN2 -241 OG EXT.AUTO1
3 7
-221 AWG20 BU AUTO2 -240 OG EXT.MAN1
2 6
-226 AWG20 BU MAN1 -245 OG EXT.AUTO2
7 3
-225 AWG20 BU AUTO1 -244 OG EXT.MAN2 OPTION
6 2
2-MODE
SELECTOR
1
-S21.1
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15

2 6 10 14
5
-224 AWG20 BU 0V -246 OG EXT.COMMON2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

5 4
-220 AWG20 BU 24V panel -242 OG EXT.COMMON1
1 8

MOTOR ON PB
-S21.2

-229 AWG20 BU MOTON 14 13


10
-228 AWG20 BU 24V PANEL
9
-230 AWG20 BU MONLMP X2 X1
19

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RUN CHAIN OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.1
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 42
MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES
Next 43
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE
PANEL BOARD EXT.CONTROL PANEL
-A21 +EXT-A21
-X9 -X9 -S21.1.X1
-222 AWG20 -241 EXT.AUTO1
3 3 -221 AWG20 -240 EXT.MAN1 7
2 2 -226 AWG20 -245 EXT.AUTO2 6
7 7 -225 AWG20 -244 EXT.MAN2 3
6 6 2
2-MODE SELECTOR

-S21.1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 OPTION

2 6 10 14

-224 AWG20 -246 EXT.COMMON2


5 5 -220 AWG20 -242 EXT.COMMON1 4
1 1 8

MOTOR ON PB
-S21.2
-229 AWG20 14 13
10 10
-230 AWG20 X2 X1
19 19 -228 AWG20
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

9 9

EMERGENCY PB
-S21.3
-501 -237 ES panel 1:A 21 22
17 -502 17 -238 ES panel 1:A
18 -498 18 -233 ES panel 2:A 11 12
13 -499 13 -234 ES panel 2:A
14 14 -231 ES panel 2:B
11 11 -232 ES panel 2:B
12 12 -235 ES panel 1:B
15 15 -236 ES panel 1:B
16 16
1 1

2 2
2 2

-X10 1 1 -X10 -XS4


BN/BK 24V TPU -205 24V FPU_POWER
1 BN/RD 0V 1 -206 0V 1
2 BN/OG EN1 2 -207 EN 1_1 2
3 BN/YE EN2 3 -208 EN 1_2 7
4 -496 4 -209 ES FPU 1:A 17
5 -500 5 -210 ES FPU 1:B 3
6 -495 6 -211 ES FPU 2:A 4 FPU
7 -497 7 -212 ES FPU 2:B 5
8 BN/GN TPU_START 8 -213 FPU_START 6
9 9 0V 11
EN2 8
12
-A22 ADAPTER -A32.A8
MAIN /50;6 / -TD+ AWG24 OG TD+ -X2 TD+
COMPUTER /50;6 / -TD- WHOG TD- 1 TD- 13

A31-A8 /50;6 / -RD+ GN RD+ 2 RD+ 14


/50;6 / -RD- WHGN RD- 3 RD- 15
6 16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.2
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 43
MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES
Next 44
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE
PANEL BOARD EXT.CONTROL PANEL
-A21 +EXT-A21
-X9 -X9 -S21.1.X1
-222 AWG20 -241 EXT.AUTO1
3 3 -221 AWG20 -240 EXT.MAN1 7
2 2 -226 AWG20 -245 EXT.AUTO2 6
7 7 -225 AWG20 -244 EXT.MAN2 3
6 6 2
2-MODE SELECTOR

-S21.1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 OPTION

2 6 10 14

-224 AWG20 -246 EXT.COMMON2


5 5 -220 AWG20 -242 EXT.COMMON1 4
1 1 8

MOTOR ON PB
-S21.2
-229 AWG20 14 13
10 10
-230 AWG20 X2 X1
19 19 -228 AWG20
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

9 9

EMERGENCY PB
-S21.3
-501 -237 ES panel 1:A 21 22
17 -502 17 -238 ES panel 1:A
18 -498 18 -233 ES panel 2:A 11 12
13 -499 13 -234 ES panel 2:A
14 14 -231 ES panel 2:B
11 11 -232 ES panel 2:B
12 12 -235 ES panel 1:B
15 15 -236 ES panel 1:B
16 16
1 1
-S22
2 2 64 63 X1 X2
2 2
14 13
-X10 1 1 -X10 53 54
-XS4
BN/BK 24V TPU -205 24V FPU_POWER
1 BN/RD 0V 1 -206 0V 1
2 BN/OG EN1 2 -207 22 21 -214 EN 1_1 2
3 BN/YE EN2 3 -208 42 41 -215 EN 1_2 7
4 -496 4 -209 -216 ES FPU 1:A 17
5 -500 5 -210 -217 ES FPU 1:B 3
6 -495 6 -211 -218 ES FPU 2:A 4 FPU
7 -497 7 -212 -219 ES FPU 2:B 5
8 BN/GN TPU_START 8 -213 FPU_START 6
9 9 0V 11
EN2 8
12
-A22 ADAPTER -A32.A8
MAIN /50;6 / -TD+ AWG24 OG TD+ -X2 TD+
COMPUTER /50;6 / -TD- WHOG TD- 1 TD- 13

A31-A8 /50;6 / -RD+ GN RD+ 2 RD+ 14


/50;6 / -RD- WHGN RD- 3 RD- 15
6 16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.3
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 44
MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES
Next 45
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: OPTION : HOT PLUG 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE
PANEL BOARD EXT.CONTROL PANEL
-A21 +EXT-A21
-X9 -X9 -S21.1.X1
-227 AWG20 -245 EXT.AUTO2
8 8 -226 AWG20 -244 EXT.MAN2 3
7 7 -225 AWG20 -243 EXT MAN FS2 2
6 6 -223 AWG20 -241 EXT.AUTO1 1
4 4 -222 AWG20 -240 EXT.MAN1 7
3 3 -221 AWG20 -239 EXT MAN FS1 6
2 2 5
3-MODE SELECTOR
-S21.1
6 12 10 2 4 8 18 22 24 14 16 20 OPTION

5 1 17 13

-220 AWG20 -242 EXT.COMMON1


1 1 -224 AWG20 -246 EXT.COMMON2 8
5 5 4
MOTOR ON PB
-S21.2

-229 AWG20 14 13
10 10
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-230
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AWG20 X2 X1
19 19 -228 AWG20
9 9
EMERGENCY PB
-S21.3
-501 -237 ES panel 1:A 21 22
17 -502 17 -238 ES panel 1:A
18 -498 18 -233 ES panel 2:A 11 12
13 -499 13 -234 ES panel 2:A
14 14 -231 ES panel 2:B
11 11 -232 ES panel 2:B
12 12 -235 ES panel 1:B
15 15 -236 ES panel 1:B
16 16
1 1

2 2
2 2

-X10 1 1 -X10 -XS4


BN/BK 24V TPU -205 24V TPU_POWER
1 BN/RD 0V 1 -206 0V 1
2 BN/OG EN1_1 2 -207 EN 1_1 2
3 BN/YE EN1_2 3 -208 EN 1_2 7
4 -496 4 -209 ES TP 1:A 17
5 -500 5 -210 ES TP 1:B 3
6 -495 6 -211 ES TP 2:A 4
7 -497 7 -212 ES TP 2:B 5
8 BN/GN TPU_START 8 -213 TPU_START 6 FPU
9 9 0V 11
EN2 8
12
-A22 ADAPTER -A32.A8
TD+
MAIN /50;6 / -TD+ AWG24 OG TD+ -X2 TD- 13

COMPUTER /50;6 / -TD- WHOG TD- 1 RD+ 14

A31-A8 /50;6 / -RD+ GN RD+ 2 RD- 15


/50;6 / -RD- WHGN RD- 3 16
6

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.4
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 45
MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES
Next 46
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE
PANEL BOARD EXT.CONTROL PANEL
-A21 +EXT-A21
-X9 -X9 -S21.1.X1
-227 AWG20 -245 EXT.AUTO2
8 8 -226 AWG20 -244 EXT.MAN2 3
7 7 -225 AWG20 -243 EXT MAN FS2 2
6 6 -223 AWG20 -241 EXT.AUTO1 1
4 4 -222 AWG20 -240 EXT.MAN1 7
3 3 -221 AWG20 -239 EXT MAN FS1 6
2 2 5
3-MODE SELECTOR
-S21.1
6 12 10 2 4 8 18 22 24 14 16 20 OPTION

5 1 17 13

-220 AWG20 -242 EXT.COMMON1


1 1 -224 AWG20 -246 EXT.COMMON2 8
5 5 4
MOTOR ON PB
-S21.2

-229 AWG20 14 13
10 10
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-230
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AWG20 X2 X1
19 19 -228 AWG20
9 9
EMERGENCY PB
-S21.3
-501 -237 ES panel 1:A 21 22
17 -502 17 -238 ES panel 1:A
18 -498 18 -233 ES panel 2:A 11 12
13 -499 13 -234 ES panel 2:A
14 14 -231 ES panel 2:B
11 11 -232 ES panel 2:B
12 12 -235 ES panel 1:B
15 15 -236 ES panel 1:B
16 16
1 1
-S22
2 2 64 63 X1 X2
2 2
14 13
-X10 1 1 -X10 53 54
-XS4
BN/BK 24V TPU -205 24V TPU_POWER
1 BN/RD 0V 1 -206 0V 1
2 BN/OG EN1_1 2 -207 22 21 -214 EN 1_1 2
3 BN/YE EN1_2 3 -208 42 41 -215 EN 1_2 7
4 -496 4 -209 -216 ES TP 1:A 17
5 -500 5 -210 -217 ES TP 1:B 3
6 -495 6 -211 -218 ES TP 2:A 4
7 -497 7 -212 -219 ES TP 2:B 5
8 BN/GN TPU_START 8 -213 TPU_START 6 FPU
9 9 0V 11
EN2 8
12
-A22 ADAPTER -A32.A8
TD+
MAIN /50;6 / -TD+ AWG24 OG TD+ -X2 TD- 13

COMPUTER /50;6 / -TD- WHOG TD- 1 RD+ 14

A31-A8 /50;6 / -RD+ GN RD+ 2 RD- 15


/50;6 / -RD- WHGN RD- 3 16
6

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.5
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 46
MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES
Next 47
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: OPTION : HOT PLUG 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OPTION : FPU-PLUG
1) When external control panel connected to page 43 and 45
RunCh1
-XP4
3
RunCh0V
5

4
FLEXPENDANT
FLEXPENDANT -FPU1

1)
EMERGENCY-STOP
-XS4
-K1
/38;7 / -ES FPU 1:A
3
/38;7 / -ES FPU 2:A
5
/38;7 / -ES FPU 2:B
6
/38;7 / -ES FPU 1:B
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4
PANEL -DP1 EN-DEVICE
/39;7 / -24V FPU POWER 2 1 1
BOARD -K2
A21-X10
12

-DP2
/39;7 / -0V PANELB 2 1 2

8
/39;7 / -EN1_1
7
/39;7 / -EN1_2
17

/39;7 / -FPU START


11

/50;6 / -TD+ AWG24 OG


13
-ETH_FPU
MAIN /50;6 / -TD- WHOG

COMPUTER 14

A31-A8 /50;6 / -RD+ GN


15
/50;6 / -RD- WHGN
16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
FPU, FLEXPENDANT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.6
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 47
Next 48
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-S22

64 63 X1 X2
OPTION: FPU-PLUG
RunCh1
-XP4
3
RunCh0V
14 13 5

53 54 6
FLEXPENDANT
4
-FPU1
FLEXPENDANT

EMERGENCY-STOP
-XS4
-K1
/38;7 / -ES FPU 1:A -216 BU
3
/38;7 / -ES FPU 2:A -218 BU
5
/38;7 / -ES FPU 2:B -219 BU
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

6
/38;7 / -ES FPU 1:B -217 BU
4
PANEL -DP1 EN-DEVICE
/39;7 / -24V FPU POWER 2 1 1
BOARD -K2
A21-X10
12

-DP2
/39;7 / -0V PANELB 2 1 2

8
/39;7 / -EN1_1 22 21 -214 BU
7
/39;7 / -EN1_2 42 41 -215 BU
17

/39;7 / -FPU START


11

/50;6 / -TD+ AWG24 OG


MAIN 13
-ETH_FPU
COMPUTER /50;6 / -TD- WHOG
14
A31-A8
/50;6 / -RD+ GN
15
/50;6 / -RD- WHGN
16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
FPU, FLEXPENDANT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.7
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 48
OPTION: HOT PLUG
Next 49
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD SEE PAGE 38 PANEL BOARD SEE PAGE 40;39


-A21 -A21

-X1 -XS/XP3 -X5 -XS/XP3


ES1 bottom -260 OG AWG20 BU 24V PANEL -272 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
-X2 7 A1 12 C1
ES2 bottom -261 OG AWG20 BU AS1+ -273 AWG20 BU
7 B1 11 C2
24V PANEL -262 AWG20 BU AS1- -274 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
8 B2 9 C3
0V -263 AWG20 BU 0V -275 AWG20 BU
8 A2 7 C4
24V PANEL -264 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
4 A3 C5
Run CH1 top GS1+ -276 AWG20 BU
5 10 C6
Run CH2 top GS1- -277 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
5 8 C7
0V -265 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
4 B3 C8
ES2 top -266 OG 24V PANEL -278 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
3 B4 6 D1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

ES1 top -267 AS2+ -279


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG AWG20 BU
3 A4 5 D2
Sep ES1:A -268 OG AWG20 BU AS2- -280 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
9 A5 3 D3
Sep ES2:A -269 OG AWG20 BU 0V -281 AWG20 BU
9 B5 1 D4
Sep ES2:B -270 OG AWG20 BU
10 B6 D5
Sep ES1:B -271 OG GS2+ -282 AWG20 BU
10 A6 4 D6
ES1 OUT A -284 OG GS2- -283 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
1 A7 2 D7
ES1 OUT B -285 OG
2 A8 D8
ES2 OUT A -286 OG
1 B7
-287 -X6
ES2 OUT B OG
2 B8 0V -289 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
1 A10
SS1- -291 AWG20 BU
2 B10
SS2- -293 AWG20 BU
3 C10
SS1+ -290 AWG20 BU
4 B9
SS2+ -292 AWG20 BU
5 C9
24V PANEL -288 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
6 A9

10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
OPTION: EXTERNAL CONNECTION Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.8
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 49
SYSTEM SIGNALS
Next 50
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE
MAIN COMPUTER DSQC639
-A31
-A9
-TX+ / /90;2 /92;2
1 -TX- / /90;2 /92;2 DRIVE
2 -RX+ / /90;2 /92;2 MODULE
AXC1 3
AXIS
-X1 ETH_DRIVE 4
COMPUTER
/33;3 /87;5 / -24V PC;1 5 -RX- / /90;2 /92;2
1 6
PROCESS /33;3 /87;5 / -24V PC;2 7

POWER SUPPLY 4 8
/33;3 /87;5 / -0V PC;1
2
/33;3 /87;6 / -0V PC;2
3

-X23
-A7
PWR LED (GREEN)
TX+ AWG24 WHOG
1 TX- OG 1 SERVICE
2 RX+ WHGN 2 PORT
3 3
ETH_SERVICE 4
5 RX- GN
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

IDE LED (YELLOW)


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

6 6
7
8

STATUS LED (RED-GREEN)


-X8
AWG24
1
2 WHGN -24V_Sig.ref. / /38;7
3 BU -RS485+ / /38;7
PANEL UNIT 4 WHBU -RS485- / /38;7 PANEL BOARD
RS 485 5
6 WHBN -0V_Sig.ref. / /38;7
7
8

CHASSIS BLOWER
-E22
-A8
-TD+ / /47;2 /48;2 /43;2 /44;2 /45;2 /46;2
- 3
-TD- / /47;2 /48;2 /43;2 /44;2 /45;2 /46;2
M ETH_FPU 6 FLEXPENDANT
4
-J21 5 -RD+ / /47;2 /48;2 /43;2 /44;2 /45;2 /46;2
+

GND AWG24 BK 1
1 +24V RD -RD- / /47;2 /48;2 /43;2 /44;2 /45;2 /46;2
2 FAN_TACH YE 2
3 7
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
MAIN COMPUTER DSQC 639 Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 50
Next 51
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-A31 MAIN COMPUTER DSQC639


CONTROL
MODULE

-LAN1 -XP28
OPTION: TX+
232/422/485 SERIE CONVERTER 1 TX- 1
-A39 2 2
OPTION : EXTERN LAN
RX+
3 RX- 3
-X1 -X2 COM1
-J2 6 6
RX- A1 COM1_DCD
TX+ 1 1 A2 COM1_RXD
TX- 2 2 A3 COM1_TXD
3 3 A4 COM1_DTR
0V 4 4 A5 0V
5 5 A6 COM1_DSR
6 6 A7 COM1_RTS-N
OPT. EXTERNAL PWR 7 7 A8 COM1_CTS-N
RX+ 8 8 A9 COM1_RI
9 9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-X24
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-USB1
AWG28 GN USB1 D+
3 AWG28 WH USB1 D- 3
2 AWG24 BK USB1_GND 2
USB
4 AWG24 RD USB1 +5V 4 CONTROL MODULE
1 1

MC CONSOLE
-J2
CONSOLE_DCD
B1 CONSOLE_RXD
B2 CONSOLE_TXD
B3 CONSOLE_DTR
B4 GND
-USB2
B5 CONSOLE_DSR AWG28 GN -USB2 D+ / /33;7 /87;8 PROCESS
B6 CONSOLE_RTS-N 3 AWG28 WH -USB2 D- / /33;7 /87;8 POWER SUPPLY
B7 CONSOLE_CTS-N 2 AWG24 BK -USB2_GND / /33;7 /87;8
B8 CONSOLE_RI 4 AWG24 RD -USB2 +5V / /33;6 /87;8
B9 1

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
MAIN COMPUTER DSQC 639 Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 51
Next 52
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ANYBUS CONTROL MODULE


-A38.1

-Z1 -XS9
-X1
TX+ AWG26 2:WH/OG
1 TX- 2:OG 1
2 RX+ 3:WH/GN 3
ETHERNET IP
3 3:GN 2
CompactCom 4 4
5 RX-
6
7
8
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
ANYBUS MAIN COMPUTER DSQC639 Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 52
Next 53
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

COMPUTER UNIT AC/BD


-A3
COMPUTER UNIT DSQC623
COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY -A31
-G31
-P1 -J4H1
-X1 -X1 OR +3.3V
24V OR +3.3V 1
1 V+ BK GND 2
PROCESS 24V RD +5V 3

POWER SUPPLY 4 BK GND 4

-G2.X3 0V RD +5V 5
2 BK GND 6
0V -PSU-X1 7
3 V- GY PWR_OK
-PSU-X2 1 8
VT +5VSB
-P1 1 9
YE +12V
OR +3.3V 10
BU -12V 11
-PSU-X2 12
MOTHER BK GND
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

BOARD
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

2 GN PS_ON 13
POWER -P1 3 14
BK GND
BK GND 15
BK GND 16
17
RD +5V 18
RD +5V 19
20

SOLID STATE DRIVE


-D32 -J6H1
40
-X1 -X2
ATA/IDE
-IDEpwr1 1
GND 2
+5V 3
4

SOLID STATE DRIVE


REMARK:
-D31
P1 & J6H1 CONNECTS
-X2 40
TO EITHER D32 OR D31
-X1
DEPENDING OF CHOSED OPTION.
1
1
GND 2
+5V 3
4

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.1
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 53
Next 54
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

COMPUTER UNIT AC/BD


-A3

COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY


-G31

P1

BK GND
YE +12V

CHASSIS BLOWER
-E22
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

M
AWG 24
COMPUTER UNIT DSQC623 -C2

+
-A31 BK GND BK
-J9H1 YE +12V 1 RD
2
1
2 WH FAN2_TACH
3

CHASSIS BLOWER
-E23
-J9H2

1 -
2
3
M
AWG 24
-C1

+
BK GND BK
YE +12V 1 RD
2

WH FAN1_TACH

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.1
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 54
Next 55
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

COMPUTER UNIT AC/BD


CONTROL
-A3
MODULE

OPTION:
-A31 COMPUTER UNIT DSQC623
232/422/485 SERIE CONVERTER
-A39 PWR LED (GREEN)
-J9H3
A K
-X1 -X2 -J2 COM1 2
RX- COM1_DCD
TX+ 1 1 A1 COM1_RXD 4
IDE LED (YELLOW)
TX- 2 2 A2 COM1_TXD
3 3 A3 COM1_DTR A K
0V 4 4 A4 0V 1
5 5 A5 COM1_DSR
6 6 A6 COM1_RTS-N 3
OPT. EXTERNAL PWR 7 7 A7 COM1_CTS-N
RX+ 8 8 A8 COM1_RI
9 9 A9 -LAN1
TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

3 RX-
6

-X24
-USB1
-J2 MC CONSOLE AWG28 GN USB1 D+
B1 CONSOLE_DCD 3 AWG28 WH USB1 D- 3
B2 USB
2 AWG24 BK USB1_GND 2
CONSOLE_RXD CONTROL MODULE
B3 4 AWG24 RD USB1 +5V 4
CONSOLE_TXD
B4 1 1
CONSOLE_DTR
B5
GND
B6
CONSOLE_DSR
B7
CONSOLE_RTS-N -USB2
B8 AWG28 GN USB2 D+
CONSOLE_CTS-N
B9 CONSOLE_RI 3 AWG28 WH USB2 D- PROCESS
2 AWG24 BK USB2_GND POWER SUPPLY
4 AWG24 RD USB2 +5V
-G2.X5
1

-USB3
3
2
4
1

-USB4
3
2
4
1

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.1
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 55
Next 56
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD DSQC602


-A32
-X8

1
2 WHGN 24V_Sign.ref
3 BU RS485+
RS 485 4 WHBU RS485- PANEL BOARD
5 -A21.X11
6 WHBN 0V_Sign.ref
7
8

-A8
OG TD+
3
WHOG TD- FLEXPENDANT
ETH_FPU 6 -XS4
4
5 GN RD+
1
-X1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

WHGN RD-
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

2
7
8

CONTROL
MODULE

-A9
PCI BUS TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
3 RX- DRIVE MODULE
ETH_DRIVE 6 AXIS COMPUTER
4
5
7
8

-A7 -X23

TX+ 1
1 TX- 2 SERVICE
2 RX+ 3 PORT
ETH_SERVICE 3
4
5 RX- 6
6
7
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
MAIN COMPUTER AC/BD Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.1
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 56
ROBOT COMM. CARD DSQC 602
Next 57
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PROFIBUS DP M/S
-A33
Customer
Connection

-X1
-DP-S-X2
SHIELD
RXD/TXD-P 1 1B
SLAVE CONTROL-P 3
PCI BUS GND 4
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

OPTION & HARNESS TO CUSTOMER I/O


+5VDC
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

5
RXD/TXD-N 6 1A
8

-DP-M-X3
SHIELD
RXD/TXD-P 1 1B
MASTER CONTROL-P 3
GND 4
+5VDC 5
RXD/TXD-N 6 1A
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
PROFIBUS DP M/S Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 57
Next 58
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

INTERBUS M/S (OPTICAL FIBRE) INTERBUS M/S (COPPER WIRE)


-A37 -A37

-A37.1
-A37.1 1)
-X4
24V
INTERBUS SLAVEPART 24V+
INTERBUS SLAVEPART
0V
-X2 1) 0V

-Z1 24V -Z1


24V+
REMOTE IN -X5
0V DO
0V 1 DON
6 DI
2 DIN
-FO1
PCI BUS LW/BK PCI BUS 7 GNDISI
BK1(IN) 3
LW/OG
GY (OUT)

OPTION & HARNESS TO CUSTOMER I/O


-FO2 -X1

OPTION & HARNESS TO CUSTOMER I/O


REMOTE OUT
LW/BK DO
BK1(IN) 1 DON
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

LW/OG DI
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

6
GY (OUT) 2 DIN
7 GRND
3 VCCISO
5 RBST
9

-A37.2
-FO3
LW/BK
INTERBUS MASTERPART REMOTE
BK (IN)
LW/OG
GY (OUT)
-A37.2
REMOTE -X2
DO
INTERBUS MASTERPART 1 DON
6 DI
2 DIN
-X1 7 GNDIM
TXD 3 GRND
1 RXD 4 VCCIM
2 GND 5 VCC
4 RTS 8
5 CTS
6

RS232 -X3
TXD
1 RXD
2 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS
6

1) IT IS IMPORTANT THAT 24 DC EXT SUPPLY ALWAYS IS AVAILABLE


OTHERWISE THE INTERBUS CAN NOT WORK
IF THE CONTROLLER IS TURNED OFF.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
INTERBUS M/S Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 58
Next 59
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
DEVICE NET ADAPTER
MODULE
-A35

-CHA-J1 -A35-X1 -XS17


BK
P1 1 1 3
BU
2 2 5
SC OPTION
3 3 1
WH
4 4 4
PCI BUS RD
5 5 2

-V- / /60;2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-CAN_L / /60;2

-DRAIN / /60;2

-CAN_H / /60;2

-V+ / /60;2

ONLY FOR DUAL DEVNETCARD DSQC 659


-CHB-J2

2
CUSTOMER OPTION BUS
3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
DEVICENET SINGLE/DUAL ADAPTER Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 59
Next 60
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-I/O1
/59;5 / -V-
/59;5 / -CAN_L 1
/59;5 / -CAN_H 2
/59;5 / -V+ 4
/59;5 / -DRAIN 5 BK -V- / /63;1
3 BU -CAN_L / /63;1
WH -CAN_H / /63;1 Digital I/O unit
RD -V+ / /63;1
-I/O2
SC -DRAIN / /63;1
1
2 BK -V- / /66;2
4 BU -CAN_L / /66;2
5 WH -CAN_H / /66;2 Relay I/O unit
3 RD -V+ / /66;2
SC -DRAIN / /66;2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-I/O3 ONLY FOR DUAL CONTROL


BK -V- / /68;1
1 BU -CAN_L / /68;1
2 WH -CAN_H / /68;1 Analogue I/O unit
4 RD -V+ / /68;1
5 SC -DRAIN / /68;1
3
BK -V- / /69;1 OPTION: HARNESS
BU -CAN_L / /69;1 TO CUSTOMER I/O
-I/O4 ONLY FOR DUAL CONTROL
WH -CAN_H / /69;1 Remote I/O unit
1 RD -V+ / /69;1
2 SC -DRAIN / /69;1
4
5 BK -V- / /70;2
3 BU -CAN_L / /70;2
WH -CAN_H / /70;2 Interbus slave
RD -V+ / /70;2
SC -DRAIN / /70;2

BK -V- / /71;1
-A35-X2 BU -CAN_L / /71;1
/35;6 /37;4 /34;2 /36;6 / -0Vdevicenet;1 WH -CAN_H / /71;1 Profibus DP slave
1 RD -V+ / /71;1
SC -DRAIN / /71;1
2 120 OHM

BK -V- / /72;1
4 BU -CAN_L / /72;1
/35;6 /37;3 /34;2 /36;6 / -+24Vdevicenet;1 WH -CAN_H / /72;1 Encoder unit
5 RD -V+ / /72;1
SC -DRAIN / /72;1
3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
DEVICENET ADAPTER Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 60
Next 61
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DUAL RS232 CARD


-A34

-X1
1 COM2_RXD
2 COM2_TXD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

COM2_DTR
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

3
COM2 4 0V
RS232 5 COM2_DSR
6 COM2_RTS-N
7 COM2_CTS-N
8
X5 9

-X2
1 COM3_RXD
PCI BUS 2 COM3_TXD
3 COM3_DTR
COM3 4 0V
RS232 5 COM3_DSR
6 COM3_RTS-N
7 COM3_CTS-N
8
9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
DUAL RS232 CARD Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 61
Next 62
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ETHERNET CARD
-A36

-A1
TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
3 DRIVE MODULE 2 (OPTION)
4
5 RX-
X1 6
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

7
8

-A2
TX+
1 TX-
PCI BUS 2 RX+
3 DRIVE MODULE 3 (OPTION)
4
5 RX-
6
7
8

-A3
TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
3 DRIVE MODULE 4 (OPTION)
4
5 RX-
6
7
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
ETHERNET CARD Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 62
Next 63
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
3) 2 1

/35;6 /37;4 /34;3 /36;6 / -+24Vdevicenet;2 DIG. PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIG. I/O UNIT DSQC 651& 652
-I/Ox
/35;6 /37;4 /34;3 /36;6 / -0Vdevicenet;2

XTXX.X3
-X3
INPUT CH.1
1 2
2 3
3 4
-X5
/60;5 / -V- 4 5
/60;5 / -CAN_L 1 5 6
/60;5 / -CAN_H 2 6 7
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/60;5 / -V+ 8
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 7
5 8 0V
/60;5 / -DRAIN 9
0V 3 10
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6

I/O UNIT NA1 7


1) NA2 8 0V
NA3 9 4)
NA4 10 XTXX.X4
NA5 11
-X4
12 INPUT CH.9
1 10
2 11
3 12
4 13
5 14
6 15
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO 7 16
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS. 8 0V
9
10
2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS
BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

4) ONLY FOR DIGITAL I/O DSQC 652.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 63
DIGITAL I/O UNIT
Next 64
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DIGITAL I/O UNIT DSQC 652


-I/Ox

OUTPUT CH 1-8

XTXX.X1

<1 -X1
OUTPUT CH.1
1 2
2 3
3 4
4 5
5 6
6 7
7 8
8 0V
0V 9 24V DC
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

10

OUTPUT CH 9-16
XTXX.X2

<1 -X2
OUTPUT CH.9
0V

1 10
2 11
3 12
4 13
5 14
6 15
7 16
8 0V
9 24V DC
10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
DIGITAL I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 64
Next 65
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-I/OxCOMBI I/O UNIT DSQC 651

OUTPUT CH 1-8

XTXX.X1

<1 -X1
OUTPUT CH.1
1 2
2 3
3 4
4 5
5 6
6 7
7 8
8 0V
0V 9 24V DC
10
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-X6
INPUT CH.1
CPU INPUT CH.2 1
2

0V
3

DAC
OUTPUT CH.1
5

REF 0VA
4
OUTPUT CH.2
6

+15V
DC
0VA
DC
-15V

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
COMBI I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.1
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 65
Next 66
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

3) DIG. PART OF RELAY I/O UNIT DSQC 653


-I/Ox
/35;7 /37;4 /34;3 /36;6 / -+24Vdevicenet;3
XTXX.X3
/35;7 /37;4 /34;3 /36;6 / -0Vdevicenet;3
-X3
INPUT CH.1
1 2
2 3
-X5 3 4
/60;5 / -V- 4 5
/60;5 / -CAN_L 1 5 6
/60;5 / -CAN_H 2 6 7
/60;5 / -V+ 4 7 8
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

0V
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

5 8
/60;5 / -DRAIN 9
0V 3
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6

I/O UNIT NA1 7 0V


1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10
NA5 11
12

1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO


THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RELAY I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.2
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 66
Next 67
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RELAY I/O UNIT DSQC 653


-RELAY I/O

XTXX.X1

-X1
OUT CH.1A
1

OUT CH.1B
2

OUT CH.2A
3

OUT CH.2B
4

OUT CH.3A
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OUT CH.3B
6

OUT CH.4A
7

OUT CH.4B
8

OUT CH.5A
9

OUT CH.5B
10

OUT CH.6A
11

OUT CH.6B
12

OUT CH.7A
13

OUT CH.7B
14

OUT CH.8A
15

OUT CH.8B
16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
RELAY I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.2
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 67
Next 68
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2) ANALOGUE I/O UNIT


-I/Ox
120 ohm
2 1

3)
-X7
ANOUT_1
/35;7 /37;4 /34;3 /36;7 / -+24Vdevicenet;4 1 ANOUT_2
2 ANOUT_3
ADC MUX
/35;7 /37;4 /34;3 /36;7 / -0Vdevicenet;4 3 ANOUT_4
4 0V
19 0V
0V 20 0V
21 0V
-X5
/60;5 / -V- 22
/60;5 / -CAN_L 1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/60;5 / -CAN_H
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

2
/60;5 / -V+ 4
5
/60;5 / -DRAIN
0V 3 REF
DAC
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6
-X8
I/O UNIT NA1 7 ANIN_1
1) NA2 8 1 ANIN_2
NA3 9 2 ANIN_3
NA4 10 3 ANIN_4
NA5 11 4
12 24V
17
18
19
20
21
0V 22
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO 23

THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS. 24 0V


25 0V
26 0V
2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS
27 0V
BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE 28
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
ANALOGUE I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.3
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 68
Next 69
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

3)

/35;7 /37;5 /34;3 /36;7 / -+24Vdevicenet;5

/35;7 /37;5 /34;4 /36;7 / -0Vdevicenet;5


REMOTE I/O UNIT
-I/Ox

-X5
/60;5 / -V-
/60;5 / -CAN_L 1 NAC
/60;5 / -CAN_H 2 -X8
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/60;5 / -V+ LINE 1 (BLUE)


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4
5 1 REMOTE I/O IN
/60;5 / -DRAIN
0V 3 LINE 2 (CLEAR)
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 1 2

I/O UNIT NA1 7 -X9


1) NA2 8 (BLUE)
NA3 9 1 REMOTE I/O OUT
NA4 10
NA5 11 (CLEAR)
12 2

1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO


THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE 4
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.
4
3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE
CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
REMOTE I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.4
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 69
Next 70
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

3)

/35;8 /37;5 /34;4 /36;7 / -+24Vdevicenet;6 INTERBUS SLAVE


-I/Ox
/35;8 /37;5 /34;4 /36;7 / -0Vdevicenet;6

-X5 -X21
/60;5 / -V-
/60;5 / -CAN_L 1 TPDO2
/60;5 / -CAN_H 2 1 TPDI2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/60;5 / -V+
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 2 GND
5 3 +5VDC IB-S OUT
/60;5 / -DRAIN 5 TPDO2-N
0V 3 6 TPDI2-N
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 7 RBST
I/O UNIT NA1 7 9
1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10
NA5 11
12
-X20
TPDO1
1 TPDI1
2 GND IB-S IN
3 TPDO1-N
6 TPDI1-N
-X3
GND 7
4) 24V DC EXT. SUPPLY 1
+24VDC 3
5
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

4) IT IS IMPORTANT THAT 24V DC EXT SUPPLY


ALWAYS IS AVAILABLE. OTHERWISE THE
INTERBUS CAN NOT WORK IF THE CONTROLLER
IS TURNED OFF.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
INTERBUS SLAVE Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.5
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 70
Next 71
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

PROFIBUS DP SLAVE
-I/Ox
3)

/35;8 /37;5 /34;4 /36;8 / -+24Vdevicenet;7


Customer
/35;8 /37;5 /34;4 /36;8 / -0Vdevicenet;7 Connection

-X5
/60;5 / -V-
-X20
/60;5 / -CAN_L 1 SHIELD
/60;5 / -CAN_H 2 1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/60;5 / -V+
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 RXD/TXD-P
5 3 CONTROL-P
/60;5 / -DRAIN 4 GND
0V 3 5 +5VDC
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 6 RXD/TXD-N
I/O UNIT NA1 7 8
1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10
NA5 11
12

-X3
0V DC
External supply GND 1
+24VDC 3
5

1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO


THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
PROFIBUS DP SLAVE Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.6
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 71
Next 72
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

ENCODER UNIT
-I/Ox
3)

/35;8 /37;6 /34;4 /36;8 / -+24Vdevicenet;8 Encoder


Connection
/35;8 /37;6 /34;4 /36;8 / -0Vdevicenet;8
-X20
24 VDC
1
-X5
/60;5 / -V- 0V
/60;5 / -CAN_L 1 2
/60;5 / -CAN_H 2 ENC +24V
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/60;5 / -V+
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 3
5 ENC 0V
/60;5 / -DRAIN 4 Encoder
0V 3 2 1 ENC_A
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 5
NA1 7 A
I/O UNIT ENC_B
1) NA2 8
1
6
NA3 9 +24V
NA4 10 7
NA5 11 0V Synch switch
12 2 1 8
DIGIN
A 9

2 1
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO
A
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.
1
2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS
BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
ENCODER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.7
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 72
Next 80
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Drive module + DM

CAB = Common cabinet


We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

Plant =
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CAB.DC = Dual cabinet


CAB.SC = Single cabinet

Location + DM
Sublocation = SLO.1 or SLO.2 etc. shows that the sheet is a variant of the DM

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
DRIVE MODULE Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 80
Next 82
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-XP0 1 2 3

AWG10 BK

AWG10 BK

AWG10 BK

AWG10 GNYE
-101

-102

-103
1 3 5
-Q1
2 4 6
-109 AWG10 BK

-108 AWG10 BK

-107 AWG10 BK OPTION:


CIRCUIT BRAKER

101

102

103
-F6 1 3 5 OPTION :
FLANGE DISCONNECT
-Q1 1 2 3
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

2 4 6

T1 T2 T3

110

111

112
-106 AWG10 BK

-105 AWG10 BK

-104 AWG10 BK OPTION:


1 3 5
MAINS LINE FILTER
-Z1

2 4 6
AWG10 BK

AWG10 BK

AWG10 BK
-110

-111

-112
/83;3 / -L1

/83;3 / -L2

/83;4 / -L3

TRANSFORMER UNIT

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
MAINS CONNECTION Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 82
Next 83
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AWG10 GNYE

-T1
/87;8 / -230V AC1_SC;1

Latest revision:
1

/86;7 / -230V AC1_SC;2

Prepared by, date:


/87;8 / -230V AC2_SC;1

SINGLE
CABINET
1) T1.1 6kVA

2) T1.2 13kVA
/86;7 / -230V AC2_SC;2

POWER SUPPLY
200V

TRANSFORMER UNIT
220V

-X2
/85;4 / -230V AC1_DC 230V

400V

DUAL
CABINET
/85;4 / -230V AC2_DC 230V 440V
2

-X1
L1-L2-L3 = 480VAC if IRB660, 6600-7600

POWER SUPPLY
1) 480V
262/480VAC

Approved by, date:


/89;8 / -T1_L1 500V
L1-L2-L3 = 262VAC if IRB140-340, 1400-4400, 6400R

262/480VAC 600V
/89;8 / -T1_L2

1), 2)
UNITS
262/480VAC
/89;8 / -T1_L3

CONTACTOR
REAKTOR UNIT

-Z2
200V

-X2
-X1

-L1
220V

F2
F1
3

L1IN

F4
F3
L2IN
400V
-X10

-113 AWG10 BK -L1 / /82;4


1

F6
F5
440V

L3IN

L1UT L2UT L3UT

ONLY FOR
AWG10 BK

IRB 6600-7600
-114 -L2 / /82;4
2

230VAC 1) 480V
/84;3 / -T1_230V -115 AWG10 BK -L3 / /82;4
1
3

115VAC 500V
MAINS CONNECTION

/84;3 / -T1_115V
2

600V

OUTLET
N

SERVICE
/84;3 / -T1_N
3
4

200V

220V

400V

440V

Lab/Office:
1) 480V

500V

600V
5

/87;8 / -230V AC1_SC;1


AWG10 GNYE
-T1

/86;7 / -230V AC1_SC;2

TRANSFORMER UNIT
/87;8 / -230V AC2_SC;1
SINGLE
CABINET

/86;7 / -230V AC2_SC;2


POWER SUPPLY
6

USED FOR:
T1.3 2,5kVA

IRB7600 480V

-X2
TRANSFORMER UNIT
-X1

/85;4 / -230V AC1_DC 230VAC IN


IRB660, 6600 400-480V

230V
DIRECT POWER SUPPLY

230VAC
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
DUAL

/85;4 / -230V AC2_DC


CABINET

230VAC 400V
1

POWER SUPPLY

440V
115VAC
2

480V
N
Status:

/84;3 / -T1_230V
3

/84;3 / -T1_115V
7

/84;3 / -T1_N
Document no.
OUTLET
SERVICE

Approved
2007-04-12
-Z2

REAKTOR UNIT
-X2
-X1

-L1

/89;8 / -T1_L1 113


Plant:
F2
F1
L1IN

Location:

3HAC024480-004

/89;8 / -T1_L2 114


F4
F3

UNITS
L2IN

Sublocation: +

/89;8 / -T1_L3 115


CONTACTOR
F6
F5

+ DM
8

L3IN

L1UT L2UT L3UT

00
= CAB

Rev. Ind
Next 84
Page 83

Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-T1_230V / /83;4 /83;7

-T1_115V / /83;4 /83;7

-T1_N / /83;4 /83;7


OPTION:
SERVICE OUTLET -184 4 3

SINGLE/DUAL CONTROL AWG16


We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CIRCUIT BREAKER
1 3
-F5

2 4
AWG16 BK

-183
-F4 1 3
EARTH FAULT
BREAKER

2 4

-185 1 2
-186 AWG16 GNYE AWG18

-X22

GND 1 2

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
OPTION : SERVICE OUTLET Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 84
Next 85
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-G1

-X2

UNIT
/90;2 / -+24V DRIVE BK

1
/90;2 / -0V DRIVE BN

AXIS COMP.
4
DRIVE POWER SUPPLY
/90;6 / -24V Drive sys RD

2
2

/90;6 / -0V Drive sys OG

DRIVE UNIT
5

MAIN SERVO

Approved by, date:


/88;2 / -+24V DRIVE;1 -463 AWG18 BU

UNIT
/88;2 / -0V DRIVE;1 -464 AWG18 BU

CONTACTOR
3

-X3
/88;2 / -+24V BRAKE;1 -465 AWG16 BU

1
/88;2 / -+24V BRAKE;2 -466 AWG16 BU

UNIT
/88;2 / -+24V COOL;1 -469 AWG16 BU

3
-F2

-467 AWG16 BU

CONTACTOR
/88;2 / -0V BRAKE;1
5
/88;2 / -0V BRAKE;2 -468 AWG16 BU
-X1

6
AWG16 GNYE

-470 AWG16 BU
4

/88;2 / -0V COOL;1


7

-152 AWG16 BK -2
1

1
2

AWG20 BU
-510 30
/94;3 / -+24V COOL;3 V
1/BK

-153 BK -156 -2 AC
5
14
11
3

BK
4

-511 AWG20 BU
30 1_
/94;3 / -+24V COOL;2 V D
AC C
2_ //
/94;3 / -0V COOL;3 -512 AWG20 BU D
83
;2

DRIVE UNIT
C
8
2/BK AWG16

MAIN SERVO
// /8
3;
-513 AWG20 BU 6

Lab/Office:
/94;3 / -0V COOL;2 83
;2
/8
3;
6
5

-X4

/90;2 / -5V_OUT BK
1

UNIT
/90;2 / -ACOK BN
2

/90;2 / -BRAKEOK RD
AXIS COMP.
3

FOR DUAL CABINET


/90;2 / -TEMPOK OG
4
-155
-154
6

-K41

A2
A1
AWG16 BK
AWG16 BK

POWER SUPPLY DSQC 626 AND 627


AWG16 GNYE

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06


-141
-140

AWG20 BU
AWG20 BU

2
1

Status:
-K41.X1

2
1
7

Document no.
Approved
2007-04-12
-GND_DM / /32;3

-0V;1 / /41;7

Plant:
-230V AC2_DM / /32;3
-230V AC1_DM / /32;3

-AC_ON1 / /41;7

Location:

3HAC024480-004
Sublocation: +
+ DM
8

00
A21.X7

= CAB.DC
MODULE
MODULE

CONTROL
CONTROL

PANEL BOARD

Next 86
Rev. Ind Page 85

Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-G1

-X2

UNIT
/90;2 / -+24V DRIVE BK

1
/90;2 / -0V DRIVE BN

AXIS COMP.
4
/90;6 / -24V Drive sys RD

2
DRIVE POWER SUPPLY
/90;6 / -0V Drive sys OG

DRIVE UNIT
5

MAIN SERVO
2

/88;2 / -+24V DRIVE;1 -_463 AWG16 BU

UNIT

Approved by, date:


/88;2 / -0V DRIVE;1 -_464 AWG16 BU

CONTACTOR
-X3
/88;2 / -+24V BRAKE;1 -_465 AWG16 BU

1
3

/88;2 / -+24V BRAKE;2 -_466 AWG16 BU

2
/88;2 / -+24V COOL;1 -_469 AWG16 BU

3
/88;2 / -0V BRAKE;1 -_467 AWG16 BU

UNIT
/88;2 / -0V BRAKE;2 -_468 AWG16 BU
6

-_470 AWG16 BU

CONTACTOR
/88;2 / -0V COOL;1
7
-PE1

/94;3 / -+24V COOL;3 -_510 AWG20 BU


-X1

4
AWG16 GNYE

-511 AWG20
BU
4

/94;3 / -+24V COOL;2


1

/94;3 / -0V COOL;3 -_512 AWG20 BU


8
5

BU

/94;3 / -0V COOL;2 -513 AWG20

DRIVE UNIT
MAIN SERVO

Lab/Office:
-153
-152

-X4

/90;2 / -5V_OUT BK
1
AWG16 BK
AWG16 BK
5

/90;2 / -ACOK BN
2

UNIT
/90;2 / -BRAKEOK RD
3

AXIS COMP.
/90;2 / -TEMPOK OG
4

FOR SINGLE CABINET


6

-XT16
L1

/36;4 / -230V AC1;1 -181 AWG16 BK


POWER SUPPLY DSQC 626 AND 627
L1
-F2

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06

/36;2 / -230V AC1;2 -308 AWG16 BK


L1

/33;3 / -230V AC1;3 -177 AWG16 BK


L1
JUMPER

L1

Status:
CROSS CONNECTION 230V

-2
7

L1
2

30
V
1/BK

Document no.
Approved

-2 AC
L2
3

30 1_
V SC
2007-04-12

AC ;
L2

2_ 2 / /
SC 83
2/BK AWG16

/36;4 / -230V AC2;1 -182 AWG16 BK ;2 ;1


/8
L2

//
83 3;6
/36;2 / -230V AC2;2 -309 AWG16 BK ;1
Plant:

/8
L2

3;
6
JUMPER

Location:

3HAC024480-004

/33;3 / -230V AC2;3 -178 AWG16 BK


L2

Sublocation: +
L2

+ DM
8

00
= CAB.SC

Next 87
Rev. Ind Page 86

Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-G2
/90;2 / -+24V DRIVE AWG20 BK

Latest revision:
/90;2 / -0V DRIVE BN
1

Prepared by, date:


/90;6 / -24V Drive sys RD

2
-X3
/90;6 / -0V Drive sys OG

BOARDS
5
24V SYS

CONTACTOR
AXIS / DRIVE /
/88;2 / -+24V DRIVE;1 -463 AWG18 BU

3
POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD
/88;2 / -0V DRIVE;1 -464 AWG18 BU

6
-G1

/37;1 / -24V I/O;1 -247 AWG16 BU

1
2

DC INPUT
-X1
-X2

-X4
AWG12 BU

I/O
24V I/O
/37;2 / -0V I/O;1 -248 AWG16 BU

3
1
1

Approved by, date:


CUSTOMER
POWER SUPPLY

4
2
2

3
4

/88;2 / -+24V BRAKE;1 -466 AWG16 BU

1
-X1

4
3

/88;2 / -+24V BRAKE;2 -465 AWG16 BU

2
AWG16 GNYE
3

/88;2 / -+24V COOL;1 -469 AWG16 BU

3
3

4
-X5
5

UNIT
/88;2 / -0V BRAKE;1 -467 AWG16 BU

5
-X3

CONTACTOR
SIGNAL
AWG20 BU

INPUT
-X2

/88;2 / -0V BRAKE;2 -468 AWG16 BU


24V BRAKE / COOL

6
3
3

/88;2 / -0V COOL;1 -470 AWG16 BU


-153
-152

7
4
4

8
AWG16 BK
AWG16 BK

/38;2 / -24V SYS -250 AWG18 BU


1
4

/38;2 / -24V COOL -252 AWG18 BU


2
3
4

/50;2 / -24V PC;1 -301 AWG18


CROSS CONNECTION 230V
-XT16

Lab/Office:
/50;2 / -24V PC;2 -302 AWG18
6
L2

PC
-X6

/38;2 / -0V SYS -251 AWG18 BU


7
L2

PANELBOARD,
5

/38;2 / -0V COOL -253 AWG18 BU -309 BK -230V AC2;11 / /37;8


AWG16
8
L2

24V SYS, COOL, PC

-158 BK -230V AC2;12 / /37;3


AWG16
9
L2

JUMPER

-_158 BK -230V AC2;13 / /37;4


AWG16
L2

10

/50;2 / -0V PC;1 -303 AWG18


L2

11

/50;2 / -0V PC;2 -304 AWG18


L1

12

FOR SINGLE CABINET


L1

-308 BK -230V AC1;11 / /37;8


6

AWG16
L1

-157 BK -230V AC1;12 / /37;2


AWG16
-G3
L1

JUMPER

-_157 BK -230V AC1;13 / /37;4


AWG16
-X1
L1

POWER SUPPLY DSQC 661 AND 662

24V CHARGE
1
1

24V CHARGE
2
2
L1

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06

N.C.
3
3

N.C.
4
4

N.C.
-X7

5
5

0V
6
6

0V
ENERGY BANK
7
7

Status:

+SENSE
8
8

N.C.
ENERGY BANK
7

9
9
-F2

N.C.
Document no.
Approved
10
10

2007-04-12

/51;6 / -USB2 +5V 2/RD -2


1

1
2

1/WH
30
/51;6 / -USB2 D- V
Plant:
1/BK

-X8

/51;6 / -USB2 D+ 1/GN AC


USB

-2
MAIN

Location:
3
3

3HAC024480-004
4

2/BK
30 1_
/51;6 / -USB2_GND V
2/BK

SC
4

COMPUTER

AC ;
2_ 1 / /
SC 83
;1 ;1
+ DM
8

00

/8
AWG16

AWG20 BK
//
/94;3 / -+24V COOL;3
Sublocation: + SLO.1

83 3;5
1

RD ;1
= CAB.SC

/94;3 / -+24V COOL;2 /8


-X9

/94;3 / -0V COOL;3 BN 3;


FAN

UNIT

6
DRIVE

/94;3 / -0V COOL;2 OG


MAIN FAN
4

Next 88
Rev. Ind Page 87

Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTACTOR UNIT
-A43 -X5
PTC1 -PTC1 / /112;3 /132;3 /152;3 /172;2
1 /122;3 /142;3 /162;3 /202;2
-X6
DRIVE /85;3 /87;2 /86;2 / -0V DRIVE;1
POWER 1 PTC1 ret -PTC1 ret / /112;3 /132;3 /152;3 /172;2
SUPPLY /85;3 /87;1 /86;2 / -+24V DRIVE;1 2 /122;3 /142;3 /162;3 /202;2
2
24VDrive
1 2 0V BRAKE -0V BRAKE;3 / /112;3 /132;3 /152;3 /172;2
24V 3
-X1 /122;3 /142;3 /162;3 /202;2
/41;7 / -RUN_CH1
CONTROL /41;7 / -RUN_CH1Ret 1 0V BRAKE -OV BRAKE;4 / /112;3 /132;3 /152;3 /172;2
MODULE /41;7 / -RUN_CH2 2 4 /122;3 /142;3 /162;3 /202;2
A21.X7 /41;7 / -RUN_CH2Ret 3
-X10 SINGLE CABINET
4 -386 -380
AWG20 BU 1 2 AWG20 BU -+24V COOL;4 / /178;2
-X22
LIM2 ch1 2 -387 -381
24VDrive 1 2
LIMIT LIM2 ch2 1 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU -0V COOL;4 / /178;2
RunCh2
SWITCH 2 3 1 -382
EXTERNAL LIM2 ch2 ret AWG20 BU -FAN1 ret / /178;2

AWG20 BU

AWG20 BU
LIM2 ch1 ret 4 3
AXIS OPTION :

-389

-388
2
-E4 INTERNAL FAN
24VDrive 4 -A43
-X23
-X10.2 -365 -X1
LIMIT 1 AWG20 BU
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

3 1 3

M
OVERRIDE -366
AWG20 BU

BRAKE CTRL
4 2 1

24V COOL
2

AWG24 BU

AWG24 BU
-X21 DUAL CABINET

-736

-737
LIMIT /142;3 /152;3 /162;3 / -A43-X21:1 LIM1 ch1
SWITCH 1 /142;3 /152;3 /162;3 / -A43-X21:3 LIM1 ch2 1
3 RunCh1 -A43
CONTROL 1)
/142;3 /152;3 /162;3 / -A43-X21:4 LIM1 ch2 ret LIM2 -731 -734 -X10.1
CABLE 1 2
/142;3 /152;3 /162;3 / -A43-X21:2 LIM1 ch1 ret 4 LIM1 AWG24 BU AWG24 BU -+24V COOL;4 / /177;1

0V COOL
1) Jumper if not used 2 -732 -735 2
AWG24 BU 1 2 AWG24 BU -0V COOL;4 / /177;1
-X1
CONTROL /41;7 / -ENABLE2_1 -733 1

MODULE /41;7 / -ENABLE2_1Ret 5 INTERLOCKING AWG24 BU -FAN1 ret / /177;1

/89;2 / -0V COOL;6

/89;2 / -BRAKE
A21.X7 /41;7 / -SPEED 6 3
/41;7 / -0V 7 -+24V COOL;5 / /177;1
8 -0V COOL;5 / /177;1

PAN_CH1
24V COOL
/90;2 / -RS485+ -X4 -FAN2 ret / /177;1

0V COOL
BU
AXIS /90;2 / -RS485- WHBU 4 K2
COMPUTER /90;2 / -0V ENABLE2 OG 5 RunCh1 K1 -X11
/90;2 / -ENABLE2 WHOG 7 -383 AWG20 BU -+24V COOL;5 / /178;2
8 RunCh2 2
-384 AWG20 BU -0V COOL;5 / /178;2
-X7

24V COOL
/85;3 /87;3 /86;3 / -+24V BRAKE;2

0V COOL
1

PAN_CH2
1 -385 AWG20 BU -FAN2 ret / /178;2
/85;4 /87;4 /86;4 / -0V COOL;1 3
DRIVE 2 SINGLE CABINET
POWER /85;4 /87;3 /86;3 / -+24V COOL;1 4
/89;4 / -LOCK1A
/89;4 / -LOCK2B

/89;3 / -SELF1
/89;4 / -SELF2

/89;1 / -0V COOL;6

/89;2 / -RCH1

3
SUPPLY -P1
/85;3 /87;3 /86;3 / -+24V BRAKE;1
-X12 OPTION :

/89;2 / -0V COOL;6

/89;3 / -RCH2
4 -491 AWG20 BU +24V
+ +
/85;4 /87;3 /86;4 / -0V BRAKE;2 1 DUTY
-492 TIME
/85;4 /87;3 /86;3 / -0V BRAKE;1
5
2
AWG20 BU
h COUNTER
6 0V
- -

CONTINUATION NEXT PAGE

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTACTOR BOARD Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 88
Next 89
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-A43

-X8

-K42
-471 AWG20 BU -0V COOL;6 / /88;4

2
-472 AWG20 BU -RCH1 / /88;5

A2
A1
CONTACTOR UNIT

-K44
-473 AWG20 BU -0V COOL;6 / /88;6
2

-474 AWG20 BU -BRAKE / /88;6


5

A2
A1

Approved by, date:


-K43
-475 AWG20 BU -0V COOL;6 / /88;5
4

-476 AWG20 BU -RCH2 / /88;5


3

A2
A1
-X3

-451 AWG20 BU
24V

-452 AWG20 BU BRAKE_FB


3

1
2
6

-479 AWG20 BU 0V
5

-493 AWG20 BU -480 AWG20 BU -SELF1 / /88;4


44
43
4

-481 AWG20 BU

-H1
24V

10

STATUS DIOD
-494 AWG20 BU -482 AWG20 BU

DUAL CABINET
-SELF2 / /88;4
44
43
9

-483 AWG20 BU LOCK1B


3

22
21

-484 AWG20 BU -LOCK1A / /88;4


2
4

-485 AWG20 BU LOCK2A


7

22
21

-486 AWG20 BU -LOCK2B / /88;4


8

EXT MON 1A
EXTCONT
EXT MON 1B &
-X24

34
33

EXT MON 2A

Lab/Office:
3

CUSTOMER
CONNECTION

EXT MON 2B 0V
4

34
33
5
5

24V

PTC2
-XS/XP40
1

AWG16 BU
-EXT. LAMP
/202;2
/172;2
/162;3
/152;3
/142;3
/132;3
/122;3
/112;3

-445
1

POWER UNIT
PTC2 0V
2

-490

SERVO DISCONNECTOR
-X9

AWG16 BU BU BU AWG16 BU
-BRAKEREL1
/202;2
/172;2
/162;3
/152;3
/142;3
/132;3
/122;3
/112;3

-447 -489 -487 24V BRAKE


4
3
6

14
13
13
14

2
1

-477 AWG16 BU 24V BRAKE


2

-448 AWG16 BU
3

CONTROL CABLE AND

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06


-BRAKEREL2
/202;2
/172;2
/162;3
/152;3
/142;3
/132;3
/122;3
/112;3

OPTION: EXTERNAL AXIS

AWG16 BU AWG16 BU
Status:

-446 -488 BRAKE PB


4
3

22
21

-BRAKEPB
/202;2
/172;2
/162;3
/152;3
/142;3
/132;3
/122;3
/112;3
7

Document no.
Approved

AWG16 BU
2007-04-12

/ -EXTBRAKEREL -449
6
5

-450 AWG16 BU
/ -EXTBRAKEPB
6

Plant:
-F1

Location:

3HAC024480-004
Sublocation: +

/93;4 / -L12 -128 AWG10 BK -122 BK -119 AWG10 BK -T1_L1 / /83;2 /83;8
+ DM
8

2
1
2
1
I>
2
1

00
= CAB

Rev. Ind

/93;5 / -L22 -129 AWG10 BK -123 BK -120 AWG10 BK -T1_L2 / /83;2 /83;8
4
3
4
3
I>
4
3

AWG10 BK BK AWG10 BK
RECTIFIER

/93;5 / -L32 -130 -124 -121 -T1_L3 / /83;3 /83;8


6
5
6
5
I>
6
5

Next 90
Page 89

Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE POWER /92;2 / -0V DRIVE;2 -725 AWG20 BK

SUPPLY
/92;2 / -+24V DRIVE;2 -726 AWG20 BK
EPS AXIS COMPUTER BOARD MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT
A44-X1 POWER SUPPLY EPS/ AXC -A42 -A41.1
-A42-X1
1
2
-X1
DRIVE POWER /85;2 /87;1 /86;1 / -0V DRIVE
SUPPLY 1
/85;1 /87;1 /86;1 / -+24V DRIVE
2
-X11
1/BK
-X1
+FRAME RECEIVER
1 1
1/BN -FRAME RECEIVER
-X10
/85;5 /86;5 / -5V_OUT BK 2 2
1 2/BK +CLK RECEIVER
DRIVE POWER /85;5 /86;5 / -ACOK BN 6 6

SUPPLY 2 2/RD -CLK RECEIVER


/85;6 /86;5 / -BRAKEOK RD 7 7
3 3/BK +DATA RECEIVER
/85;6 /86;5 / -TEMPOK OG 11 11
4 3/OG -DATA RECEIVER
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

12 12
4/BK +FRAME TRANSMITTER
3 3
1) 4/YE -FRAME TRANSMITTER
AWG24 WHOG -X2
/50;7 / -TX+ 4 4
CONTROL 1 5/BK +CLK TRANSMITTER
MODULE /50;7 / -TX- OG 8 8
2 5/GN -CLK TRANSMITTER
A31.A9
/50;7 / -RX+ WHGN 9 9
MAIN
3 6/BK +DATA TRANSMITTER
COMPUTER /50;7 / -RX- GN 13 13
6 6/BU -DATA TRANSMITTER
14 14
/92;6 / -A44-TX+ 7/BK GND
OPTION : 5 5

EPS /92;6 / -A44-TX- 7/VT +5V TRANCIVER SUPPLY


10 10
A44-X4
/92;6 / -A44-RX+ 8/BK GND
15 15
/92;6 / -A44-RX-
-X6
/88;2 / -RS485+
4
CONTACTOR /88;2 / -RS485-
UNIT 5 -X3
/88;2 / -0V ENABLE2 /85;2 /87;1 /86;2 / -0V Drive sys
7 1
/88;2 / -ENABLE2 /85;2 /87;1 /86;2 / -24V Drive sys
8 2

-X9
RXD
2
1) No connection to main computer if EPS is connected TXD
3
0V
5

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
AXIS COMPUTER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 90
Next 91
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OPTION : EPS
-A44
See page 92
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD
-A42

-X4
MRCO1 -MRCO1 / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3
1 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3

MRCO1_N -MRCO1_N / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3


2 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3

1) MRCI1 -MRCI1 / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3


4 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3
-X8
GND_O2
1 MRCI1_N -MRCI1_N / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3 CONTROL
24V_EXT2 5 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3 SIGNAL
2
0V -MRC_0V;1 / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3
3 6 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3
IN 2
4 24V_SMB1 -24V_SMB1 / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3
7 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

5
IN 1 0V -MRC_0V;2 / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3
6 3 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3
GND_01
PROCESS I/O 7 0V -MRC_0V;3 / /202;2 /162;3 /142;3 /122;3
24V_EXT1 9 /172;2 /152;3 /132;3 /112;3
8
OUT 2
9

10 DRIVE
GND_I2 MODULE
11

-X5 -XS41
12 MRCO2
GND_I1 1 A
13 MRCO2_N
2 B
14 MRCI2
OUT 1 4 C
15 MRCI2_N EXT. AXIS
5 D SIGNAL
0V
6 E
24V_SMB2
7 F
0V
3 G
0V
9 J

1) -X8 ONLY ON DSQC 635

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
AXIS COMPUTER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 91
Next 92
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OPTION : EPS DSQC 646


-A44
-X4
AWG24
WHOG -A44-TX+ / /90;2
-X1 1
DRIVE POWER /90;2 / -0V DRIVE;2 OG -A44-TX- / /90;2 AXIS
SUPPLY 1 2 COMPUTER
/90;2 / -+24V DRIVE;2 WHGN -A44-RX+ / /90;2 BOARD
2 3
A43-X2
GN -A44-RX- / /90;2
4

-X6
MRCO1
-X3 1
AWG24
/50;7 / -TX+ WHOG MRCO1-N
CONTROL 1 2

MODULE /50;7 / -TX- OG MRCI1


2 4
A31.A9
/50;7 / -RX+ WHGN MRCI1-N CONTROL
MAIN
3 5 SIGNAL
COMPUTER /50;7 / -RX- GN 0V XS2
6 6
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

24V-SMB1
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

7
0V
3
0V
9

-X5 -X9
MRCO1 +24V
1 1
MRCO1-N 0V
2 2
MRCI1 UT1A
AXIS 4 3

COMPUTER MRCI1-N UT1B


5 4
BOARD
0V UT2A
A43-X4
6 5
24V-SMB1 UT2B PROCESS I/O
7 6
0V UT3A
3 7
0V UT3B
9 8
UT4A
9
UT4B
10
UT5A
11
UT5B
12
IN1A
13
IN1B
14

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
EPS Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 92
Next 93
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTACTOR UNIT

-L12 / /89;8

-L22 / /89;8

-L32 / /89;8

AWG10 GNYE
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT RECTIFIER
-A41.1 -A41.2 BLEEDER
-X32 1 2 3 4

-X33 -132 AWG12 BK


We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-192
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

1 GNYE
1 AWG12
-X2 -X30
Spare 1/BK -R1.1
Spare 1 1/BN 1
2
+24V 2 2/BK 2
0V 6 2/RD 6 -133 AWG12 BK
DATA_TO_DRIVE 7 3/BK 7 2
DATA_TO_DRIVE_N 11 3/OG 11
ENABLE 12 4/BK 12
ENABLE_N 3 4/YE 3
CLK 4 6/BU 4
CLK_N 8 5/GN 8
DATA_TO_RECT 9 5/BK 9
CAPACITOR UNIT
13 6/BK 13
-A41.3
DATA_TO_RECT_N
0V 14 7/BK 14
7/VT
-X31 -69 AWG20 BU
-X34
+5V 5 5
10 10 1 1
-70 AWG20 BU
2 2
-71 AWG20 BU
3 3
-72 AWG20 BU
4 4

DC-BUSBAR

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
RECTIFIER AND BLEEDER Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 93
Next 94
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FAN UNIT
-E1
-E1.XP2 -E1.XS2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-XS1 -354
/85;4 /87;8 /86;4 / -+24V COOL;2
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

RD AWG24 BU
3 3 AWG24 3
/85;4 /87;8 /86;4 / -+24V COOL;3 BK -350 AWG24 BU
1 1 1
-E41 -X1 -E42 -X1 -E43 -X1 -E44 -X1
1 1 1 1

+
-X1 -X1 -X1
-X1
DRIVE POWER M M M M
SUPPLY 2 2 2 2

- - - -

-X1 3 -X1 3 -X1 3 -X1 3

/85;4 /87;8 /86;4 / -0V COOL;3 BN -351 AWG24 BU


2 2 2
/85;5 /87;8 /86;4 / -0V COOL;2 OG -355 AWG24 BU
4 4 4

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
FAN UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 94
Next 95
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 7


MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT
-A41.1 -A41.1.3

-X7 -X20
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

12 12
13 13
14 14
16 16
17 17
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
15 15
23 23
18 18
24 24
25 25
26 26

DC-BUSBAR

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 7 Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 95
Next 96
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 8


MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT
-A41.1 -A41.1.4

-X8 -X20
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26

DC-BUSBAR

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 8 Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 96
Next 97
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 9

MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT


-A41.1 -A41.1.5

-X9 -X20
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
16 16
17 17
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
15 15
23 23
18 18
24 24
25 25
26 26

DC-BUSBAR

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
ADDITIONAL AXIS 1-3, DRIVE UNIT NO 9 Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 97
Next 98
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT


-A41.1.3 -XS/XP7
-X21 -4000
R AWG12 BK
1 A1
R -4001 AWG12 BK
2 A2
T -4002 AWG12 BK
3 A3
T -4003 AWG12 BK
4 A4
S -4004 AWG12 BK
5 A5
S -4005 AWG12 BK
6 A6

CONTACTOR UNIT
-A43
-X24 -4013
PTC AWG16 BU
1 E1
PTC 0V -4014 AWG16 BU
2 E2

3 E3
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 E4

5 E5

6 E6
0V BRAKE -4012 AWG16 BU
F9

F10

F11
-X22 -4006
LIM2 ch1 AWG16 BU
1 F1
LIM2 ch1 ret -4007 AWG16 BU
2 F4
LIM2 ch2 -4008 AWG16 BU
3 F2
LIM2 ch2 ret -4009 AWG16 BU
4 F3

-XS40 EXT.LAMP
-445
1 -447 BRAKE REL F5
2 -448 BRAKE REL

3 -446 BRAKE PB F6
4 BRAKE REL. +24V -4010 AWG16 BU
5 BRAKE PB -4011 AWG16 BU F7
6
DRIVE MODULE F8

X40 -XP40 AWG16 BU AWG10 GNYE


1
AWG16 BU
2
AWG16 BU
3
AWG16 BU
4

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
EXTERNAL AXIS no 7 Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.1
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 98
Next 99
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT


-A41.1.4
FOR 8 AXIS

-XS/XP7
-X21 -4000
R BK
1 B1
R -4001 BK
2 B2
T -4002 BK
3 B3
T -4003 BK
4 B4
S -4004 BK
5 B5
S -4005 BK
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

6 B6

SINGLE SERVO DRIVE UNIT


-A41.1.5
FOR 9 AXIS
ONLY
IRB140, 260, 340
IRB1400, 2400 -XS/XP7
-X21 -4000
R BK
1 C1
R -4001 BK
2 C2
T -4002 BK
3 C3
T -4003 BK
4 C4
S -4004 BK
5 C5
S -4005 BK
6 C6

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
EXTERNAL AXIS no 8 - 9 Approved
Sublocation: + SLO.2
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 99
Next 110
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB140 cabinet module


Sublocation +140
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 140 CABINET MODULE Approved
Sublocation: + 140
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 110
Next 111
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-A41.1

=MAN+R1-MP 1-3
-XS/XP1
-X17

M3R BUGN -_400 AWG14 BK


1

13
A1
M3S BURD -_402 AWG14 BK
2

17
A3
M3T BUWH -_404 AWG14 BK
2

15
A5
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT

M1T BKRD -_410 AWG14 BK


4

3
A11

Approved by, date:


M1S BKGN -_408 AWG14 BK
5

5
A9
M1R BKBU -_406 AWG14 BK
6

1
A7
DC-BUSBAR
3

=MAN+R1-MP 4-6
-X18

M6R BN -_418 AWG14 BK


1

6
B3

M6S GNRD -_420 AWG14 BK


2

9
B4

M6T GNWH -_422 AWG14 BK


3

12
B5

M4T BNBU -_432 AWG14 BK


4

3
B11

M4S BNBK -_430 AWG14 BK


5

2
4

B10

M4R BU -_428 AWG14 BK


6

1
B9

Lab/Office:
-X19

M2R BKWH -_412 AWG14 BK


1

7
A13

M2S BK -_414 AWG14 BK


2

11
A15
5

M2T BUBK -_416 AWG14 BK


3

9
B1

IRB 140
M5T BNWH -_426 AWG14 BK
4

10
B8

M5S BNRD -_425 AWG14 BK


5

7
B7

M5R BNGN -_424 AWG14 BK


6

4
B6

SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM


AWG10 GNYE
6

AWG10 GNYE
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2007-04-12
Location:

3HAC024480-004
MANIPULATOR
DRIVE MODULE

+ DM
8

Sublocation: + 140

00
= CAB

Rev. Ind

Total 146
Next 112
Page 111
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE MANIPULATOR
MODULE

=MAN+R2-SMB
-XS/XP2
/91;6 / -MRCO1 WH SDI
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N A BU 9 SDI-N
/91;6 / -MRCI1 B WH 5 SDO
/91;6 / -MRCI1_N C OG 8 SDO-N
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 D WH 4 0V SERIAL
A42-X4 E WH 3 MEASUREMENT
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 GN 24V BOARD
F BN 7
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2
G
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 H
J GY BATSUP
K RD 6 BATLD
L 2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=MAN+R1-H1
-_433 -XS/XP1
/89;5 AWG16 OG

-EXT. LAMP C7 1 =MAN+R1-MP 4-6


DRIVE MODULE /89;7 -_434 AWG16 BU OGWH

X40 -BRAKEPB B16 15


/89;6 -_435 AWG16 BU GYBK

-BRAKEREL1 B12 8
/89;6 -_436 AWG16 BU GYBU

-BRAKEREL2 B13 5

/88;7 -_438 AWG16 BU GYGN

/ -OV BRAKE;4 B14 13


CONTACTOR UNIT /88;7 -_439 AWG16 BU OGBU

A43-X5 / -PTC1 C2 11
=MAN+R1-MP 1-3
/88;7 -_440 AWG16 BU OGBK

/ -PTC1 ret C1 2
/88;7 -_437 AWG16 BU OGRD

/ -0V BRAKE;3 B15 14

GYWH
D2 10
GYRD
D1 16
GY
D3 18
OGGN
D4 12

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 140
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 112
IRB 140
Next 113
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE MANIPULATOR
IRB 140

Customer
Connection

-XS/XP5
-XP/XT5 =MAN+R1-CS
-625 AWG24 OG CSA
1 B5 1
-626 AWG24 OG CSB
2 C5 9
-627 AWG24 OG CSC
3 D5 2
-628 AWG24 OG CSD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 A6 10
-629 AWG24 OG CSE
5 B6 3
-630 AWG24 OG CSF
6 C6 11
-631 AWG24 OG CSG
7 D6 4
-632 AWG24 OG CSH
8 A7 12
-633 AWG24 OG CSJ
9 B7 5
-634 AWG24 OG CSK
10 C7 13
-635 AWG24 OG CSL
11 D7 6
-636 AWG24 OG CSM
12 A8 14

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 140
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 113
DUAL CABINET
Next 114
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 140 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE MANIPULATOR
IRB 140

Customer
Connection

-XS/XP5
-708
-XP/XT5 AWG24
=MAN+R1-CS
BK CSA
1 B5 1
BN CSB
2 C5 9
RD CSC
3 D5 2
OG CSD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 A6 10
YE CSE
5 B6 3
GN CSF
6 C6 11
BU CSG
7 D6 4
VT CSH
8 A7 12
GY CSJ
9 B7 5
WH CSK
10 C7 13
WH/BK CSL
11 D7 6
WH/BN CSM
12 A8 14

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 140
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 114
SINGLE CABINET
Next 120
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 140 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB340 cabinet module


Sublocation +340
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 340 CABINET MODULE Approved
Sublocation: + 340
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 120
Next 121
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


2

-A41.1

Approved by, date:


=MAN+R1-MP 1-3
-XS/XP1
-X17

BKWH M2R -_400 AWG16 BK


1

9
A11
BK M2S -_402 AWG16 BK
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT

11
A9
BUBK M2T -_404 AWG16 BK
3

7
A7
BKRD M1T -_410 AWG16 BK
4

=MAN+R1-MP 4-6
A5
BKGN M1S -_408 AWG16 BK
5

1
B3
BKBU M1R -_406 AWG16 BK
6

2
B4
4

-X19
DC-BUSBAR

BUGN M3R -_418 AWG16 BK


1

9
B10

BURD M3S -_420 AWG16 BK


2

6
B9

BUWH M3T -_422 AWG16 BK


3

10
B8

BNBU M4T -_416 AWG16 BK


4

Lab/Office:
13
A13

BNBK M4S -_414 AWG16 BK


5

17
A15

BU M4R -_412 AWG16 BK


6

15
B1
5

IRB 340
AWG10 GNYE

AWG10 GNYE

SERVO DRIVE UNITS


6

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06


Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
DRIVE MODULE

2007-04-12
MANIPULATOR

Plant:
Location:

3HAC024480-004
+ DM
8

Sublocation: + 340

00
= CAB

Rev. Ind

Total 146
Next 122
Page 121
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE MODULE MANIPULATOR

=MAN+R2-SMB
-XS/XP2
/91;6 / -MRCO1 SDI
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N A 9 SDI-N
/91;6 / -MRCI1 B 5 SDO
/91;6 / -MRCI1_N C 8 SDO-N
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 D 4 0V SERIAL
A42-X4 E 3 MEASUREMENT
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 24V BOARD
F 7
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2
G
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 H
J BATSUP
K 6 BATLD
L 2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=MAN+R1-H1
-_433 -XS/XP1
/89;5 AWG16 BU GY

-EXT. LAMP C7 1
-_434 =MAN+R1-MP 4-6
/89;7 AWG16 BU GNWH
DRIVE MODULE -BRAKEPB B16 15

X40 /89;6 -_435 AWG16 BU BNRD

-BRAKEREL1 B12 8
/89;6 -_436 AWG16 BU BNGN

-BRAKEREL2 B13 5

/88;7 -_438 AWG16 BU BNWH

/ -OV BRAKE;4 B14 13


CONTACTOR UNIT /88;7 -_439 AWG16 BU BN

A43-X5 / -PTC1 C2 11
-_440 =MAN+R1-MP 1-3
/88;7 AWG16 BU GYBK

/ -PTC1 ret C1 2
/88;7 -_437 AWG16 BU GNRD

/ -0V BRAKE;3 B15 14

GYBU
D2 10
GYRD
D1 16
GYWH
D3 18
GYGN
D4 12

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 340
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 122
IRB 340
Next 123
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 340

-XS/XP5
-XP/XT5
-625 =MAN+R1-CS
AWG24 OG CSA
1 B5 A
-626 AWG24 OG CSB
2 C5 B
-627 AWG24 OG CSC
3 D5 C
-628 AWG24 OG CSD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 A6 D
-629 AWG24 OG CSE
5 B6 E
-630 AWG24 OG CSF
6 C6 F
-631 AWG24 OG CSG
7 D6 G
-632 AWG24 OG CSH
8 A7 H
-633 AWG24 OG CSJ
9 B7 J
-634 AWG24 OG CSK
10 C7 K
-635 AWG24 OG CSL
11 D7 L
-636 AWG24 OG CSM
12 A8 M

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 340
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 123
DUAL CABINET
Next 124
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 340 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 340

-XS/XP5
-708
-XP/XT5 AWG24
=MAN+R1-CS
BK CSA
1 B5 A
BN CSB
2 C5 B
RD CSC
3 D5 C
OG CSD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 A6 D
YE CSE
5 B6 E
GN CSF
6 C6 F
BU CSG
7 D6 G
VT CSH
8 A7 H
GY CSJ
9 B7 J
WH CSK
10 C7 K
WH/BK CSL
11 D7 L
WH/BN CSM
12 A8 M

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 340
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 124
SINGLE CABINET
Next 130
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 340 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB1400 cabinet module


Sublocation +1400
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 1400 CABINET MODULE Approved
Sublocation: + 1400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 130
Next 131
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-A41.1

=MAN+R1-MP
-XS/XP1
-X17
M1R BKBU -_400 AWG14 BK

A1
A1
M1S BKGN -_402 AWG14 BK
2

A2
A3
M1T BKRD -_404 AWG14 BK
2

A3
A5
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT

M2T BUBK -_410 AWG14 BK


4

D2
A11

Approved by, date:


M2S BK -_408 AWG14 BK
5

A9

D1
M2R BKWH -_406 AWG14 BK
6

A4
A7
3

-X18

M4R BU -_418 AWG14 BK


1

B3

A10
M4S BNBK -_420 AWG14 BK
DC-BUSBAR

A9
B4
M4T BNBU -_422 AWG14 BK
3

A8
B5

M6T GNWH -_432 AWG14 BK


4

B10
B11

M6S GNRD -_430 AWG14 BK


5
4

D7
B10

M6R BN -_428 AWG14 BK


6

B9

D8

Lab/Office:
-X19

M3R BUGN -_412 AWG14 BK


1

D3
A13

M3S BURD -_414 AWG14 BK


2

D4
A15
5

M3T BUWH -_416 AWG14 BK


3

B1
B1

M5T BNWH -_426 AWG14 BK

IRB 1400
4

B8

D9

M5S BNRD -_425 AWG14 BK


5

B7

D10

M5R BNGN -_424 AWG14 BK


6

A7
B6

SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM


AWG10 GNYE
6

AWG10 GNYE
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
DRIVE MODULE

2007-04-12
MANIPULATOR

Plant:
Location:

3HAC024480-004
+ DM
8

00
= CAB

Sublocation: + 1400
Rev. Ind

Total 146
Next 132
Page 131
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE MODULE MANIPULATOR

=MAN+R1-SMB
-XS/XP2
/91;6 / -MRCO1 SDI
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N A A SDI-N
/91;6 / -MRCI1 B B SDO
/91;6 / -MRCI1_N C C SDO-N
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 D D 0V SERIAL
A42-X4 E E MEASUREMENT
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 24V BOARD
F F
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2
G G
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 H H 0V
J J BATSUP
K K BATLD
L L
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=MAN+R1-MP
-_433 -XS/XP1
/89;5 AWG16 OG

-EXT. LAMP C7 C7
/89;7 -_434 AWG16 BU OGWH
DRIVE MODULE -BRAKEPB B16 B8

X40 /89;6 -_435 AWG16 BU GYBK

-BRAKEREL1 B12 C9
/89;6 -_436 AWG16 BU GYBU

-BRAKEREL2 B13 C8

/88;7 -_438 AWG16 BU GYGN

/ -OV BRAKE;4 B14 C10


CONTACTOR UNIT /88;7 -_439 AWG16 BU OGBU

A43-X5 / -PTC1 C2 B9
/88;7 -_440 AWG16 BU OGBK

/ -PTC1 ret C1 B2
/88;7 -_437 AWG16 BU OGRD

/ -0V BRAKE;3 B15 B7

GYWH
D2 B3
GYRD
D1 B4
GY
D3 C2
OGGN
D4 C1

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 1400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 132
IRB 1400
Next 133
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 1400

-XS/XP5
-XP/XT5 =MAN+R1-CS
-625 AWG24 OG CSA
1 B5 A
-626 AWG24 OG CSB
2 C5 B
-627 AWG24 OG CSC
3 D5 C
-628 AWG24 OG CSD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 A6 D
-629 AWG24 OG CSE
5 B6 E
-630 AWG24 OG CSF
6 C6 F
-631 AWG24 OG CSG
7 D6 G
-632 AWG24 OG CSH
8 A7 H
-633 AWG24 OG CSJ
9 B7 J
-634 AWG24 OG CSK
10 C7 K
-635 AWG24 OG CSL
11 D7 L
-636 AWG24 OG CSM
12 A8 M

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER SIGNALS Approved
Sublocation: + 1400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 133
DUAL CABINET
Next 134
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 1400

-XS/XP5
-XP/XT5 =MAN+R1-CS
-708
AWG24 BK CSA
1 B5 A
BN CSB
2 C5 B
RD CSC
3 D5 C
OG CSD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 A6 D
YE CSE
5 B6 E
GN CSF
6 C6 F
BU CSG
7 D6 G
VT CSH
8 A7 H
GY CSJ
9 B7 J
WH CSK
10 C7 K
WH/BK CSL
11 D7 L
WH/BN CSM
12 A8 M

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER SIGNALS Approved
Sublocation: + 1400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 134
SINGLE CABINET
Next 135
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 1400

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8 =MAN+R1-SW
-601 OG
1 A A
-602 OG
2 B B
-603 OG
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-604
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG
4 D D
-605 OG
5 E E
-606 OG
6 F F
-607 OG
7 J J
-608 OG
8 K K
-609 OG
9 L L
-610 OG
10 M M
-611 OG
11 G G
-612 OG
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCHES Approved
Sublocation: + 1400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 135
DUAL CABINET
Next 136
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 1400

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8 =MAN+R1-SW
-705
AWG24 BK
1 A A
BN
2 B B
RD
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG
4 D D
YE
5 E E
GN
6 F F
BU
7 J J
VT
8 K K
GY
9 L L
WH
10 M M
WH/BK
11 G G
WH/BN
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCHES Approved
Sublocation: + 1400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 136
SINGLE CABINET
Next 140
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB1600 cabinet module


Sublocation +1600
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 1600 CABINET MODULE Approved
Sublocation: + 1600
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 140
Next 141
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-A41.1

0,00
32

=MAN+R1-MP
-XS/XP1
-X17
M1R BKBU -_400 AWG14 BK
1

A1
A1
M1S BKGN -_402 AWG14 BK
2

A2
A3
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT

M1T BKRD -_404 AWG14 BK


2

A3
A5
M2T BUBK -_410 AWG14 BK
4

D2
A11

Approved by, date:


M2S BK -_408 AWG14 BK
5

A9

D1
M2R BKWH -_406 AWG14 BK
6

A4
A7
3

-X18

M4R BU -_418 AWG14 BK


1

B3

A10
M4S BNBK -_420 AWG14 BK
2

A9
B4
BNBU AWG14 BK
DC-BUSBAR

M4T -_422
3

A8
B5

M6T GNWH -_432 AWG14 BK


4

B10
B11

M6S GNRD -_430 AWG14 BK


5
4

D7
B10

M6R BN -_428 AWG14 BK


6

B9

D8

Lab/Office:
-X19

M3R BUGN -_412 AWG14 BK


1

D3
A13

M3S BURD -_414 AWG14 BK


2

D4
A15
5

M3T BUWH -_416 AWG14 BK


3

B1
B1

M5T BNWH -_426 AWG14 BK

IRB 1600
4

B8

D9

M5S BNRD -_425 AWG14 BK


5

B7

D10

M5R BNGN -_424 AWG14 BK


6

A7
B6

SERVO DRIVE UNIT


AWG10 GNYE
6

AWG10 GNYE
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
2007-04-12
MANIPULATOR
DRIVE MODULE

Plant:
Location:

3HAC024480-004
+ DM
8

00
= CAB

Sublocation: + 1600
Rev. Ind

Total 146
Next 142
Page 141
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE MODULE MANIPULATOR

=MAN+R1-SMB
-XS/XP2
/91;6 / -MRCO1 SDI
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N A A SDI-N
/91;6 / -MRCI1 B B SDO
/91;6 / -MRCI1_N C C SDO-N
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 D D 0V SERIAL
A42-X4 E E MEASUREMENT
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 24V BOARD
F F
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2
G
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 H 0V
J J BATSUP
K K BATLD
L L
KEYPIN
M
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=MAN+R1-MP
-_433 -XS/XP1
/89;5 AWG16 BU OG

-EXT. LAMP C7 C7
/89;7 -_434 AWG16 BU OGWH
DRIVE MODULE -BRAKEPB B16 B8

X40 /89;6 -_435 AWG16 BU GYBK

-BRAKEREL1 B12 C9
/89;6 -_436 AWG16 BU GYBU

-BRAKEREL2 B13 C8

/88;7 -_438 AWG16 BU GYGN

/ -OV BRAKE;4 B14 C10


CONTACTOR UNIT /88;7 -_439 AWG16 BU OGBU

A43-X5 / -PTC1 C2 B9
/88;7 -_440 AWG16 BU OGBK

/ -PTC1 ret C1 B2
/88;7 -_437 AWG16 BU OGRD

/ -0V BRAKE;3 B15 B7

/88;2 / -A43-X21:2 LIM 1A -_441 AWG16 BU GYWH


D2 B3
CONTACTOR UNIT /88;2 / -A43-X21:4 LIM 2A -_442 AWG16 BU GYRD

A43-X21 D1 B4
/88;2 / -A43-X21:3 LIM 2B -_443 AWG16 BU GY
D3 C2
/88;2 / -A43-X21:1 LIM 1B -_444 AWG16 BU OGGN
D4 C1

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 1600
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 142
IRB 1600
Next 143
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
MANIPULATOR
Customer IRB 1600
-XS/XP5
Connection -XP/XT6
-648 AWG18 OG
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
CPA
1 -649 AWG18 OG A1 A1 CPB
2 -650 AWG18 OG B1 B1 CPC
3 -651 AWG18 OG C1 C1 CPD
4 -652 AWG18 OG D1 D1 CPE
5 -653 AWG18 OG A2 A2 CPF
6 -654 AWG18 OG B2 B2 CPJ
7 -655 AWG18 OG C2 C2 CPK
8 -656 AWG18 OG D2 D2 CPH
9 -657 AWG18 OG A3 A3
10 -658 AWG18 OG B3 B3
11 -659 AWG18 OG C3 C3
12 D3 D3

-XP/XT5.1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-625 AWG24 OG CSA


1 -626 AWG24 OG B5 B5 CSB
2 -627 AWG24 OG C5 C5 CSC
3 -628 AWG24 OG D5 D5 CSD
4 -629 AWG24 OG A6 A6 CSE
5 -630 AWG24 OG B6 B6 CSF
6 -631 AWG24 OG C6 C6 CSG
7 -632 AWG24 OG D6 D6 CSH
8 -633 AWG24 OG A7 A7 CSJ
9 -634 AWG24 OG B7 B7 CSK
10 -635 AWG24 OG C7 C7 CSL
11 -636 AWG24 OG D7 D7 CSM
12 A8 A8

-XP/XT5.2
-637 AWG24 OG CSN
13 -638 AWG24 OG B8 B8 CSP
14 -639 AWG24 OG C8 C8 CSR
15 -640 AWG24 OG D8 D8 CSS
16 -641 AWG24 OG A9 A9 CST
17 -642 AWG24 OG B9 B9 CSU
18 -643 AWG24 OG C9 C9 CSV
19 -644 AWG24 OG D9 D9 CSW
20 -645 AWG24 OG A10 A10 CSX
21 -646 AWG24 OG B10 B10 CSY
22 -647 AWG24 OG C10 C10 CSZ
23 D10
C10 D10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 1600
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 143
DUAL CABINET
Next 144
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Customer IRB 1600
-XS/XP5
Connection -XP/XT6 -709
AWG24
BK
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
1 1 CPA
2 2 BN A1 A1 CPB
3 3 RD B1 B1 CPC
4 4 OG C1 C1 CPD
5 5 YE D1 D1 CPE
6 6 GN A2 A2 CPF
7 7 BU B2 B2 CPJ
8 8 VT C2 C2 CPK
9 9 GY D2 D2 CPH
10 10 WH A3 A3
11 11 WH/BK B3 B3
12 12 WH/BN C3 C3
D3 D3

-XP/XT5.1
-710
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

1 1 AWG24 BK CSA
2 2 BN B5 B5 CSB
3 3 RD C5 C5 CSC
4 4 OG D5 D5 CSD
5 5 YE A6 A6 CSE
6 6 GN B6 B6 CSF
7 7 BU C6 C6 CSG
8 8 VT D6 D6 CSH
9 9 GY A7 A7 CSJ
10 10 WH B7 B7 CSK
11 11 WH/BK C7 C7 CSL
12 12 WH/BN D7 D7 CSM
A8 A8

-XP/XT5.2
13 13 WH/RD CSN
14 14 WH/OG B8 B8 CSP
15 15 WH/YE C8 C8 CSR
16 16 WH/GN D8 D8 CSS
17 17 WH/BU A9 A9 CST
18 18 WH/VT B9 B9 CSU
19 19 WH/GY C9 C9 CSV
20 20 BN/BK D9 D9 CSW
21 21 BN/RD A10 A10 CSX
22 22 BN/OG B10 B10 CSY
23 23 BN/YE C10 C10 CSZ
D10
C10 D10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 1600
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 144
SINGLE CABINET
Next 145
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 1600

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8
-_601 OG
=MAN+R1-SW
1 A A
-_602 OG
2 B B
-_603 OG
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-_604
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG
4 D D
-_605 OG
5 E E
-_606 OG
6 F F
-_607 OG
7 J J
-_608 OG
8 K K
-_609 OG
9 L L
-_610 OG
10 M M
-_611 OG
11 G G
-_612 OG
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH Approved
Sublocation: + 1600
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 145
DUAL CABINET
Next 146
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 1600

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8
-705
AWG24 BK
=MAN+R1-SW
1 A A
BN
2 B B
RD
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG
4 D D
YE
5 E E
GN
6 F F
BU
7 J J
VT
8 K K
GY
9 L L
WH
10 M M
WH/BK
11 G G
WH/BN
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH Approved
Sublocation: + 1600
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 146
SINGLE CABINET
Next 150
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 1600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB260 and IRB2400 cabinet module


Sublocation +2400
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 260 and IRB 2400 CABINET MODULE Approved
Sublocation: + 2400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 150
Next 151
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-A41.1

32

=MAN+R1-MP
-XS/XP1
-X17
M1R BKBU -400 AWG14 BK
1

A1
A1
M1S BKGN -402 AWG14 BK
2

A2
A3
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT

M1T BKRD -404 AWG14 BK


2

A3
A5
M2T BUBK -410 AWG14 BK
4

D2
A11

Approved by, date:


M2S BK -408 AWG14 BK
5

A9

D1
M2R BKWH -406 AWG14 BK
6

A4
A7
3

-X18

M4R BU -418 AWG14 BK


1

B3

A10
M4S BNBK -420 AWG14 BK
2

A9
B4
BNBU AWG14 BK
DC-BUSBAR

M4T -422
3

A8
B5

M6T GNRD -432 AWG14 BK


4

B10
B11

M6S GNWH -430 AWG14 BK


5
4

D7
B10

M6R BN -428 AWG14 BK


6

B9

D8

Lab/Office:
-X19

M3R BUGN -412 AWG14 BK


1

D3
A13

M3S BURD -414 AWG14 BK


2

D4
A15
5

M3T BUWH -416 AWG14 BK


3

B1
B1

M5T BNWH -426 AWG14 BK

IRB 2400
4

B8

D9

M5S BNRD -425 AWG14 BK


5

B7

D10

M5R BNGN -424 AWG14 BK


6

A7
B6

SERVO DRIVE UNIT


AWG10 GNYE
6

AWG10 GNYE
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
2007-04-12
MANIPULATOR
DRIVE MODULE

Plant:
Location:

3HAC024480-004
+ DM
8

00
= CAB

Sublocation: + 2400
Rev. Ind

Total 146
Next 152
Page 151
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE MODULE MANIPULATOR

=MAN+R1-SMB
-XS/XP2
/91;6 / -MRCO1 SDI
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N A A SDI-N
/91;6 / -MRCI1 B B SDO
/91;6 / -MRCI1_N C C SDO-N
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 D D 0V SERIAL
A42-X4 E E MEASUREMENT
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 24V BOARD
F F
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2
G
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 H 0V
J J BATSUP
K K BATLD
L L
KEYPIN
M
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=MAN+R1-MP
-433 -XS/XP1
/89;5 AWG16 BU OG
DRIVE MODULE -EXT. LAMP C7 C7

X40 /89;7 -434 AWG16 BU OGWH

-BRAKEPB B16 B8
/89;6 -435 AWG16 BU GYBK

-BRAKEREL1 B12 C9
/89;6 -436 AWG16 BU GYBU

-BRAKEREL2 B13 C8

/88;7 -438 AWG16 BU GYGN

/ -OV BRAKE;4 B14 C10


CONTACTOR UNIT /88;7 -439 AWG16 BU OGBU

A43-X5 / -PTC1 C2 B9
/88;7 -440 AWG16 BU OGBK

/ -PTC1 ret C1 B2
/88;7 -437 AWG16 BU OGRD

/ -0V BRAKE;3 B15 B7

/88;2 / -A43-X21:2 LIM 1A -441 AWG16 BU GYWH


D2 B3
CONTACTOR UNIT /88;2 / -A43-X21:4 LIM 2A -442 AWG16 BU GYRD

A43-X21 D1 B4
/88;2 / -A43-X21:3 LIM 2B -443 AWG16 BU GY
D3 C2
/88;2 / -A43-X21:1 LIM 1B -444 AWG16 BU OGGN
D4 C1

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 2400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 152
IRB 2400
Next 153
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Customer IRB 2400
-XS/XP5
Connection -XP/XT6
-648 AWG18 OG
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
CPA
1 -649 AWG18 OG A1 A1 CPB
2 -650 AWG18 OG B1 B1 CPC
3 -651 AWG18 OG C1 C1 CPD
4 -652 AWG18 OG D1 D1 CPE
5 -653 AWG18 OG A2 A2 CPF
6 -654 AWG18 OG B2 B2 CPJ
7 -655 AWG18 OG C2 C2 CPK
8 -656 AWG18 OG D2 D2 CPL
9 -657 AWG18 OG A3 A3 CPM
10 -658 AWG18 OG B3 B3
11 -659 AWG18 OG C3 C3
12 D3 D3

-XP/XT5.1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-625 AWG24 OG CSA


1 -626 AWG24 OG B5 B5 CSB
2 -627 AWG24 OG C5 C5 CSC
3 -628 AWG24 OG D5 D5 CSD
4 -629 AWG24 OG A6 A6 CSE
5 -630 AWG24 OG B6 B6 CSF
6 -631 AWG24 OG C6 C6 CSG
7 -632 AWG24 OG D6 D6 CSH
8 -633 AWG24 OG A7 A7 CSJ
9 -634 AWG24 OG B7 B7 CSK
10 -635 AWG24 OG C7 C7 CSL
11 -636 AWG24 OG D7 D7 CSM
12 A8 A8

-XP/XT5.2
-637 AWG24 OG CSN
13 -638 AWG24 OG B8 B8 CSP
14 -639 AWG24 OG C8 C8 CSR
15 -640 AWG24 OG D8 D8 CSS
16 -641 AWG24 OG A9 A9 CST
17 -642 AWG24 OG B9 B9 CSU
18 -643 AWG24 OG C9 C9 CSV
19 -644 AWG24 OG D9 D9 CSW
20 -645 AWG24 OG A10 A10 CSX
21 -646 AWG24 OG B10 B10 CSY
22 -647 AWG24 OG C10 C10 CSZ
23 D10
C10 D10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 2400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 153
DUAL CABINET
Next 154
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 2400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Customer IRB 2400
-XS/XP5
Connection -XP/XT6 -709
AWG24
BK
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
1 1 CPA
2 2 BN A1 A1 CPB
3 3 RD B1 B1 CPC
4 4 OG C1 C1 CPD
5 5 YE D1 D1 CPE
6 6 GN A2 A2 CPF
7 7 BU B2 B2 CPJ
8 8 VT C2 C2 CPK
9 9 GY D2 D2 CPL
10 10 WH A3 A3 CPM
11 11 WH/BK B3 B3
12 12 WH/BN C3 C3
D3 D3

-XP/XT5.1
-710
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

1 1 AWG24 BK CSA
2 2 BN B5 B5 CSB
3 3 RD C5 C5 CSC
4 4 OG D5 D5 CSD
5 5 YE A6 A6 CSE
6 6 GN B6 B6 CSF
7 7 BU C6 C6 CSG
8 8 VT D6 D6 CSH
9 9 GY A7 A7 CSJ
10 10 WH B7 B7 CSK
11 11 WH/BK C7 C7 CSL
12 12 WH/BN D7 D7 CSM
A8 A8

-XP/XT5.2
13 13 WH/RD CSN
14 14 WH/OG B8 B8 CSP
15 15 WH/YE C8 C8 CSR
16 16 WH/GN D8 D8 CSS
17 17 WH/BU A9 A9 CST
18 18 WH/VT B9 B9 CSU
19 19 WH/GY C9 C9 CSV
20 20 BN/BK D9 D9 CSW
21 21 BN/RD A10 A10 CSX
22 22 BN/OG B10 B10 CSY
23 23 BN/YE C10 C10 CSZ
D10
C10 D10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 2400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 154
SINGLE CABINET
Next 155
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 2400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 2400

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8
-_601 OG
=MAN+R1-SW
1 A A
-_602 OG
2 B B
-_603 OG
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-_604
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG
4 D D
-_605 OG
5 E E
-_606 OG
6 F F
-_607 OG
7 J J
-_608 OG
8 K K
-_609 OG
9 L L
-_610 OG
10 M M
-_611 OG
11 G G
-_612 OG
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH Approved
Sublocation: + 2400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 155
DUAL CABINET
Next 156
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 2400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 2400

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8
-705
AWG24 BK
=MAN+R1-SW
1 A A
BN
2 B B
RD
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG
4 D D
YE
5 E E
GN
6 F F
BU
7 J J
VT
8 K K
GY
9 L L
WH
10 M M
WH/BK
11 G G
WH/BN
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH Approved
Sublocation: + 2400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 156
SINGLE CABINET
Next 160
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 2400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB4400 cabinet module


Sublocation +4400
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 4400 CABINET MODULE Approved
Sublocation: + 4400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 160
Next 161
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


-A41.1

=MAN+R1-MP
-XS/XP1
-X11
M1R BKBU -_400 AWG16

1
M1R BKGN -_401 AWG16

A1
A1
2
M1T BUGN -_402 AWG16

A2
A2
3

M1T BURD -_403 AWG16

A5
A5
4

M1S BKWH -_404 AWG16

A6
A6
5

M1S BK -_405 AWG16

A3
A3
6

M1R BKRD

A4
A4
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT

M1S BUBK

D6
D6
2

M1T BUWH

D8
D8

D10
D10

Approved by, date:


-X12

M4R GYWH -_418 AWG16 BK


1

B3
B3
2

M4T OGGN -_420 AWG16 BK


3

B5
B5
4

M4S OGBK -_422 AWG16 BK


5

B4
B4
6

M4R GYRD
M4S GY
3

D11
D11
OGBU
DC-BUSBAR

M4T

D12
D12

D13
D13
-X13

M2R BU -_406 AWG16


1

M2R BNBK -_407 AWG16

A7
A7
2

M2T BNRD -_408 AWG16

A8
A8
3

M2T BNWH -_409 AWG16

A11
A11
4

M2S BNBU -_410 AWG16

A12
A12
5

M2S BNGN -_411 AWG16

A9
A9
6

A10
A10
4

-X14

M5R OGWH -_424 AWG16 BK


1

B6
B6
2
3

M5T PKGN -_425 AWG16 BK


4

B8
B8

M5S PKBK -_426 AWG16 BK


5

B7
B7
6

OGRD

Lab/Office:
M5R
M5S OG

D14
D14

M5T PKBU

D15
D15

D16
D16
5

-X15

M3R BN -_412 AWG16

IRB 4400
1

M3R GNRD -_413 AWG16


A13
A13
2

M3T GYBU -_414 AWG16


A14
A14
3

M3T GYGN -_415 AWG16


B1
B1
4

M3S GNWH -_416 AWG16


B2
B2
5

M3S GYBK -_417 AWG16


A15
A15
6

WHBU
A16
A16

WHGN
C13
C13

WHRD
SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM
C14
C14

C15
C15
-X16
6

M6R PKRD -_428 AWG16 BK


1

B9
B9
2

M6T PK -_430 AWG16 BK


3

B11
B11
4

M6S PKWH -_432 AWG16 BK


5

AWG10
B10
B10
6

AWG10
CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06
Status:
C3
7

C4

Document no.
Approved
C5
C6

2007-04-12
C7
C8
C9
C10

Plant:
C11
C12

Location:

3HAC024480-004
DRIVE MODULE

+ DM
8

00
= CAB

Sublocation: + 4400
Rev. Ind
MANIPULATOR

Total 146
Next 162
Page 161
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE MODULE MANIPULATOR

=MAN+R1-SMB
-XS/XP2
/91;6 / -MRCO1 SDI
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N A A SDI-N
/91;6 / -MRCI1 B B SDO
/91;6 / -MRCI1_N C C SDO-N
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 D D 0V SERIAL
A42-X4 E E MEASUREMENT
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 24V BOARD
F F
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2
G
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 H 0V
J J BATSUP
K K BATLD
L L
KEYPIN
M
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=MAN+R1-MP
-_433 -XS/XP1
/89;5 AWG16 WH

-EXT. LAMP C16 C16


DRIVE MODULE /89;7 -_434 AWG16 BU VT

X40 -BRAKEPB B16 B16


/89;6 -_435 AWG16 BU RDBK

-BRAKEREL1 B12 B12


/89;6 -_436 AWG16 BU RDBU

-BRAKEREL2 B13 B13

/88;7 -_438 AWG16 BU RDGN

/ -OV BRAKE;4 B14 B14


CONTACTOR UNIT /88;7 -_439 AWG16 BU VTGN

A43-X5 / -PTC1 C2 C2
/88;7 -_440 AWG16 BU VTBU

/ -PTC1 ret C1 C1
/88;7 -_437 AWG16 BU VTWH

/ -0V BRAKE;3 B15 B15

/88;2 / -A43-X21:2 LIM 1A -_441 AWG16 BU RD


D2 D2
CONTACTOR UNIT /88;2 / -A43-X21:4 LIM 2A -_442 AWG16 BU RDWH

A43-X21 D1 D1
/88;2 / -A43-X21:3 LIM 2B -_443 AWG16 BU VTBK
D3 D3
/88;2 / -A43-X21:1 LIM 1B -_444 AWG16 BU VTRD
D4 D4

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 4400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 162
IRB 4400
Next 163
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Customer IRB 4400
-XS/XP5
Connection -XP/XT6
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
-W648 AWG18 OG CPA
1 -W649 AWG18 OG A1 A1 CPB
2 -W650 AWG18 OG B1 B1 CPC
3 -W651 AWG18 OG C1 C1 CPD
4 -W652 AWG18 OG D1 D1 CPE
5 -W653 AWG18 OG A2 A2 CPF
6 -W654 AWG18 OG B2 B2 CPJ
7 -W655 AWG18 OG C2 C2 CPK
8 -W656 AWG18 OG D2 D2 CPL
9 -W657 AWG18 OG A3 A3 CPM
10 -W658 AWG18 OG B3 B3
11 -W659 AWG18 OG C3 C3
12 D3 D3

-XP/XT5.1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-W625 AWG24 OG CSA


1 -W626 AWG24 OG B5 B5 CSB
2 -W627 AWG24 OG C5 C5 CSC
3 -W628 AWG24 OG D5 D5 CSD
4 -W629 AWG24 OG A6 A6 CSE
5 -W630 AWG24 OG B6 B6 CSF
6 -W631 AWG24 OG C6 C6 CSG
7 -W632 AWG24 OG D6 D6 CSH
8 -W633 AWG24 OG A7 A7 CSJ
9 -W634 AWG24 OG B7 B7 CSK
10 -W635 AWG24 OG C7 C7 CSL
11 -W636 AWG24 OG D7 D7 CSM
12 A8 A8

-XP/XT5.2
-W637 AWG24 OG CSN
13 -W638 AWG24 OG B8 B8 CSP
14 -W639 AWG24 OG C8 C8 CSR
15 -W640 AWG24 OG D8 D8 CSS
16 -W641 AWG24 OG A9 A9 CST
17 -W642 AWG24 OG B9 B9 CSU
18 -W643 AWG24 OG C9 C9 CSV
19 -W644 AWG24 OG D9 D9 CSW
20 -W645 AWG24 OG A10 A10 CSX
21 -W646 AWG24 OG B10 B10 CSY
22 -W647 AWG24 OG C10 C10 CSZ
23 D10
C10 D10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 4400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 163
DUAL CABINET
Next 164
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 4400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Customer IRB 4400
-XS/XP5
Connection -XP/XT6
-709 =MAN+R1-CP/CS
1 1 AWG24 BK CPA
2 2 BN A1 A1 CPB
3 3 RD B1 B1 CPC
4 4 OG C1 C1 CPD
5 5 YE D1 D1 CPE
6 6 GN A2 A2 CPF
7 7 BU B2 B2 CPJ
8 8 VT C2 C2 CPK
9 9 GY D2 D2 CPL
10 10 WH A3 A3 CPM
11 11 WH/BK B3 B3
12 12 WH/BN C3 C3
D3 D3

-XP/XT5.1
-710
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

1 1 AWG24 BK CSA
2 2 BN B5 B5 CSB
3 3 RD C5 C5 CSC
4 4 OG D5 D5 CSD
5 5 YE A6 A6 CSE
6 6 GN B6 B6 CSF
7 7 BU C6 C6 CSG
8 8 VT D6 D6 CSH
9 9 GY A7 A7 CSJ
10 10 WH B7 B7 CSK
11 11 WH/BK C7 C7 CSL
12 12 WH/BN D7 D7 CSM
A8 A8

-XP/XT5.2
13 13 WH/RD CSN
14 14 WH/OG B8 B8 CSP
15 15 WH/YE C8 C8 CSR
16 16 WH/GN D8 D8 CSS
17 17 WH/BU A9 A9 CST
18 18 WH/VT B9 B9 CSU
19 19 WH/GY C9 C9 CSV
20 20 BN/BK D9 D9 CSW
21 21 BN/RD A10 A10 CSX
22 22 BN/OG B10 B10 CSY
23 23 BN/YE C10 C10 CSZ
D10
C10 D10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 4400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 164
SINGLE CABINET
Next 165
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 4400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 4400

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8 =MAN+R1-SW
-_601 AWG24 OG
1 A A
-_602 AWG24 OG
2 B B
-_603 AWG24 OG
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-_604
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AWG24 OG
4 D D
-_605 AWG24 OG
5 E E
-_606 AWG24 OG
6 F F
-_607 AWG24 OG
7 J J
-_608 AWG24 OG
8 K K
-_609 AWG24 OG
9 L L
-_610 AWG24 OG
10 M M
-_611 AWG24 OG
11 G G
-_612 AWG24 OG
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH Approved
Sublocation: + 4400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 165
DUAL CABINET
Next 166
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 4400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
Customer MANIPULATOR
Connection IRB 4400

-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8 =MAN+R1-SW
-705
AWG24 BK
1 A A
BN
2 B B
RD
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG
4 D D
YE
5 E E
GN
6 F F
BU
7 J J
VT
8 K K
GY
9 L L
WH
10 M M
WH/BK
11 G G
WH/BN
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH Approved
Sublocation: + 4400
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 166
SINGLE CABINET
Next 170
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 4400 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB660 and IRB66xx-76xx cabinet module


Sublocation +6676
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 660 and IRB 66xx-76xx Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 170
CABINET MODULE
Next 171
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-A41.1

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


=MAN+R1-MP
-XS/XP1
-X11
GNRD M1R -_400 AWG12 BK

17
17
OGGN M1R -_401 AWG12 BK

24
24
BN M1T -_402 AWG12 BK

19
19
OGBU M1T -_403 AWG12 BK

26
26
MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT

GNWH M1S -_404 AWG12 BK


5

18
18
OGBK M1S -_405 AWG12 BK
2

25
25

Approved by, date:


-X12

BKBU M4R -_418 AWG12 BK


1

1
1
DC-BUSBAR

BKRD M4T -_420 AWG12 BK


3

10
10
4

BKGN M4S -_422 AWG12 BK


5

2
2
6
3

-X13

GYWH M2R -_406 AWG12 BK


1

23
23
BNWH M2R -_407 AWG12 BK
2

32
32
GY M2T -_408 AWG12 BK
3

21
21

BNGN M2T -_409 AWG12 BK


4

30
30

GYRD M2S -_410 AWG12 BK


5

22
22

BNRD M2S -_411 AWG12 BK


6
4

31
31
-X14

GYBU M5R -_424 AWG12 BK


1

20
20
2

GYGN M5T -_425 AWG12 BK


3

Lab/Office:
29
29
4

GYBK M5S -_426 AWG12 BK


5

28
28
6
5

-X15

BU M3R -_412 AWG12 BK


1

3
3

BKWH M3R -_413 AWG12 BK


2

4
4

IRB 6600 - 7600


BNBU M3T -_414 AWG12 BK
3

7
7

BK M3T -_415 AWG12 BK


4

14
14

SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM BNBK M3S -_416 AWG12 BK


5

5
5
6

BUBK M3S -_417 AWG12 BK


6

6
6
-X16

CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06

BUWH M6R -_428 AWG12 BK


1

9
9
2

BUGN M6T -_430 AWG12 BK


3

16
16
4

BURD M6S -_432 AWG12 BK


5

8
8

Status:
6
7

AWG10 GNYE
Document no.
Approved

AWG10 GNYE
Plant: 2007-04-12
Location:

3HAC024480-004
+ DM
8

00
= CAB

Sublocation: + 6676
Rev. Ind
MANIPULATOR
DRIVE MODULE

Total 146
Next 172
Page 171
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DRIVE
MODULE MANIPULATOR

=MAN+R1-SMB
-XS/XP2
/91;6 / -MRCO1 SDI
A A
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N SDI-N
B B
/91;6 / -MRCI1 SDO SERIAL
C C MEASUREMENT
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRCI1_N SDO-N BOARD
A42-X4 D D
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 0V
E E
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 24V
F F
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2 BAT BR
G G
BAT BR
H H
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 0V
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

J J
BATSUP
K K
AWG16 BU 1 2 BU EXT.LAMP EXT.LAMP
AWG16 L L
-DP1
1
-C1
2
BU
AWG16

/89;5 -_433 AWG16 BU

-EXT. LAMP =MAN+R1-MP


-_434 -XS/XP1
DRIVE MODULE /89;7 AWG16 BU OGRD BRAKE PB
XP40 -BRAKEPB 11 11
/89;6 -_435 AWG16 BU OG BRAKE RELEASE
-BRAKEREL1 13 13 BRAKE RELEASE
/89;6 -_436 AWG16 BU

-BRAKEREL2

/88;7 -_437 AWG16 BU OGWH 0V BRAKE


/ -OV BRAKE;4 12 12 0V BRAKE
CONTACTOR UNIT /88;7 -_439 AWG16 BU PKBK PTC
A43-X5 / -PTC1 27 27
/88;7 -_440 AWG16 BU PKWH 0V PTC
/ -PTC1 ret 15 15
/88;7 -_438 AWG16 BU

/ -0V BRAKE;3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 172
IRB 6600 - 7600
Next 173
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MANIPULATOR


Connection MODULE IRB 6600, 7600
-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8.1
-601 AWG24 OG
=MAN+R1-SW
1 A A
-602 AWG24 OG
2 B B
-603 AWG24 OG
3 C C
-604 AWG24 OG
4 D D
-605 AWG24 OG
5 E E
-606 AWG24 OG
6 F F
-607 AWG24 OG
7 G G
-608 AWG24 OG
8 H H
-609 AWG24 OG
9 J J
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-610
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AWG24 OG
10 K K
-611 AWG24 OG
11 L L
-612 AWG24 OG
12 M M

-XP/XT8.2
-613 AWG24 OG
13 N N
-614 AWG24 OG
14 P P
-615 AWG24 OG
15 R R
-616 AWG24 OG
16 S S
-617 AWG24 OG
17 T T
-618 AWG24 OG
18 U U
-619 AWG24 OG
19 V V
-620 AWG24 OG
20 W W
-621 AWG24 OG
21 X X
-622 AWG24 OG
22 Y Y
-623 AWG24 OG
23 Z Z
-624 AWG24 OG
24 a a

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH 1 Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 173
DUAL CABINET
Next 174
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MANIPULATOR


Connection MODULE IRB 6600, 7600
-XS/XP8
-XP/XT8.1
-706
AWG24 BK
=MAN+R1-SW
1 A A
BN
2 B B
RD
3 C C
OG
4 D D
YE
5 E E
GN
6 F F
BU
7 G G
VT
8 H H
GY
9 J J
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

WH
10 K K
WH/BK
11 L L
WH/BN
12 M M

-XP/XT8.2
WH/RD
13 N N
WH/OG
14 P P
WH/YE
15 R R
WH/GN
16 S S
WH/BU
17 T T
WH/VT
18 U U
WH/GY
19 V V
BN/BK
20 W W
BN/RD
21 X X
BN/OG
22 Y Y
BN/YE
23 Z Z
BN/GN
24 a a

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH 1 Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 174
SINGLE CABINET
Next 175
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MANIPULATOR


Connection MODULE IRB 6600, 7600
-XS/XP58
AWG 24 OG
-XP/XT58.1
601 =MAN+R1-SW23
1 A A
602
2 B B
603
3 C C
604
4 D D
605
5 E E
606
6 F F
607
7 G G
608
8 H H
609
9 J J
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

610
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

10 K K
611
11 L L
612
12 M M

-XP/XT58.2
613
13 T T
614
14 U U
615
15 V V
616
16 W W
617
17 X X
618
18 Y Y
619
19 Z Z
620
20 a a
621
21 b b
622
22 c c
623
23 d d
624
24 e e

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH 2/3 Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 175
DUAL CABINET
Next 176
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MANIPULATOR


Connection MODULE IRB 6600, 7600
-XS/XP58
-XP/XT58.1
-707
AWG24 BK
=MAN+R1-SW23
1 A A
BN
2 B B
RD
3 C C
OG
4 D D
YE
5 E E
GN
6 F F
BU
7 G G
VT
8 H H
GY
9 J J
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

WH
10 K K
WH/BK
11 L L
WH/BN
12 M M

-XP/XT58.2
WH/RD
13 T T
WH/OG
14 U U
WH/YE
15 V V
WH/GN
16 W W
WH/BU
17 X X
WH/VT
18 Y Y
WH/GY
19 Z Z
BN/BK
20 a a
BN/RD
21 b b
BN/OG
22 c c
BN/YE
23 d d
BN/GN
24 e e

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITION SWITCH 2/3 Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 176
SINGLE CABINET
Next 177
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OPTION: COOLING AXIS 1,2.

1)IF POS SW 2/3 AND COOLING 1,2. MANIPULATOR


1)
-BOX1
1) R1.XS.SW23 =MAN+R1-SW23
2)IF ONLY COOLING 1,2. -R1.XP.SW23

A A
B B
C C
D D

E E
F F
G G
H H

J J
K K
L L
M M

T T
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

U U
V V
W W

X X
Y Y
Z Z
a a

b b
c c
DRIVE d d

MODULE e e
Not in use
S S
Not in use
2) i i
1) 1) 2) R1.FAN.SW23 2)
-R1FAN.SW23
/88;8 / -+24V COOL;4 AWG24 1/WH 24V COOL 24V FAN1
N N
0,23 1/BU
/88;8 / -0V COOL;4 0V COOL 0V FAN1
P P
/88;8 / -FAN1 ret 3/WH FAN1 ret T1
R R

/88;8 / -+24V COOL;5 2/WH 24V COOL 24V FAN2


f f
/88;8 / -0V COOL;5 2/OG 0V COOL 0V FAN2
g g
/88;8 / -FAN2 ret 3/GN FAN2 ret T2
h h

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
POS.SWITCH 2/3 AND COOLING AXES 1/2 Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 177
DUAL CABINET
Next 178
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE MANIPULATOR
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

DRIVE
MODULE

-XS/XP58 =MAN+R1-SW23
/88;8 / -+24V COOL;4 24V COOL 24V FAN1
N N
/88;8 / -0V COOL;4 0V COOL 0V FAN1
P P
/88;8 / -FAN1 ret FAN1 ret T1
R R
Not in use
S

/88;8 / -+24V COOL;5 24V COOL 24V FAN2


f f
/88;8 / -0V COOL;5 0V COOL 0V FAN2
g g
/88;8 / -FAN2 ret FAN2 ret T2
h h
Not in use
i

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
COOLING AXES 1/2 Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 178
SINGLE CABINET
Next 179
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection IRB 6600-7600
-XP/XT6 -XS/XP13
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
-670 AWG18 CP4
1 A1 D1
-671 AWG18 CP5
2 A2 D6
-672 AWG18 CP6
3 A3 D3
-673 AWG18 CP7
4 A4 D4

-XP/XT5.1
-677 AWG24 CS
1 -678 AWG24 B1 B1 CS
2 -679 AWG24 B2 B2 CS
3 -680 AWG24 B11 B11 CS
4 -681 AWG24 B12 B12 CS
5 -682 AWG24 B13 B13 CS
6 -683 AWG24 B14 B14 CS
7 -684 AWG24 C19 C19 CS
8 -705 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -685 AWG24 B6 B6 CS
5 -686 AWG24 C16 C16 CS
6 -687 AWG24 C17 C17 CS
7 -688 AWG24 C18 C18 CS
8 -689 AWG24 C20 C20 CS
9 -690 AWG24 B22 B22 CS
10 -691 AWG24 B23 B23 CS
11 -692 AWG24 B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3
-693 AWG24 CS
1 -694 AWG24 B15 B15 CS
2 -695 AWG24 B16 B16 CS
3 -696 AWG24 B18 B18 CS
4 -697 AWG24 B19 B19 CS
5 -698 AWG24 B20 B20 CS
6 -699 AWG24 B21 B21
7 -700 AWG24 C10
8 -666 AWG24 C11
9 -667 AWG24 C12
10 -668 AWG24 C13
11 -669 AWG24 C14
12 AWG16 C15
For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.
SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 179
DUAL CABINET
Next 180
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection IRB 6600-7600
-XP/XT6 -713 -XS/XP13
AWG20 BK
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
1 1 A1 A1 CP4
BN A1 D1
1
2 2 RD A2 A2 CP5
OG A2 D6
2
3 3 YE A3 A3 CP6
GN A3 D3
3
4 4 BU A4 A4 CP7
VT A4 D4
4

-XP/XT5.1 -711
AWG24 BK CS
1 BN B1 B1 CS
2 RD B2 B2 CS
3 OG B11 B11 CS
4 YE B12 B12 CS
5 GN B13 B13 CS
6 BU B14 B14 CS
7 VT C19 C19 CS
8 -712 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -711 GY B6 B6 CS
5 AWG24 WH C16 C16 CS
6 WH/BK C17 C17 CS
7 WH/BN C18 C18 CS
8 WH/RD C20 C20 CS
9 WH/OG B22 B22 CS
10 WH/YE B23 B23 CS
11 WH/GN B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3
-713
AWG20 GY CS
1 WH B15 B15 CS
2 WH/BK B16 B16 CS
3 WH/BN B18 B18 CS
4 WH/RD B19 B19 CS
5 WH/OG B20 B20 CS
6 WH/YE B21 B21
7 WH/GN C10
8 WH/BU C11
9 WH/VT C12
10 WH/GY C13
11 BN/BK C14
12 AWG16 C15

For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.


SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 180
SINGLE CABINET
Next 181
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


IRB 6600-7600
Customer
Connection
-A35
-X2 =MAN+R1-CP/CS
-707
-XS/XP13
2/BK V- 0V
OPTION : DEVICENET 1 F2 B23
1/BU CAN_L CAN_L
2 F4 A4
Bare wire SHIELD
3
1/WH CAN_H CAN_H
4 F3 A3
2/RD V+ +24V CAN
5 F1 B22
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-A38
-708
AWG24 =MAN+R1-CP/CS
-X5 2/GY
-XS/XP13
DO DO
1 3/BN DO_N F7 A9 DO_N
6 1/YE DI F8 A10 DI
OPTION : INTERBUS 2 2/PK DI_N F9 A11 DI_N
7 1/GN GND F10 A12 GND
3 3/WH GND F1 B22

-A33
-XS/XP13 =MAN+R1-CP/CS
-709
-DP-M1 0,34 1/RD
RXD/TXD-P RXD/TXD-P
OPTION : PROFIBUS 1B F5 A5
1/GN RXD/TXD-N RXD/TXD-N
1A F6 A6

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
DevNet//IBUS//PBUS ADDITION TO CP/CS Approved
Sublocation: + 6676
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 181
IRB 6600 - 7600
Next 182
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection -XS/XP13 IRB 6600-7600
-XP/XT6
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
-670 AWG18 CP4
1 A1 D1
-671 AWG18 CP5
2 A2 D6
-672 AWG18 CP6
3 A3 D3
-673 AWG18 CP7
4 A4 D4

-XP/XT5.1
-677 AWG24 CS
1 -678 AWG24 B1 B1 CS
2 -679 AWG24 B2 B2 CS
3 -680 AWG24 B11 B11 CS
4 -681 AWG24 B12 B12 CS
5 -682 AWG24 B13 B13 CS
6 -683 AWG24 B14 B14 CS
7 -684 AWG24 C19 C19 CS
8 -705 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -685 AWG24 B6 B6 CS
5 -686 AWG24 C16 C16 CS
6 -687 AWG24 C17 C17 CS
7 -688 AWG24 C18 C18 CS
8 -689 AWG24 C20 C20 CS
9 -690 AWG24 B22 B22 CS
10 -691 AWG24 B23 B23 CS
11 -692 AWG24 B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3
-693 AWG24 CS
1 -694 AWG24 B15 B15 CS
2 -695 AWG24 B16 B16 CS
3 -696 AWG24 B18 B18 CS
4 -697 AWG24 B19 B19 CS
5 -698 AWG24 B20 B20 CS
6 -699 AWG24 B21 B21 CS
7 -700 AWG24 C10 A3 CS
8 -666 AWG24 C11 A4 CS
9 -667 AWG24 C12 A9 CS
10 -668 AWG24 C13 A10 CS
11 -669 AWG24 C14 A11 CS
12 AWG16 C15 A12
For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.
OPTION //PROFIBUS acc. to page 181
SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676_P
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 182
DUAL CABINET PROFIBUS
Next 183
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection -XS/XP13 IRB 6600-7600
-XP/XT6
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
-670 AWG18 CP4
1 A1 D1
-671 AWG18 CP5
2 A2 D6
-672 AWG18 CP6
3 A3 D3
-673 AWG18 CP7
4 A4 D4

-XP/XT5.1
-677 AWG24 CS
1 -678 AWG24 B1 B1 CS
2 -679 AWG24 B2 B2 CS
3 -680 AWG24 B11 B11 CS
4 -681 AWG24 B12 B12 CS
5 -682 AWG24 B13 B13 CS
6 -683 AWG24 B14 B14 CS
7 -684 AWG24 C19 C19 CS
8 -705 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -685 AWG24 B6 B6 CS
5 -686 AWG24 C16 C16 CS
6 -687 AWG24 C17 C17 CS
7 -688 AWG24 C18 C18 CS
8 -689 AWG24 C20 C20
9 -690 AWG24 B22 CS
10 -691 AWG24 B23 B23 CS
11 -692 AWG24 B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3
-693 AWG24 CS
1 -694 AWG24 B15 B15 CS
2 -695 AWG24 B16 B16 CS
3 -696 AWG24 B18 B18 CS
4 -697 AWG24 B19 B19 CS
5 -698 AWG24 B20 B20 CS
6 -699 AWG24 B21 B21 CS
7 -700 AWG24 C10 A5 CS
8 -666 AWG24 C11 A6 CS
9 -667 AWG24 C12 A3 CS
10 -668 AWG24 C13 A4
11 -669 AWG24 C14
12 AWG16 C15 For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.
OPTION //INTERBUS-S acc. to page 181 SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676_I
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 183
DUAL CABINET INTERBUS
Next 184
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection -XS/XP13 IRB 6600-7600
-XP/XT6
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
-670 AWG18 CP4
1 A1 D1
-671 AWG18 CP5
2 A2 D6
-672 AWG18 CP6
3 A3 D3
-673 AWG18 CP7
4 A4 D4

-XP/XT5.1
-677 AWG24 CS
1 -678 AWG24 B1 B1 CS
2 -679 AWG24 B2 B2 CS
3 -680 AWG24 B11 B11 CS
4 -681 AWG24 B12 B12 CS
5 -682 AWG24 B13 B13 CS
6 -683 AWG24 B14 B14 CS
7 -684 AWG24 C19 C19 CS
8 -705 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -685 AWG24 B6 B6 CS
5 -686 AWG24 C16 C16 CS
6 -687 AWG24 C17 C17 CS
7 -688 AWG24 C18 C18 CS
8 -689 AWG24 C20 C20
9 -690 AWG24 B22
10 -691 AWG24 B23 CS
11 -692 AWG24 B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3
-693 AWG24 CS
1 -694 AWG24 B15 B15 CS
2 -695 AWG24 B16 B16 CS
3 -696 AWG24 B18 B18 CS
4 -697 AWG24 B19 B19 CS
5 -698 AWG24 B20 B20 CS
6 -699 AWG24 B21 B21 CS
7 -700 AWG24 C10 A5 CS
8 -666 AWG24 C11 A6 CS
9 -667 AWG24 C12 A9 CS
10 -668 AWG24 C13 A10 CS
11 -669 AWG24 C14 A11 CS
12 AWG16 C15 A12
For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.
OPTION //DEVICENET acc. to page 181 SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.DC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676_D
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 184
DUAL CABINET DEVICE NET
Next 185
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection -XP/XT6 IRB 6600-7600
-713 -XS/XP13
AWG20 BK
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
1 1 A1 A1 CP4
BN A1 D1
1
2 2 RD A2 A2 CP5
OG A2 D6
2
3 3 YE A3 A3 CP6
GN A3 D3
3
4 4 BU A4 A4 CP7
VT A4 D4
4

-XP/XT5.1 -711
AWG24 BK CS
1 BN B1 B1 CS
2 RD B2 B2 CS
3 OG B11 B11 CS
4 YE B12 B12 CS
5 GN B13 B13 CS
6 BU B14 B14 CS
7 VT C19 C19 CS
8 -712 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -711 GY B6 B6 CS
5 AWG24 WH C16 C16 CS
6 WH/BK C17 C17 CS
7 WH/BN C18 C18 CS
8 WH/RD C20 C20 CS
9 WH/OG B22 B22 CS
10 WH/YE B23 B23 CS
11 WH/GN B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3 -713
AWG20 GY CS
1 WH B15 B15 CS
2 WH/BK B16 B16 CS
3 WH/BN B18 B18 CS
4 WH/RD B19 B19 CS
5 WH/OG B20 B20 CS
6 WH/YE B21 B21 CS
7 WH/GN C10 A3 CS
8 WH/BU C11 A4 CS
9 WH/VT C12 A9 CS
10 WH/GY C13 A10 CS
11 BN/BK C14 A11 CS
12 AWG16 C15 A12
For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.
OPTION //PROFIBUS acc. to page 181 SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676_P
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 185
SINGLE CABINET PROFI BUS
Next 186
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection IRB 6600-7600
-XP/XT6 -713 -XS/XP13
AWG20 BK
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
1 1 A1 A1 CP4
BN A1 D1
1
2 2 RD A2 A2 CP5
OG A2 D6
2
3 3 YE A3 A3 CP6
GN A3 D3
3
4 4 BU A4 A4 CP7
VT A4 D4
4

-XP/XT5.1 -711
AWG24 BK CS
1 BN B1 B1 CS
2 RD B2 B2 CS
3 OG B11 B11 CS
4 YE B12 B12 CS
5 GN B13 B13 CS
6 BU B14 B14 CS
7 VT C19 C19 CS
8 -712 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -711 GY B6 B6 CS
5 AWG24 WH C16 C16 CS
6 WH/BK C17 C17 CS
7 WH/BN C18 C18 CS
8 WH/RD C20 C20
9 WH/OG B22 CS
10 WH/YE B23 B23 CS
11 WH/GN B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3
-713
AWG20 GY CS
1 WH B15 B15 CS
2 WH/BK B16 B16 CS
3 WH/BN B18 B18 CS
4 WH/RD B19 B19 CS
5 WH/OG B20 B20 CS
6 WH/YE B21 B21 CS
7 WH/GN C10 A5 CS
8 WH/BU C11 A6 CS
9 WH/VT C12 A3 CS
10 WH/GY C13 A4
11 BN/BK C14
AWG16
For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.
12 C15
SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
OPTION //INTERBUS-S acc. to page 181
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676_I
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 186
SINGLE CABINET INTERBUS
Next 187
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Customer CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR


Connection IRB 6600-7600
-XP/XT6 -713 -XS/XP13
AWG20 BK
=MAN+R1-CP/CS
1 1 A1 A1 CP4
BN A1 D1
1
2 2 RD A2 A2 CP5
OG A2 D6
2
3 3 YE A3 A3 CP6
GN A3 D3
3
4 4 BU A4 A4 CP7
VT A4 D4
4

-XP/XT5.1 -711
AWG24 BK CS
1 BN B1 B1 CS
2 RD B2 B2 CS
3 OG B11 B11 CS
4 YE B12 B12 CS
5 GN B13 B13 CS
6 BU B14 B14 CS
7 VT C19 C19 CS
8 -712 1/WH C21 C21 CS
9 AWG24 1/BU B7 B7 CS
10 2/WH B8 B8 CS
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

11 2/OG B9 B9 CS
12 B10 B10

-XP/XT5.2
3/WH CS
1 3/GN B3 B3 CS
2 4/WH B4 B4 CS
3 4/BN B5 B5 CS
4 -711 GY B6 B6 CS
5 AWG24 WH C16 C16 CS
6 WH/BK C17 C17 CS
7 WH/BN C18 C18 CS
8 WH/RD C20 C20
9 WH/OG B22
10 WH/YE B23 CS
11 WH/GN B24 B24 CS
12 B25 B25

-XP/XT5.3 -713
AWG20 GY CS
1 WH B15 B15 CS
2 WH/BK B16 B16 CS
3 WH/BN B18 B18 CS
4 WH/RD B19 B19 CS
5 WH/OG B20 B20 CS
6 WH/YE B21 B21 CS
7 WH/GN C10 A5 CS
8 WH/BU C11 A6 CS
9 WH/VT C12 A9 CS
10 WH/GY C13 A10 CS
11 BN/BK C14 A11 CS
12 AWG16 C15 A12
For more information aboute Option connected to XS13.
OPTION //DEVICENET acc. to page 181 SPOTPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026208-001
DRESSPACK circuit diagram 3HAC026209-001

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB.SC


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL Approved
Sublocation: + 6676_D
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 187
SINGLE CABINET DEVICE NET
Next 200
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: IRB 6600 - 7600 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

IRB6400R cabinet module


Sublocation +6400R
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
IRB 6400R CABINET MODULE Approved
Sublocation: + 6400R
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 200
Next 201
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DC-BUSBAR

MAIN SERVO DRIVE UNIT


-A41.1

-X11 1 2 3 4 5 6 -X12 1 2 3 4 5 6 -X13 1 2 3 4 5 6 -X14 1 2 3 4 5 6 -X15 1 2 3 4 5 6 -X16 1 2 3 4 5 6


We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

M1R

M1R

M4R

M4R

M2R

M2R

M5R

M5R

M3R

M3R

M6R
M1S

M1S

M4S

M4S

M2S

M2S

M5S

M5S

M3S

M3S

M6S
M1T

M1T

M4T

M4T

M2T

M2T

M5T

M5T

M3T

M3T

M6T
-XS/XP1 A1 A14 A2 B15 B1 A15 C13 C8 D13 D8 C14 D7 A4 A11 A5 B11 B4 A12 C3 C15 B3 D15 C4 D16 C11 A9 D12 B10 D11 B9 B6 B7 A7 DRIVE MODULE

BN//WH
OG/WH

GN/WH
OG/GN

BU/WH
BK/WH

OG/RD

PK/WH
OG/BU

GY/GN

GN/RD
BN/GN

BU/GN
BK/GN

BN/RD

PK/GN

GY/BU

BU/RD
BK/RD

BN/BU

PK/RD

GY/BK
BK/BU

BU/BK

BN/BK

PK/BU
PK/BK

PK/BK
OG

BU

BN
BK

PK
MANIPULATOR
=MAN+R1-MP 8 22 21 35 9 23 51 53 64 66 63 65 13 49 2 62 1 61 68 70 57 59 69 71 15 17 4 6 3 5 42 31 43

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
SERVO DRIVE SYSTEM Approved
Sublocation: + 6400R
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 201
IRB 6400R
Next 202
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR

-XS/XP2 =MAN+R1-SMB
/91;6 / -MRCO1 SDI
A 1
/91;6 / -MRCO1_N SDI-N
B 2
/91;6 / -MRCI1 SDO
C 3 SERIAL
AXIS COMPUTER BOARD /91;6 / -MRCI1_N SDO-N MEASUREMENT
A42-X4 D 4
BOARD
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;1 0V
E 5
/91;6 / -24V_SMB1 24V
F 6
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;2 BAT BR
G 7
BAT BR
H 8
/91;6 / -MRC_0V;3 0V
J 9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

BATSUP
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

K 10
EXT LAMP
L 11

-XS/XP1 =MAN+R1-MP
/89;5 -433 AWG16 BU VTBK
DRIVE MODULE -EXT. LAMP D1 52

XP40 /89;7 -434 AWG16 BU RDWH


-BRAKEPB C12 11
/89;6 -435 AWG16 BU GYRD
-BRAKEREL1 B12 36
/89;6 -436 AWG16 BU GYWH
-BRAKEREL2 C9 48

/88;7 -438 AWG16 BU OGBK


/ -OV BRAKE;4 D9 24
/88;7 -439 AWG16 BU RDGN
CONTACTOR UNIT / -PTC1 C2 20

A43-X5 /88;7 -440 AWG16 BU RDBU


/ -PTC1 ret C1 30
/88;7 -437 AWG16 BU GY
/ -0V BRAKE;3 B13 12

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + DM
CONTROL CABLE Approved
Sublocation: + 6400R
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 202
IRB 6400R
Next 203
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE
MANIPULATOR

AWG24 AWG24
-XP/XT8.1 -XS8 =MAN+R1-SW
1/WH 1/WH
1 A A
1/BU 1/BU
2 B B
2/WH 2/WH
3 C C
2/OG 2/OG
4 D D
3/WH 3/WH
5 E E
3/GN 3/GN
6 F F
4/WH 4/WH
7 G G
4/BN 4/BN
8 H H
5/WH 5/WH
9 J J
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

5/GY 5/GY
10 K K
6/RD 6/RD
11 L L
6/BU 6/BU
12 M M

-XP/XT8.2
7/RD 7/RD
13 N N
7/OG 7/OG
14 P P
8/RD 8/RD
15 R R
8/GN 8/GN
16 S S
9/RD 9/RD
17 T T
9/BN 9/BN
18 U U
10/RD 10/RD
19 V V
10/GY 10/GY
20 W W
11/BK 11/BK
21 X X

22

23

24

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
POSITON SWITCH Approved
Sublocation: + 6400R
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 203
IRB 6400R
Next 204
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL MODULE MANIPULATOR

=MAN+R1-CP/CS
-XP/XT6
1, BK
1 A1
2, BK 3-POL
2 A2
GNYE
A3

-XP/XT5.1
AWG24 1/WH CSA
1 1
1/BU CSB
2 2
2/WH CSC
3 3
2/OG CSD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 4
3/WH CSE
5 5 25-POL
3/GN CSF
6 6
4/WH CSG
7 7
4/BN CSH
8 8
5/WH CSJ
9 9
5/GY CSK
10 10

-XS6
2/RD +24V
5 1
2/BK 0V
Connect to A35.X2 1 2 9-POL
1/WH CAN1_H
4 5
1/BU CAN1_L
2 9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2007-04-12 Plant: = CAB


CONTROL SYS. IRC5 M2004 DESIGN 06 Location: + CM
CUSTOMER POWER/SIGNAL/BUS Approved
Sublocation: + 6400R
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 204
IRB 6400R
Next
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: 3HAC024480-004 00 Total 146
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM-E2-M1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8+EXT-A21-226 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.1-X22 OPTION:FPU-PLUG =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.6 +EXT-A21-228 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.1-XT16 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.1 +EXT-A21-229 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.1-X22-XP1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.6 +EXT-A21-230 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.1-XT16- +EXT-A21-231 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.4-I/Ox1 PROFIBUS DP SLAVE =EUROMAP 67+CM/45.4 +EXT-A21-232 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.4-I/Ox1-X3 EXTERNAL SUPPLY +EXT-A21-233 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.4-I/Ox1-X5 +EXT-A21-234 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.4-I/Ox1-X20 +EXT-A21-235 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.8-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.5+EXT-A21-S21.1 3 MODESELECTOR =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.8-A21-X5 24V PANEL +EXT-A21-S21.2 MOTOR ON PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6
+CM.8-A21-X6 +EXT-A21-S21.3 EMERGENCY PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7
+CM.9-PE4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.6 +EXT.1-A21-220 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+CM.9-A21-6 EMERGENCY PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7+EXT.1-A21-221 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+CM.9-A21-K1 +EXT.1-A21-222 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+CM.9-A21-K2 +EXT.1-A21-223 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+CM.9-I/O1-H1 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.6+EXT.1-A21-224 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+CM.9-I/O1-H2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.6+EXT.1-A21-225 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+CM.9-I/Ox1-2 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIGITAL I/O UNIT=EUROMAP 67+CM/45.4 +EXT.1-A21-226 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+DM-X25 +EXT.1-A21-227 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+EXT-A21-236 ES panel 1:B =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21-228 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+EXT-A21-237 ES panel 1:A =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21-229 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5


+EXT-A21-238 ES panel 1:A =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21-230 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-240 EXT.MAN1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+EXT.1-A21-231 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-241 EXT.AUTO1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+EXT.1-A21-232 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-242 EXT.COMMON1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+EXT.1-A21-233 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-244 EXT.MAN2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+EXT.1-A21-234 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-245 EXT.AUTO2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+EXT.1-A21-235 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-246 EXT.COMMON2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+EXT.1-A21-236 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-A22 JUNCTION BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+EXT.1-A21-237 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-S21.1.X12 JUNCTION BOARD +EXT.1-A21-238 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.5
+EXT-A21-X2 JUNCTION BOARD +EXT.1-A21-239 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21-X3 JUNCTION BOARD +EXT.1-A21-240 EXT.MAN1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21-X9 JUNCTION BOARD +EXT.1-A21-241 EXT.AUTO1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.4+EXT.1-A21-242 EXT.COMMON1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21-3 EXT.CONTROL PANEL +EXT.1-A21-243 EXT MAN FS2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21-220 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21-244 EXT.MAN2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21-221 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21-245 EXT.AUTO2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21-222 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21-246 EXT.COMMON2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7
+EXT-A21-224 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.4
+EXT-A21-225 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+EXT.1-A21-A22 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Document no.
Device list: (=CAB+CM-E2-M1 - =CAB+EXT.1-A21-A22) Rev. Ind Page 45
Next 46
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+EXT.1-A21-S21.1 MODE SELECTOR =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.6+CM-182 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.3
+EXT.1-A21-S21.2 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.6+CM-183 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7
+EXT.1-A21-S21.3 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7+CM-184 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7
+EXT.1-A21-S21.1.X13 EXT.CONTROL PANEL +CM-185 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7
+EXT.1-A21-X2 EXT.CONTROL PANEL +CM-186 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.5
+EXT.1-A21-X3 EXT.CONTROL PANEL +CM-187 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.5
+EXT.1-A21-X9 EXT.CONTROL PANEL +CM-209 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+ORT-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/9.4 +CM-210 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+ORT-W1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/9.4 +CM-211 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+CB-KN1 =EUROMAP 67+CB/50.6 +CM-212 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+CB-KSD1 =EUROMAP 67+CB/50.6 +CM-250 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.2
+CB-X13 +CONVERTOREMP67 +CM-251 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.2
+CB-X13A +CM-252 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.2
+CB-X13Z +CM-253 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.2
+CB-X13B- +CONVERTOREMP12 +CM-301 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.3
+CM-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.4 +CM-302 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.3
+CM-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/9.7 +CM-303 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.3
+CM-5 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.1 +CM-304 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.3
+CM-9 =EUROMAP 67+CM/28.5 +CM-308 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.2
+CM- =EUROMAP 67+CM/28.5 +CM-309 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM-14 =EUROMAP 67+CM/30.5 +CM-10000 =EUROMAP 67+CM/28.5


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM-15 =EUROMAP 67+CM/30.5 +CM-10027 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.7


+CM-16 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.5 +CM-10039 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.7
+CM-17 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.5 +CM-10043 =EUROMAP 67+CM/32.7
+CM-18 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.7 +CM-10044 =EUROMAP 67+CM/32.5
+CM-19 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.7 +CM-10045 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.6
+CM-20 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.5 +CM-10046 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.3
+CM-21 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.5 +CM-10047 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.2
+CM-22 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.5 +CM-10049 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.3
+CM-28 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.4 +CM-10056 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.2
+CM-30 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.6 +CM-10057
+CM-31 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.6 +CM-10058 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.3
+CM-32 =EUROMAP 67+CM/45.3 +CM-10059 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.2
+CM-35 =EUROMAP 67+CM/28.5 +CM-10060
+CM- =EUROMAP 67+CM/28.5 +CM-24K1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/47.3
+CM-37 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.6 +CM-24K2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/47.4
+CM-171 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.2 +CM-A3 COMPUTER UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM/26.1
+CM-172 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.2 +CM-A22 JUNCTION BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.4
+CM-173 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.2 +CM-A32 ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD =EUROMAP 67+CM/28.2
+CM-174 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.2 +CM-A33 PROFIBUS DP M/S =EUROMAP 67+CM/30.2
+CM-181 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.1 +CM-A34 DUAL RS232 CARD =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Document
Device list: (=CAB+EXT.1-A21-S21.1 - =EUROMAP no.
67+CM-A34) Rev. Ind Page 46
Next 47
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM-A35 DEVICE NET ADAPTER =EUROMAP 67+CM/32.1 +CM-W40 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.6
+CM-A36 ETHERNET CARD =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.2 +CM-W41 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.6
+CM-EARTH1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.3 +CM-W42 =EUROMAP 67+CM/45.2
+CM-F4 EARTH FAULTBREAKER =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7 +CM-W43 =EUROMAP 67+CM/45.3
+CM-F5 CIRCUIT BREAKER =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7 +CM-W44 =EUROMAP 67+CM/45.3
+CM-F6 2A =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.5 +CM-W45 =EUROMAP 67+CM/45.6
+CM-F7 2A =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.6 +CM-W46 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.2
+CM-FPU1 FLEXPENDANT =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.7 +CM-W47 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.3
+CM-G2 PROCESS POWER SUPPLY =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.1 +CM-W56 =EUROMAP 67+CM/32.5
+CM-G3 ULTRA CAP =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.4 +CM-X13
+CM-G31 COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY =EUROMAP 67+CM/24.5 +CM-X22 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7
+CM-I/O1 DIG. PART OF COMBO I/O AND DIG. I/O UNIT +CM-X50
+CM-I/O2 Green +CM-XP20 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.2
+CM-I/O3 Green +CM-XP/XT8
+CM-I/O4 Green +CM-XS17
+CM-PE2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.6 +CM-XS/XP8
+CM-PE3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.8 +CM-XT31
+CM-PE4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.3 +CM-I/OX1 INTERBUS SLAVE =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.4
+CM-PE6 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.8 +CM-I/Ox1 ENCODER UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.4
+CM-Q2 MAIN SWITCH =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.2 +CM-X13Z
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM-R3 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.3 +CM-A3-IDEpwr1


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM-R8 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.3 +CM-A3-J4H1


+CM-R9 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM/45.3 +CM-A3-J9H1
+CM-R10 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.3 +CM-A3-J9H2
+CM-R11 120 OHM =EUROMAP 67+CM/33.4 +CM-A3-X1
+CM-W1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.5 +CM-A21-231 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.1 +CM-A21-232 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W8 =EUROMAP 67+CM/30.5 +CM-A21-233 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W9 =EUROMAP 67+CM/30.5 +CM-A21-234 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W15 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.5 +CM-A21-235 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W16 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.5 +CM-A21-236 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W17 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.7 +CM-A21-237 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W18 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.7 +CM-A21-238 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.7
+CM-W19 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.5 +CM-A21-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.3
+CM-W20 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.5 +CM-A21-E1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.5
+CM-W21 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.5 +CM-A21-E2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.5
+CM-W22 =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.2 +CM-A21-E3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.6
+CM-W23 =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.3 +CM-A21-E4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.5
+CM-W37 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.2 +CM-A21-ES1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.3
+CM-W38 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.3 +CM-A21-ES2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.4
+CM-W39 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.4 +CM-A21-K1 MOTORS ON CONTACTOR1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.4

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM-A35 - Document
=EUROMAP no.
67+CM-A21-K1) Rev. Ind Page 47
Next 48
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM-A21-K2 MOTORS ON CONTACTOR2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.4 +CM-A34-4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.3
+CM-A21-R1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.4 +CM-A34-X1 MC-CONSOLE
+CM-A21-R2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.4 +CM-A34-X2 COM1 RS232
+CM-A21-X1 RUN CHAIN +CM-A35-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/32.1
+CM-A21-X2 RUN CHAIN +CM-A35-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/32.1
+CM-A21-X11 ROBOT COMM.CARD +CM-A35-J1
+CM-A21-X12 PROCESS POWER SUPPLY +CM-A35-X1
+CM-A22-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.4 +CM-A35-X2
+CM-A22-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.5 +CM-A36-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.2
+CM-A22-X1 +CM-A36-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/35.2
+CM-A22-X2 ROBOT COMM. +CM-A36-A1 DRIVE MODULE 2
+CM-A22-X3 PANEL BOARD +CM-A36-A2 DRIVE MUDULE 3
+CM-A31-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-A36-A3 DRIVE MODULE 4
+CM-A31-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-A37.1-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.8
+CM-A31-4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-A37.1-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.8
+CM-A31-5 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-A37.1-4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.8
+CM-A31-6 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-A78-A3 COMPUTER UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM/24.3
+CM-A31-7 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-EARTH1-PE1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.3
+CM-A31-8 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-FPU1-4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.7
+CM-A31-9 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-FPU1-K1 EMERGENCY-STOP
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM-A31-A1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4 +CM-FPU1-K2 EN-DEVICE


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM-A31-H2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.6 +CM-G2-X1 AC-INPUT


+CM-A31-H3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.6 +CM-G2-X2 24V SYS 24V COOL
+CM-A31-J9H3 +CM-G2-X3 24V PC
+CM-A31-LAN1 +CM-G2-X4 ULTRA CAP
+CM-A31-USB1 +CM-G2-X5 USB
+CM-A31-USB2 +CM-G3-X1 ULTRA CAP
+CM-A31-USB3 +CM-G4-G4 CUSTOMERPOWERSUPPLY =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.5
+CM-A31-USB4 +CM-G4-PE3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.6
+CM-A31-W3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.2 +CM-G4-X1
+CM-A31-W50 =EUROMAP 67+CM/12.7 +CM-G4-X2 POWER 24V DC CUSTOMER CONN.
+CM-A31-W54 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.5 +CM-G5-G5 CUSTOMERPOWERSUPPLY =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.6
+CM-A31-W55 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.5 +CM-G5-PE5 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.7
+CM-A31-X1 +CM-G5-X1
+CM-A32-A8 Green ETH_FPU +CM-G5-X2
+CM-A32-X1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/28.2 +CM-G6-G6 DEVICENET POWER SUPPLY =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.1
+CM-A32-X8 Blue RS485 +CM-G6-PE1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.3
+CM-A33-X1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/30.2 +CM-G6-PE2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/13.3
+CM-A33-X2 PROFIBUS SLAVE +CM-G6-X1 POWER 230V AC
+CM-A33-X3 PROFIBUS MASTER +CM-G6-X2 POWER 24V DC
+CM-A34-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/34.3 +CM-G31-P1

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM-A21-K2 - Document no.67+CM-G31-P1)
=EUROMAP Rev. Ind Page 48
Next 49
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM-G31-PSU-X1 +CM-XS13-7
+CM-G31-PSU-X2 +CM-XS13-8
+CM-G31-X1 +CM-XS13-A1
+CM-I/O1-1 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIGITAL I/O UNIT=EUROMAP 67+CM/36.4 +CM-XS13-A2
+CM-I/O1-C1 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.5 +CM-XS13-A3
+CM-I/O1-C2 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.5 +CM-XT16-10047 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.2
+CM-I/O1-H1 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.5 +CM-XT16-10048 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.3
+CM-I/O1-H2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.5 +CM-S21.3 EMERGENCY PB =EUROMAP 67+CM/14.8
+CM-I/O1-V1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.5 +CM-A3-A31 =EUROMAP 67+CM/26.2
+CM-I/O1-V2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.5 +CM-A3-C1
+CM-I/O1-X3 INPUT CH 1-8 +CM-A3-C2
+CM-I/O1-X4 INPUT CH 9-16 +CM-A3-E22 =EUROMAP 67+CM/26.8
+CM-I/O1-X5 +CM-A3-E23 =EUROMAP 67+CM/26.8
+CM-I/OX1-29 =EUROMAP 67+CM/44.4 +CM-A3-G31 COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY =EUROMAP 67+CM/26.2
+CM-I/OX1-X3 24V EXT.SUPPLY +CM-A31-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4
+CM-I/OX1-X5 +CM-A31-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.3
+CM-I/OX1-X20 IB-S IN +CM-A31-4 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4
+CM-I/OX1-X21 IB-S OUT +CM-A31-5 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.3
+CM-I/Ox1-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/36.5 +CM-A31-6 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.2
+CM-I/Ox1-3 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIGITAL I/O UNIT=EUROMAP 67+CM/46.4 +CM-A31-7 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.3
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM-I/Ox1-R1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.5 +CM-A31-8 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM-I/Ox1-R2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.5 +CM-A31-9 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.3


+CM-I/Ox1-R3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.5 +CM-A31-10040 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.5
+CM-I/Ox1-V1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.5 +CM-A31-10041 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.5
+CM-I/Ox1-V2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.5 +CM-A31-10042 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.5
+CM-I/Ox1-V3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/46.5 +CM-A31-A39 OPTION:232/422/485 SERIE CONVERTER =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.2
+CM-I/Ox1-X5 +CM-A31-X2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.3
+CM-I/Ox1-X20 ENCODER +CM-A39-6 =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.4
+CM-X22-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7 +CM-T3-T3 SERVICE TRANSFORMER =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.6
+CM-X22-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7 +CM.1-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7
+CM-X22-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM/11.7 +CM.1-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7
+CM-X24- =EUROMAP 67+CM/27.8 +CM.1-11 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.5
+CM-XP20- +CM.1-12 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.5
+CM-XP20-FREE END1 +CM.1-13 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.7
+CM-XS13- +CM.1-34 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.7
+CM-XS13-1 +CM.1-205 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+CM-XS13-2 +CM.1-206 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+CM-XS13-3 +CM.1-207 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+CM-XS13-4 +CM.1-208 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+CM-XS13-5 +CM.1-213 =EUROMAP 67+CM/21.3
+CM-XS13-6 +CM.1-360 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM-G31-PSU-X1 Document no.
- =EUROMAP 67+CM.1-360)Rev. Ind Page 49
Next 50
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM.1-361 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7+CM.1-W57 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.2
+CM.1-362 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7+CM.1-W58 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.3
+CM.1-363 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6+CM.1-X1
+CM.1-364 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6+CM.1-X23 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.7
+CM.1-10001 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.2+CM.1-X26 HOUSING ONCONVERTER BOX =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/4.1
+CM.1-10028 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.3+CM.1-X27 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/4.2
+CM.1-10029 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.2+CM.1-XS13 HOUSING ONCONVERTER BOX =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/4.2
+CM.1-10030 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.5+CM.1-XS13Z =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/4.3
+CM.1-10067 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6+CM.1-A3-D31 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/25.4
+CM.1-10068 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6+CM.1-A3-D32 SOLID STATE DRIVE =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/25.4
+CM.1-10069 +CM.1-A21-223 MAN FS2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-24K1 +CM.1-A21-227 MAN FS1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-A3 COMPUTER UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/25.1+CM.1-A21-239 EXT MAN FS1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
+CM.1-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.3+CM.1-A21-240 EXT.MAN1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
+CM.1-A23 OPTION:STATUSLED ON FRONT =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1+CM.1-A21-241 EXT.AUTO1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
+CM.1-A31 MAIN COMPUTER =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/25.6+CM.1-A21-242 EXT.COMMON1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
+CM.1-A32 ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.3+CM.1-A21-243 EXT MAN FS2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
+CM.1-A37 INTERBUS M/S (OPTICAL FIBRE) =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.3+CM.1-A21-244 EXT.MAN2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
+CM.1-A38.1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.5+CM.1-A21-245 EXT.AUTO2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
+CM.1-C5 CAPACITOR =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.7+CM.1-A21-246 EXT.COMMON2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.8
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM.1-E2 EXT.COMPUTER FAN =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7+CM.1-A21-X3 GENERAL IN


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM.1-E3 OPTION: DOOR FAN 52 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6+CM.1-A21-X4 GENERAL OUT


+CM.1-I/O1 UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2+CM.1-A21-X6 SUPERIOR STOP
+CM.1-I/O2 DIG. PART OF COMBO I/O AND DIG. I/O UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.4
+CM.1-A21-X9
+CM.1-R5 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.3+CM.1-A21-X10
+CM.1-R12 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.3
+CM.1-A21-X15
+CM.1-RELAY I/O1 RELAY I/O UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/41.3+CM.1-A21-X18
+CM.1-S21.1 MODESELECTOR =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7+CM.1-A21-X20 RS485
+CM.1-S21.2 MOTOR ON PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7+CM.1-A23-AS1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-S21.1.X1 +CM.1-A23-AS2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W5 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.5+CM.1-A23-ENABLE1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W6 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.5+CM.1-A23-ES1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W7 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.7+CM.1-A23-ES2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W10 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.3+CM.1-A23-GS1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W11 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7+CM.1-A23-GS2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W12 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7+CM.1-A23-SUP_ST1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W13 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7+CM.1-A23-SUP_ST2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.1
+CM.1-W14 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7+CM.1-A23-X2
+CM.1-W27 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.2+CM.1-A31-J6H1
+CM.1-W28 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.3+CM.1-A32-A7 Yellow ETH_SERVICE
+CM.1-W49 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.7+CM.1-A32-A9 Red ETH_DRIVE

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.1-361 - Document 67+CM.1-A32-A9)
=EUROMAP no. Rev. Ind Page 50
Next 51
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM.1-A37.1-FO1 REMOTE IN +CM.1-I/O1-V3 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.5
+CM.1-A37.1-FO2 REMOTE OUT +CM.1-I/O1-V4 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.5
+CM.1-A37.1-X2 +CM.1-I/O1-X1 OUT PUT 1-8
+CM.1-A37.1-Z1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.1+CM.1-I/O1-X2 OUT PUT 9-16
+CM.1-A37.2-FO3 REMOTE +CM.1-I/O1-X3 INPUT CH 1-8
+CM.1-A37.2-X1 +CM.1-I/O1-X4 INPUT CH 9-16
+CM.1-A38.1-1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7+CM.1-I/O2-X1 OUT PUT 1-8
+CM.1-A38.1-X1 REMOTE OUT +CM.1-I/O2-X2 OUT PUT 9-16
+CM.1-A38.1-X4 24V DC +CM.1-I/O2-X3 INPUT CH 1-8
+CM.1-A38.1-X5 REMOTE IN +CM.1-I/O2-X4 INPUT CH 9-16
+CM.1-A38.1-Z1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.5+CM.1-I/O2-X5
+CM.1-A38.2-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7+CM.1-I/O3-C5 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.3
+CM.1-A38.2-4 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.7+CM.1-I/O3-H5 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.3
+CM.1-A38.2-X2 REMOTE +CM.1-I/O3-H6 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.4
+CM.1-A38.2-X3 RS232 +CM.1-I/O3-R3 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.4
+CM.1-D31-X1 +CM.1-I/Ox1-3 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.5
+CM.1-D31-X2 +CM.1-I/Ox1-4 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.5
+CM.1-D32-X1 +CM.1-I/Ox1-H3 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.4
+CM.1-D32-X2 +CM.1-I/Ox1-H4 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.4
+CM.1-E2-X1 +CM.1-I/Ox1-H5 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.4
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM.1-E2-X18 +CM.1-I/Ox1-X5
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM.1-E3-M1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6+CM.1-RELAY I/O1-X2 RELAY I/O


+CM.1-E3-X1 +CM.1-S21.1- MODE SELECTOR
+CM.1-I/O1-1 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIGITAL I/O UNIT=EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2+CM.1-S21.1- SWITCH
+CM.1-I/O1-2 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIGITAL I/O UNIT=EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.4
+CM.1-S21.2- SWITCH =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7
+CM.1-I/O1-3 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND DIGITAL I/O UNIT=EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.2
+CM.1-S21.2-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.7
+CM.1-I/O1-C1 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.3+CM.1-X23- =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/29.7
+CM.1-I/O1-C2 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.3+CM.1-XS13- HOUSING ONIRC5 CABINET =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/4.5
+CM.1-I/O1-C3 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.5
+CM.1-XS.13Z- =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/4.5
+CM.1-I/O1-C4 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.5
+CM.1-A37.1 INTERBUS M/S (OPTICAL FIBRE) =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.1
+CM.1-I/O1-C5 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.3
+CM.1-A38.2 INTERBUS M/S (COPPER WIRE) =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.5
+CM.1-I/O1-H1 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.3+CM.1-A37.2 INTERBUS m/S (COPPER WIRE) =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/31.1
+CM.1-I/O1-H2 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.3+CM.1-A21-220 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-H3 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.5
+CM.1-A21-221 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-H4 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/36.2.5
+CM.1-A21-222 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-H5 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.3
+CM.1-A21-224 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-R1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.4+CM.1-A21-225 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-R2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.4+CM.1-A21-226 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-R3 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/37.2.4
+CM.1-A21-228 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-V1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.5+CM.1-A21-229 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6
+CM.1-I/O1-V2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/39.5+CM.1-A21-230 EXT.CONTROL PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.1/15.6

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.1-A37.1-FO1 Document no.
- =EUROMAP 67+CM.1-230)Rev. Ind Page 51
Next 52
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM.2-23 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.5+CM.2-I/Ox1-V2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.4
+CM.2-24 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.5+CM.2-I/Ox1-X1 OUT PUT CH 1-8
+CM.2-25 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.7+CM.2-I/Ox1-X2 OUT PUT CH 9-16
+CM.2-26 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.7+CM.2-I/Ox1-X5
+CM.2-27 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.6+CM.2-I/Ox1-X6
+CM.2-10061 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/16.2+CM.2-I/Ox1-X7 ANALOGUE OUT 1-4
+CM.2-10062 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/16.2+CM.2-I/Ox1-X8 ANALOGUE IN 1-4
+CM.2-10063 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/16.2+CM.2-I/Ox1-I/Ox1 ANALOGUE I/O UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.4
+CM.2-10064 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/16.2+CM.2-RELAY I/O1-X1
+CM.2-10065 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/16.2+CM.2-I/OX1 REMOTE I/O UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.4
+CM.2-10066 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/16.2+CM.3-33 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
+CM.2-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/16.2+CM.3-10069 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
+CM.2-H8 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.4+CM.3-10070 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
+CM.2-R3 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.4+CM.3-10071 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.6
+CM.2-R4 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.4+CM.3-10072 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
+CM.2-R6 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.3+CM.3-10073 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
+CM.2-R7 120 ohm =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.3+CM.3-10074 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
+CM.2-RELAY I/O1 RELAY I/O UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/40.2+CM.3-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.2
+CM.2-W24 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.5+CM.3-C4 Capacitor =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
+CM.2-W29 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.2+CM.3-W48 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.7
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM.2-W30 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.3+CM.3-W53 =EUROMAP 67+CM.3/17.6


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM.2-W31 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.7+CM.3-A21-X7 RUN CHAIN 1


+CM.2-W32 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/42.7+CM.3-A21-X8 RUN CHAIN 1
+CM.2-W33 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.2+CM.3-A21-X14 RUN CHAIN 1
+CM.2-W34 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.3+CM.3-A21-X17 RUN CHAIN 1
+CM.2-W35 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.6+CM.4-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.1
+CM.2-W36 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.6+CM.4-S21.1 2-MODESELECTOR =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5
+CM.2-I/Ox1 COMBI I/O UNIT =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.2+CM.4-S21.1.X1
+CM.2-A21-X5 AUTO/GENERAL STOP +CM.4-A21-220 24V panel =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5
+CM.2-I/OX1-C1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.5+CM.4-A21-221 AUTO2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5
+CM.2-I/OX1-R1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/43.5+CM.4-A21-222 MAN2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5
+CM.2-I/OX1-X5 +CM.4-A21-224 0V =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5
+CM.2-I/OX1-X8 +CM.4-A21-225 AUTO1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5
+CM.2-I/OX1-X9 +CM.4-A21-226 MAN1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5
+CM.2-I/Ox1-2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.2+CM.4-A21-228 24V PANEL =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.4
+CM.2-I/Ox1-C3 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.3+CM.4-A21-229 MOTON =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.4
+CM.2-I/Ox1-C4 47nF =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.3+CM.4-A21-230 MONLMP =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.4
+CM.2-I/Ox1-H5 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.3+CM.4-A21-240 EXT.MAN1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.7
+CM.2-I/Ox1-H6 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.3+CM.4-A21-241 EXT.AUTO1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.7
+CM.2-I/Ox1-H7 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.4+CM.4-A21-242 EXT.COMMON1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.7
+CM.2-I/Ox1-V1 =EUROMAP 67+CM.2/38.3+CM.4-A21-244 EXT.MAN2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.7

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.2-23 - Document
=EUROMAP no.
67+CM.4-244) Rev. Ind Page 52
Next 53
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM.4-A21-245 EXT.AUTO2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.7+CM.7-263 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.4-A21-246 EXT.COMMON2 =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.7+CM.7-264 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.4-A21-X9 +CM.7-265 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.4-S21.1- SWITCH +CM.7-266 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.4-S21.1- +CM.7-267 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.4-S21.2- MOTOR ON (LAMP) =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5+CM.7-268 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.4-S21.2- SWITCH =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5+CM.7-269 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.4-S21.2 MOTOR ON PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.4/18.5+CM.7-270 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.5-10030 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.4+CM.7-271 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.5-10031 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.3+CM.7-272 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-10032 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.4+CM.7-273 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-10033 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.3+CM.7-274 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.1+CM.7-275 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-A23 ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.1+CM.7-276 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-W51 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.4+CM.7-277 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-A21-3 MOTOR ON PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+CM.7-278 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-A21-10003 =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+CM.7-279 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-A21-H4 MOTOR ON (LAMP) =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.6+CM.7-280 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-A21-S21.35 EMERGENCY PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.5/19.7+CM.7-281 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.5-A21-X9 +CM.7-282 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM.5-A21-X10 +CM.7-283 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

+CM.5-A23-A8 +CM.7-284 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3


+CM.6-10034 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.3+CM.7-285 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.6-10035 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.4+CM.7-286 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.6-10036 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.4+CM.7-287 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3
+CM.6-10037 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.3+CM.7-288 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.6-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.1+CM.7-289 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.6-A32 ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.1+CM.7-290 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.6-W52 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.4+CM.7-291 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.6-A21-4 MODE SELECTOR +CM.7-292 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.6-A21-5 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.7+CM.7-293 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.7
+CM.6-A21-10002 =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.6+CM.7-10007 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.4
+CM.6-A21-H5 MOTOR ON (LAMP) =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.6+CM.7-10008 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.4
+CM.6-A21-S21.14 MODE SELECTOR +CM.7-10009 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.4
+CM.6-A21-X9 +CM.7-10010 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.4
+CM.6-A21-X10 +CM.7-10011 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.4
+CM.6-A32-A8 +CM.7-10012 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.4
+CM.6-S21.2-4 MOTOR ON PB =EUROMAP 67+CM.6/20.6+CM.7-10013 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-260 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3+CM.7-10014 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-261 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3+CM.7-10015 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-262 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.3+CM.7-10016 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.4-245 - Document 67+CM.7-10016)
=EUROMAP no. Rev. Ind Page 53
Next 54
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Location name Location description Path / Page Location name Location description Path / Page
+CM.7-10017 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-10018 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-10019 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-10020 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-10021 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-10022 =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.8
+CM.7-A21 PANEL BOARD =EUROMAP 67+CM.7/22.1
+CM.7-XS/XP3
+CM.7-A21-X1
+CM.7-A21-X2
+EXT-24K1
+EXT-X13B-1
+MAN-R1.SW
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.7-10017 - Document no. 67-R1.SW)
=EUROMAP Rev. Ind Page 54
Next 55
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Device list Total 57
Table of contents DIN_INV_30_1

Plant Location Page Page description Page supplementary field Date Editor
EUROMAP 67 CONTROLER 1 COPYRIGHT page Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CONTROLER 2 TITLE PAGE Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 4 Convertor boxHousing overview Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 9 MAINS CONNECTION Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 11 MAINS CONNECTION Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 12 POWER SUPPLY Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 13 OPTION: POWER SUPPLY Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 14 EMERGENCY STOP Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 15 RUN CHAIN OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 3 MOD Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.2 16 EMERGENCY STOP Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.3 17 RUN CHAIN Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.4 18 RUN CHAIN OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 2 MOD Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.5 19 RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 2 Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.6 20 RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING MODE SELECTOR, 3 Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 21 FPU, FLEXPENDANT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

EUROMAP 67 CM.7 22 OPTION: EXTERNAL CONNECTIONSYSTEM SIGNAL Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta


EUROMAP 67 CM 24 CABLING IN COMPUTER UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 25 CABLING IN COMPUTER UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 26 COMPUTER UNITCOOLING Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 27 MAIN COMPUTER Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 28 ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 29 ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 30 PROFIBUS DP M/S Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 31 INTERBUS M/S Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 32 DEVICENET ADAPTER Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 33 DEVICENET ADAPTER Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 34 DUAL RS232 CARD Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 35 ETHERNET CARD Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 36 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O ANDDIGITAL I/O Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 36.2 DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O ANDDIGITAL I/O Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Table of contents: (1 - 36.2) Document no. Rev. Ind Page 55
Next 56
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Table of contents Total 57
Table of contents DIN_INV_30_1

Plant Location Page Page description Page supplementary field Date Editor
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 37 DIGITAL I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 37.2 DIGITAL I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.2 38 COMBI I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 39 RELAY I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.2 40 RELAY I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.1 41 RELAY I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.2 42 ANALOGUE I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM.2 43 REMOTE I/O UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 44 INTERBUS SLAVE Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 45 Device list: (=CAB+CM-E2-M1 - =CAB+EXT. 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 45 PROFIBUS DP SLAVE Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 46 Device list: (=CAB+EXT.1-A21-S21.1 - =E 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 46 ENCODER UNIT Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 47 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM-A35 - =EUR 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CM 47 X13 Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

CM 48 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM-A21-K2 - = 2005-06-09 sethsta


EUROMAP 67 CM 48 X13Z Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 49 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM-G31-PSU-X1 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CB 49 CONVERTER BOX EUROMAP 67/12 Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 50 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.1-361 - =E 2005-06-09 sethsta
EUROMAP 67 CB 50 CONVERTOR BOXEUROMAP 67/12 Approved 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 51 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.1-A37.1-FO 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 52 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.2-23 - =EU 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 53 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.4-245 - =E 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 54 Device list: (=EUROMAP 67+CM.7-10017 - 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 55 Table of contents: (1 - 36.2) 2005-06-09 sethsta
CM 56 Table of contents: (28 - 2) 2005-06-09 sethsta

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: =


Location: + CM
Sublocation: +
Table of contents: (37 - 56) Document no. Rev. Ind Page 56
Next 4
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Table of contents Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

HOUSING ON HOUSING ON HOUSING ON


CONVERTER BOX CONVERTER BOX IRC5 CABINET

PE PE
C A 1 1 C A 1 1
9 1 17 25
2 2
B 2 B 2
10 2 18 26
3
SOCKET 3
3 3
11 3 19 27
4 4
4 PIN 4
12 4 20 28
5 5
5 5
13 5 21 29
6 6
6 6
14 6 22 30
7 7
7 7
15 7 23 31
8 8
8 B 8 B
16 8 24 32
9 9
9 A C 9 A C

-XS13 -XS13Z -XS.13Z- -XS13-


We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

SOCKET PIN Z SOCKET Z

-16
1- 1-
-25 W_XS13 1-
-25
CONVERTER
64x1 mm2
BOX

17-
-32 -25
1- 1-
-25
PIN SOCKET PIN

EUROMAP 12 EUROMAP 67

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
Convertor box Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 4
Housing overview
Next 9
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Control Module
Customer Manipulator
Connection IRB 1400

-XS/XP8 MAN -R1.SW


-XP/XT8
/47.3 / -XT8:1 601 OG
1 A A
602 OG
2 B B
/47.5 / -XT8:3 603 OG
3 C C
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

604 OG
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 D D
605 OG
5 E E
606 OG
6 F F
607 OG
7 J J
608 OG
8 K K
609 OG
10 L L
610 OG
9 M M
611 OG
11 G G
612 OG
12 H H

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
MAINS CONNECTION Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 9
Next 11
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

=CAB+CM.1-XT16

Prepared by, date:


TSTALNACKE
AWG16 BK
-181
/12.3 / =CAB-230V AC1

2
2

BK
/13.2 / =CAB-230V AC1 -308 AWG16

2
2
DRIVE MODULE

/13.5 / =CAB-230V AC1

2
2
CONTROL MODULE

/13.7 / =CAB-230V AC1


2

1
1
-XP20

MAIN SWITCH

JUMPER
-Q2

1
1
=CAB+DM-X25

Approved by, date:


-173 AWG16 BK -171 AWG16 BK 230V AC1

1
1
L1
1
1

T1
-174 AWG16 BK -172 AWG16 BK 230V AC2

3
3
L2
2
2

T2
AWG16

3
3
L3

T3

MTORNROS
GND
GND

/12.3 / =CAB-230V AC2 -182 AWG16 BK BK

3
3
/13.2 / =CAB-230V AC2 -309 AWG16

4
4
3

JUMPER
/13.5 / =CAB-230V AC2

4
4
/13.7 / =CAB-230V AC2

4
4
4

Lab/Office:
-187 AWG16 BK

-186 AWG16 BK
5

MAINS CONNECTION
6

-F5
SERVICE OUTLET
OPTION:

CIRCUIT BREAKER
SERVICE TRANSFORMER
-T3

BREAKER
EARTH FAULT

230V
-X22
-F4

AWG16 BK
1

Status:
3

115V
7

-183
3

Document no.
Approved

-184 AWG16 BK
2
1

AWG16 BK 0V
2004-09-24

-185
4
3
4
2

Plant:
Location:

3HAC024120-004
Sublocation: +
+ CM
8

00
= EUROMAP 67

Total 57
Next 12
Rev. Ind Page 11
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

-G2

Prepared by, date:


TSTALNACKE
-X2
/14.2 / =CAB-24V SYS -250 AWG18 BU

1
PROCESS POWER SUPPLY

/14.2 / =CAB-0V SYS -251 AWG18 BU

2
2

/14.2 / =CAB-24V COOL -252 AWG18 BU

PANEL BOARD
24V COOL
24V SYS
/14.2 / =CAB-0V COOL -253 AWG18 BU

Approved by, date:


-X1

=CAB-230V AC1 / /11.1


1

BK

MTORNROS
-182AWG16 BK =CAB-230V AC2 / /11.3
5

AC -INPUT
3

-X3
/24.2 / =CAB-24V PC -301 AWG18 BU
3

-10049

1
/24.2 / =CAB-24V PC -302 AWG18 BU
AWG16 gnye

UNIT
AWG18 BU
24V PC

/24.2 / =CAB-0V PC -303

COMPUTER
3
/24.2 / =CAB-0V PC -304 AWG18 BU
4
4

-G3
-X1
-X4

+
1
1

+
2
2

NC

Lab/Office:
3
3

NC
4
4

+
5
5
5

ULTRA CAP
6
6

-
7
7
ULTRA CAP

8
8

+Sense

POWER SUPPLY
9
9

NC
-
10
10
6

0,00
4
-10045
-X5

/27.6 / =CAB-USB +5V AWG24 RD


1

2/RD

/27.6 / =CAB-USB-BP2 AWG28 WH


2

MAIN
USB

/27.6 / =CAB-USB-BP2 AWG28 GN


3

COMPUTER
Status:
1/WH 1/GN

/27.6 / =CAB-USB_GND AWG24 BK


7

2/BK

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2004-09-24
Location:

3HAC024120-004
Sublocation: +
+ CM
8

00
= EUROMAP 67

Total 57
Next 13
Rev. Ind Page 12
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-G6

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


DEVICENET
POWER SUPPLY

TSTALNACKE
-X2
-X1
/33.1 / =CAB-+24V devicenet -308 AWG16 =CAB-230V AC1 / /11.2

AC
L

+
-309 AWG16 =CAB-230V AC2 / /11.3

DC

-
N
2

+
/33.1 / =CAB-0V devicenet

Approved by, date:


/36.1 / =CAB-+24V devicenet AWG16

/36.1 / =CAB-0V devicenet


gnye

GND

MTORNROS
+CM.1/39.2 / =CAB-+24V devicenet
+CM.1/39.2 / =CAB-0V devicenet
3

+CM.2/42.1 / =CAB-+24V devicenet


+CM.2/42.1 / =CAB-0V devicenet

+CM.2/43.1 / =CAB-+24V devicenet


+CM.2/43.1 / =CAB-0V devicenet

/44.2 / =CAB-+24V devicenet


/44.2 / =CAB-0V devicenet
4

/45.1 / =CAB-+24V devicenet


/45.1 / =CAB-0V devicenet

/46.1 / =CAB-+24V devicenet


/46.1 / =CAB-0V devicenet
.5
-G4

Lab/Office:
POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER

.5
5

2A
-F6
-XT31
-X2
-X1

/48.4 / -XT31/2 =CAB-230V AC1 / /11.2


2
1

2
1
AC

1
1

/48.6 / -XT31/4 =CAB-230V AC2 / /11.3


4
3
DC

3
5
3

Customer
Connection
2

OPTION: POWER SUPPLY


6

2A
-F7

+CM.1/37.7 / -1RL1+
2
1

6
5

/36.8 / -1RL1-
8
7
.7
-G5
POWER
SUPPLY
CUSTOMER

.6

Status:
-X2
-X1

24V I/O =CAB-230V AC1 / /11.2


7

AC

1
1

Document no.
Approved

0V I/O =CAB-230V AC2 / /11.3


DC

3
5

2004-09-24
3

Customer
Connection

Plant:

24V I/O
Location:
2

3HAC024120-004

0V I/O
Sublocation: +
4

+ CM
8

00
= EUROMAP 67

Total 57
Next 14
Rev. Ind Page 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PANEL BOARD
-A21
.5
.5

-250 -X12 24V FPU POWER


/12.2 / =CAB-24V SYS AWG18 BU 24V SYS
1 1 24V PANEL
-251 0,93 BU
/12.2 / =CAB-0V SYS AWG18 0V SYS
1 2

24V PANEL
-252 0,93
/12.2 / =CAB-24V COOL AWG18
BU
3
/12.2 / =CAB-0V COOL -253 AWG18 BU
1 4
0,93

+CM.1-X10
-X1 -X2 -209
/47.2 / -NA1.1:IRB ES1 top 209 AWG20 =CAB-ES FPU 1:A / /21.2
/47.3 / -NA2.1:IRB ES2 top 3 5 -211 AWG20 =CAB-ES FPU 2:A / /21.2 JUNCTION
-212 AWG20 =CAB-ES FPU 2:B / /21.2

JUMPER
3 7 BOARD
8 -210 AWG20 =CAB-ES FPU 1:B / /21.2
/ +CM.2-KN1:13 EXTERNAL 0V 0V 6
/ +CM.2-KN1:23 EMERGENCY 24V Panel 4 24V PANEL
4
STOP PB
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

RunCh+
RunCh+
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Run CH1 top


Run CH2 top 5 EMERGENCY PB
+CM.1-X9 -S21.3
5
EMERGENCY ES1OUT:A -237 AWG20 21 22

STOP OUTPUT 1 ES2 OUT:A 1 17 -238 AWG20


1 18 -233 AWG20 11 12
EMERGENCY ES2 OUT:B 13 -234 AWG20
STOP OUTPUT 2 ES1OUT:B 2 14 -231 AWG20
2 11 -232 AWG20
/47.5 / -NA2.2:IRB Sep ES2:A RunCh+ 12 -235 AWG20
/47.5 / -NA1.2:IRB Sep ES1:A 9 RunCh+ 15 -236 AWG20
9 -ES2 16
-ES1

U U

/ +CM.2-KN1:14 Sep ES1:B A2 A1


10
/ +CM.2-KN1:24 Sep ES2:B A1 A2
10
ES2 bottom
EXTERNAL ES1 bottom AWG24
JUMPER
JUMPER

7
-X11
SUPPLY 0V 7
24V Panel 8 1
8 2 OG =CAB-24V_Sig.ref. / /28.5
SOFT_ESO
24V PANEL 3 BU =CAB-RS485+ / /28.5
SOFT_ESI 4 WHBU =CAB-RS485- / /28.5 ROBOT COMM.
0V 5 CARD
6 WHBN =CAB-0V_Sig.ref. / /28.5
EMERGENCY STOP ES1:int 7

+A21- h_ +
21 RC 0V
C 2
1
RELAY SIGNALS 6 8

-R H
H
AB A C h
C B+ un nC
ES2:int

/ = A -R u
7 C 1 -R
6
6. / = 2 21
ES1 ES2 /1 6 +A A
.2 6. B +
M /1 CA AB
+CM.2 / = =C
5 /
+C16. 6.6
.2 /1
M M.2
/
+C+C

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
EMERGENCY STOP Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 14
Next 15
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD
-A21

-X3 -X10 -205


General in1 24V SYS 24V FPU POWER AWG20 =CAB+CM-24V FPU_POWER / +CM/21.2
1 General in2 24V PANEL 1 -206 AWG20 +CM-0V / +CM/21.2 JUNCTION
2 General in3 0V SYS 2 -207 AWG20 =CAB+CM-EN1_1 / +CM/21.2 BOARD
3 General in4 3 -208 AWG20 =CAB+CM-EN1_2 / +CM/21.2
4 General in5 4 -213 AWG20 =CAB+CM-FPU START / +CM/21.2
5 General in6 9
6 General in7
-X6
7 General in8 EN2_1A OPTION
8 0V 7 EN2_1B EXTERNAL
9 +24V 8 EN2_2A ENABLE DEVICE -S21.1.X1 3 2 1 4 7 6 5 8
10 9 EN2_2B
10
-X4
General out1
-X9

EXT.AUTO2 -A21-245
EXT.MAN2 -A21-244
EXT MAN FS2 -A21-243
EXT.COMMON2 -A21-246
EXT.AUTO1 -A21-241
EXT.MAN1 -A21-240
EXT MAN FS1 -A21-239
EXT.COMMON1 -A21-242
1 General out2 AWG20 -227
2 General out3 8 AWG20 -226
3 General out4 7 AWG20 -225
OPTION:STATUS 4 General out5 6 AWG20 -223
LED ON FRONT 5 General out6 4 AWG20 -222
-A23 6 General out7 3 AWG20 -221
7 General out8 2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

MODE
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

8 0V
9 SELECTOR
-ES2 -S21.1
6 12 10 2 4 8 18 22 24 14 16 20
>1
-ES1
5 1 17 13
AWG26
-SUP_ST2 -X2 WHOG
-X20 -220
1 OG 1 1 -224
-SUP_ST1
2 BU 2 RS485+ 5
4 WHBU 4 RS485-
-GS2 MOTOR ON PB
5 WHGN 5 24V DC
3 GN 3
-S21.2
-GS1 -229
6 WHBN 6 0V 14 13
7 BN 7 10 -228
-AS2
8 8 9

+CM.3/17.3 / =CAB+A21-SPEED
+CM.2/16.5 / =CAB+A21-EN1
+CM.2/16.5 / =CAB+A21-EN2
+CM.2/16.5 / =CAB+A21-MAN1
+CM.2/16.4 / =CAB+A21-MAN2
-230 X2 X1
-AS1
19

-ENABLE1

OPTION: DOOR FAN 52


-E3
M
1~
- +
EXT.COMPUTER FAN
24V PANEL
-E2
2 1
-X15 .7
OP_COM
-E2
OP_MAN 1 -1
-X18 -364 -361 .7 -X18 -X1
3 24V COOL AWG20 BU AWG20 BU RD

+
2 2 1
OP_AUTO TACHO -362 AWG20 BU BN
M
OP_MAN_FS 2 3 3 2
4 -
FAN 0V -363 AWG20 BU -360 AWG20 BU BK
1 1 3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
RUN CHAIN OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 15
MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES
Next 16
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 Total 57 00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

=CAB+A21-RunCh_0V / +CM/14.5
PANEL BOARD

=CAB+A21-RunCh+ / +CM/14.5
=CAB+A21-MAN2 / +CM.1/15.4

=CAB+A21-MAN1 / +CM.1/15.4

=CAB+A21-EN2 / +CM.1/15.4
=CAB+A21-EN1 / +CM.1/15.4

=CAB+A21-RCH2 / +CM/14.6

=CAB+A21-RCH1 / +CM/14.6
-A21
24V SYS 24V FPU POWER
24V PANEL
0V SYS

24V PANEL
JUMPER -X5
+CM/48.3 / +CM-KSD1:13 24V PANEL
;JUMPER 12 24V PANEL
;JUMPER 6 0V
+CM/48.3 / +CM-KSD1:23 JUMPER 7 0V
1
AS1+
11 AS1
AUTO AS1
STOP &
AS1-
AS2+ 9 AS2 SOFT AS
5
AS2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AS2-
+CM/48.5 / +CM-KSD1:14 GS1+ 3 GS1
10
GS1
GENERAL &
STOP
GS1- SOFT GS
GS2+ 8 GS2 CH2 CH1
4
GS2

+CM/48.6 / +CM-KSD1:24 GS2-


2

+CM.1-X6
;JUMPER 24V PANEL
;JUMPER 6 0V
1

+CM.3/17.4 / =CAB+A21-RCH2

+CM.3/17.4 / =CAB+A21-RCH1
SS1+ SS1
4

+CM.3/17.3 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_1
+CM.3/17.3 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_2
+CM.3/17.3 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_3
+CM.3/17.3 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_4
SUPERIOR SS1
STOP

SS1- SOFT SS
SS2+ 2 SS2
5
SS2

SS2-
3

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.2
EMERGENCY STOP Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 16
Next 17
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
PANEL BOARD
MODULE
-A21

+CM.2/16.7 / =CAB+A21-RCH1

+CM.2/16.6 / =CAB+A21-RCH2
-X7
RUN CH1
0V 1 RUN CH1Ret
2
RUN CH2Ret Drive
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 module1
+CM.1/15.4 / =CAB+A21-SPEED 3 SPEED A43.X1
5 0V
+CM.2/16.5 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_1 6 ENABLE2_1
7 ENABLE2_1Ret
+CM.2/16.5 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_2 8 AC_ON1
9 0V
+CM.2/16.5 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_3 10

+CM.2/16.5 / =CAB+A21-ENABLE2_4
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-X8
RUN CH1
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

0V 1 RUN CH1Ret
2
RUN CH2Ret
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 BU Drive
3 SPEED module2
5 0V if not used A43.X1
6 ENABLE2_2
7 ENABLE2_2Ret BU
8 AC_ON1 if not used
9 0V
10

-X14
RUN CH1
0V 1 RUN CH1Ret
2
RUN CH2Ret Drive
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 BU module3
3 SPEED A43.X1
5 0V if not used
6 ENABLE2_3
7 ENABLE2_3Ret BU
8 AC_ON1 if not used
9 0V
10

-X17
RUN CH1
0V 1 RUN CH1Ret
2
RUN CH2Ret Drive
24V PANEL 4 RUN CH2 BU module4
3 SPEED A43.X1
5 0V if not used
6 ENABLE2_4
7 ENABLE2_4Ret BU
8 AC_ON1 if not used
9 0V
10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.3
RUN CHAIN Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 17
Next 18
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD
-A21

-X9 -222 AWG20 BU MAN2 -241 OG EXT.AUTO1


-S21.1.X1
3 7
-221 AWG20 BU AUTO2 -240 OG EXT.MAN1
2 6
-226 AWG20 BU MAN1 -245 OG EXT.AUTO2
7 3
-225 AWG20 BU AUTO1 -244 OG EXT.MAN2 OPTION
6 2
2-MODE
SELECTOR
1
-S21.1
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15

2 6 .6 10 .6 14
5
-224 AWG20 BU 0V -246 OG EXT.COMMON2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

5 4
-220 AWG20 BU 24V panel -242 OG EXT.COMMON1
1 8

MOTOR ON PB
-S21.2

-229 AWG20 BU MOTON 14 13


10
-228 AWG20 24V PANEL
9
-230 AWG20 BU MONLMP X2 X1
19

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.4
RUN CHAIN OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 18
MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES
Next 19
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
PANEL BOARD EXT.CONTROL PANEL
MODULE
-A21 =CAB+EXT-A21
-X9
-X9 -222 AWG20 -241 -S21.1.X12
EXT.AUTO1
3 3 -221 AWG20 -240 EXT.MAN1 7
2 2 -226 AWG20 -245 EXT.AUTO2 6
7 7 -225 AWG20 -244 EXT.MAN2 3
3 MODE
6 6 2
SELECTOR
-S21.1
3 5 7 9 11 13 15 OPTION

2 6 10 14

-224 AWG20 -246 EXT.COMMON2


5 5 -220 AWG20 -242 EXT.COMMON1 4
1 1 8

MOTOR ON PB
-S21.2
-229 EXT.CONTROL
AWG20 PANEL 14 13
10 10
-230 EXT.CONTROL
AWG20 PANEL X2 X1
19 19 -228 EXT.CONTROL
AWG20 PANEL
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

9 9

EMERGENCY PB
-S21.3
-237 ES panel 1:A
17 17 -238 ES panel 1:A
18 18 -233 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 11 12
13 13 -234 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
14 14 -231 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
11 11 -232 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
12 12 -235 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
15 15 -236 ES panel 1:B
16 16

JUNCTION BOARD
-A22

-X10 -X3
BN/BK 24V TPU
1 BN/RD 0V 1
2 BN/OG EN1_1 2
3 BN/YE EN1_2 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 BN/GN TPU_START 8
9 9

ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD


-A23 AWG24
-A8 -X2
TD+ WHOG
3 TD- OG 1
6 RD+ WHGN 2
1 RD- GN 3
2 4

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.5
RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 19
MODE SELECTOR, 2 MODES
Next 20
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
PANEL BOARD EXT.CONTROL PANEL
MODULE
-A21 =CAB+EXT.1-A21
-X9
-X9 -S21.1.X13
-227 AWG20 -245 EXT.AUTO2
8 8 -226 AWG20 -244 EXT.MAN2 3
7 7 -225 AWG20 -243 EXT MAN FS2 2
6 6 -223 AWG20 -241 EXT.AUTO1 1
4 4 -222 AWG20 -240 EXT.MAN1 7
3 3 -221 AWG20 -239 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 6
2 2 5
MODE SELECTOR
-S21.1
6 12 10 2 4 8 18 22 24 14 16 20 OPTION

5 1 17 13

-224 AWG20 -242 EXT.COMMON1


5 5 -220 AWG20 -246 EXT.COMMON2 8
1 1 4
EXT.CONTROL PANEL
-S21.2

-229 AWG20 14 13
10 10
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-230
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

AWG20 X2 X1
19 19 -228 AWG20
9 9
EXT.CONTROL PANEL
-S21.3
-237 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 21 22
17 17 -238 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
18 18 -233 EXT.CONTROL PANEL 11 12
13 13 -234 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
14 14 -231 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
11 11 -232 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
12 12 -235 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
15 15 -236 EXT.CONTROL PANEL
16 16

EXT.CONTROL PANEL
-A22
-X10 -X3
BN/BK 24V TPU
1 BN/RD 0V 1
2 BN/OG EN1_1 2
3 BN/YE EN1_2 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 BN/GN TPU_START 8
9 9

ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD


-A32 AWG24
-A8 -X2
TD+ WHOG
3 TD- OG 1
6 RD+ WHGN 2
1 RD- GN 3
2 6

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.6
RUN CHAIN EXT OPERATING Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 20
MODE SELECTOR, 3 MODES
Next 21
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OPTION:
FPU-PLUG
=CAB+CM.1-X22
-XP1

4
JUNCTION BOARD FLEXPENDANT
-A22 -FPU1
.7

EMERGENCY-STOP

-X3 -X1 -K1


/14.7 / =CAB-ES FPU 1:A -209 AWG20 BU
5 3
PANEL /14.7 / =CAB-ES FPU 2:A -211 AWG20 BU

BOARD 7 5
/14.7 / =CAB-ES FPU 2:B -212 AWG20
8 6
/14.7 / =CAB-ES FPU 1:B -210 AWG20 BU
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

6 4

EN-DEVICE
1 -K2
+CM.1/15.6 / =CAB-24V FPU_POWER +CM.1-205 AWG20 BU
1 12
PANEL +CM.1/15.6 / -0V +CM.1-206 AWG20 BU

BOARD 2 2

8
+CM.1/15.6 / =CAB-EN1_1 +CM.1-207 AWG20
3 7
+CM.1/15.6 / =CAB-EN1_2 +CM.1-208 AWG20
4 17

+CM.1/15.6 / =CAB-FPU START +CM.1-213 AWG20 BU


9 11 .7

AWG24

-X2
/28.6 / =CAB-TD+ WHOG
1 13
ROBOT COMM. /28.6 / =CAB-TD- OG

CARD 2 14
/28.6 / =CAB-RD+ WHGN ETH_FPU
3 15
/28.6 / =CAB-RD- GN
6 16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
FPU, FLEXPENDANT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 21
Next 22
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PANEL BOARD PANEL BOARD


-A21 =CAB+CM.8-A21

-X1 -260 -XS/XP3 -X5 -272 -XS/XP3


ES1 bottom OG AWG20 BU 24V PANEL AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
7 A1 12 C1
-X2 -261 -273
ES2 bottom OG AWG20 BU AS1+ AWG20 BU
7 B1 11 C2
24V PANEL -262 AWG20 BU AS1- -274 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
8 B2 9 C3
0V -263 AWG20 BU 0V -275 AWG20 BU
8 A2 7 C4
24V PANEL -264 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
4 A3 C5
Run CH1 top GS1+ -276 AWG20 BU
5 10 C6
Run CH2 top GS1- -277 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
5 8 C7
0V -265 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
4 B3 C8
ES2 top -266 OG 24V PANEL -278 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
3 B4 6 D1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

ES1 top -267 AS2+ -279


disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OG AWG20 BU
3 A4 5 D2
Sep ES1:A -268 OG AWG20 BU AS2- -280 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
9 A5 3 D3
Sep ES2:A -269 OG AWG20 BU 0V -281 AWG20 BU
9 B5 1 D4
Sep ES2:B -270 OG AWG20 BU
10 B6 D5
Sep ES1:B -271 OG GS2+ -282 AWG20 BU
10 A6 4 D6
ES1 OUT A -284 OG GS2- -283 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
1 A7 2 D7
ES1 OUT B -285 OG
2 A8 D8
ES2 OUT A -286 OG
1 B7
ES2 OUT B -287 OG
-X6 -289
2 B8 0V AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
1 A10
SS1- -291 AWG20 BU
2 B10
SS2- -293 AWG20 BU
3 C10
SS1+ -290 AWG20 BU
4 B9
SS2+ -292 AWG20 BU
5 C9
24V PANEL -288 AWG20 BU AWG20 BU
6 A9

10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.7
OPTION: EXTERNAL CONNECTION Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 22
SYSTEM SIGNALS
Next 24
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

COMPUTER UNIT
-A78-A3
.7
COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY
-G31

-301 -X1 -X1 COMPUTER UNIT


/12.3 / =CAB-24V PC AWG18 BU P1
1 1 V+
-A3
-302 0,93 .3
PROCESS /12.3 / =CAB-24V PC AWG18 BU
1 4
POWER SUPPLY -P1 -J4H1
-303 0,93
/12.3 / =CAB-0V PC AWG18
BU OR +3.3V
1 2 OR +3.3V 1
-304 0,93 BU
/12.3 / =CAB-0V PC AWG18 BK GND 2
1 3 V- RD +5V 3
0,93
BK GND 4
RD +5V 5
BK GND 6
MOTHER 7
BOARD
-PSU-X1
GY PWR_OK
POWER 1 8
-PSU-X2
VT +5VSB
1 9
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-P1
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

YE +12V
OR +3.3V 10
BU -12V 11
12
-PSU-X2
BK GND
2 GN PS_ON 13
3 14
-P1
BK GND
BK GND 15
BK GND 16
17
RD +5V 18
RD +5V 19
20

-IDEpwr1
=CAB+A3-IDEpwr_GND / +CM.1/25.2
=CAB+A3-IDEpwr_+5V / +CM.1/25.2

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
CABLING IN COMPUTER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 24
Next 25
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

COMPUTER UNIT
-A3
SOLID STATE DRIVE MAIN COMPUTER
-D32 -A31

40
-X2 -J6H1
-X1
ATA/IDE
1
+CM/24.7 / =CAB+A3-IDEpwr_GND GND 2
+CM/24.7 / =CAB+A3-IDEpwr_+5V +5V 3
4

-D31
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

40
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-X2 -J6H1
-X1
1 ATA/IDE
1
GND 2
+5V 3
4

REMARK: P1 & J6H1 CONNECTS TO EITHER D32 OR D31


DEPENDING OF CHOSED OPTION.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
CABLING IN COMPUTER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 25
Next 26
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

COMPUTER UNIT
-A3

COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY


-G31

P1

BK GND
YE +12V

-E22
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

M
AWG 24

+
-C2
-A31 BK GND BK
/27.4 YE +12V 1 RD
-J9H1
2
1
2 WH FAN2_TACH
3

-E23
-J9H2
1 -
2
3
M
AWG 24

+
-C1
BK GND BK
YE +12V 1 RD
2

WH FAN1_TACH

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
COMPUTER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 26
COOLING
Next 27
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
=A3
MODULE
+CM

OPTION: =EUROMAP 67-A3-A31


PWR LED (GREEN)
232/422/485 SERIE CONVERTER
=EUROMAP 67-A31-A39 =EUROMAP 67/26.2
-J9H3 A K
-X2 -A1 2
-X1 1 1
RX-
PWR LED (GREEN)
TX+ 1 -2 -2 4
TX- 2 -3 -3
3 -4 -4 A K
0V 4 -5 -5 1
5 -6 -6
6 -7 -7 3
OPT. EXTERNAL PWR 7 -8 -8
RX+ 8 -9 -9
9
-LAN1
TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

3 RX-
6

+CM.1/31.1

+CM-X24-

-USB1 2
AWG28 WH USB-BP1
2 AWG28 GN USB-BP1 1
3 AWG24 RD +5V 1
1 AWG24 BK GND 1
4

-USB2
AWG28 WH =CAB-USB-BP2 / /12.7
2 AWG28 GN =CAB-USB-BP2 / /12.7 PROCESS
3 AWG24 RD =CAB-USB +5V / /12.6 POWER SUPPLY
1 AWG24 BK =CAB-USB_GND / /12.7
4

-USB3
1
2
3
4

-USB4
1
2
3
4

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
MAIN COMPUTER Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 27
Next 28
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD


-A32

-X8 AWG24

1
2 OG =CAB-24V_Sig.ref. / /14.7
3 BU =CAB-RS485+ / /14.7
RS 485 4 WHBU =CAB-RS485- / /14.7 PANEL BOARD
5

-X1 6 WHBN =CAB-0V_Sig.ref. / /14.7


We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

7
8

PCI BUS
AWG24

-A8
WHOG =CAB-TD+ / /21.2
3 OG =CAB-TD- / /21.2 FLEXPENDANT
ETH_FPU 6
4
5 WHGN =CAB-RD+ / /21.2
1 GN =CAB-RD- / /21.2
2
7
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 28
Next 29
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
MODULE
ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD
-A32

-A9
TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
3 RX- DRIVE MODULE
ETH_DRIVE 6 AXIS COMPUTER
4
5
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

7
8

-X23
-A7
-10030
TX+ BU 1
1 TX- WHBU 2 SERVICE
2 RX+ OG 3 PORT
ETH_SERVICE 3
4
5 RX- WHOG 6
6
7
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
ROBOT COMMUNICATION CARD Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 29
Next 30
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PROFIBUS DP M/S
-A33
Customer
Connection

-X1
-X2
SHIELD
RXD/TXD-P 1
SLAVE CONTROL-P 3
PCI BUS GND 4
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

OPTION & HARNESS TO CUSTOMER I/O


+5VDC
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

5
RXD/TXD-N 6
8

-X3
SHIELD
RXD/TXD-P 1
MASTER CONTROL-P 3
GND 4
+5VDC 5
RXD/TXD-N 6
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
PROFIBUS DP M/S Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 30
Next 31
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

INTERBUS M/S (OPTICAL FIBRE) INTERBUS M/S (COPPER WIRE)


EUROMAP 67
=EUROMAP 67
CM.1 +CM.1
-A37 INTERBUS M/S (OPTICAL FIBRE) -A38.1
-A37.1 1)
-X4
24V
24V+
.3 +CM/27.7
0V
1) 0V
-X2
-Z1 24V -Z1
24V+
REMOTE IN -X5
0V DO
0V 1 DON
4 DI
2 DIN
-FO1
PCI BUS LW/BK PCI BUS 5 GNDISI
REMOTE IN
BK1(IN) 3
LW/OG
GY (OUT)

OPTION & HARNESS TO CUSTOMER I/O


-FO2 -X1

OPTION & HARNESS TO CUSTOMER I/O


REMOTE OUT
LW/BK DO
REMOTE OUT
BK1(IN) 1 DON
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

LW/OG DI
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

6
GY (OUT) 2 DIN
7 GRND
3 VCCISO
5 RBST
9
INTERBUS m/S (COPPER WIRE)
-A37.2
-FO3
LW/BK
REMOTE
BK (IN)
LW/OG
GY (OUT)
INTERBUS M/S (COPPER WIRE)
-A38.2
REMOTE -X2
DO
1 DON
6 DI
2 DIN
7 GNDIM
-X1
TXD 3 GRND
1 RXD 4 VCCIM
2 GND 5 VCC
4 RTS 8
5 CTS
6

RS232 -X3
TXD
1 RXD
2 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS
6

1) IT IS IMPORTANT THAT 24 DC EXT SUPPLY ALWAYS IS AVAILABLE


OTHERWISE THE INTERBUS CAN NOT WORK
IF THE CONTROLLER IS TURNED OFF.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
INTERBUS M/S Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 31
Next 32
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CONTROL
DEVICE NET ADAPTER
MODULE
-A35
.4
/33.3 DEVICE NET ADAPTER
-A35 -XS17
-J1 .1 -X1
P1 BK
1 1 3
BU
2 2 5
SC
3 3 1
WH OPTION
4 4 4
PCI BUS RD
5 5 2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

=CAB-V- / /33.2

=CAB-CAN_L / /33.2

=CAB-DRAIN / /33.2

=CAB-CAN_H / /33.2

=CAB-V+ / /33.2

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
DEVICENET ADAPTER Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 32
Next 33
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-I/O1
/32.5 / =CAB-V-
/32.5 / =CAB-CAN_L 1
/32.5 / =CAB-CAN_H 2
/32.5 / =CAB-V+ 3
/32.5 / =CAB-DRAIN 4 BK =CAB-V- / /36.1
5 BU =CAB-CAN_L / /36.1
WH =CAB-CAN_H / /36.1 Digital I/O unit
RD =CAB-V+ / /36.1
-I/O2
SC =CAB-DRAIN / /36.1
1
2 BK =CAB-V- / +CM.1/39.2
3 BU =CAB-CAN_L / +CM.1/39.2
4 WH =CAB-CAN_H / +CM.1/39.2Relay I/O unit
5 RD =CAB-V+ / +CM.1/39.2
SC =CAB-DRAIN / +CM.1/39.2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

-I/O3
BK =CAB-V- / +CM.2/42.1
1 BU =CAB-CAN_L / +CM.2/42.1
2 WH =CAB-CAN_H / +CM.2/42.1Analogue I/O unit
3 RD =CAB-V+ / +CM.2/42.1
4 SC =CAB-DRAIN / +CM.2/42.1
5
BK =CAB-V- / +CM.2/43.1 OPTION: HARNESS
BU =CAB-CAN_L / +CM.2/43.1 TO CUSTOMER I/O
-I/O4
WH =CAB-CAN_H / +CM.2/43.1Remote I/O unit
1 RD =CAB-V+ / +CM.2/43.1
2 SC =CAB-DRAIN / +CM.2/43.1
3
4 BK =CAB-V- / /44.2
5 BU =CAB-CAN_L / /44.2
WH =CAB-CAN_H / /44.2 Interbus slave
RD =CAB-V+ / /44.2
SC =CAB-DRAIN / /44.2

DEVICE NET ADAPTER


BK =CAB-V- / /45.1
-A35
BU =CAB-CAN_L / /45.1
/32.1 -X2
/13.2 / =CAB-0V devicenet WH =CAB-CAN_H / /45.1 Profibus DP slave
1 RD =CAB-V+ / /45.1
SC =CAB-DRAIN / /45.1
2
120 OHM BK =CAB-V- / /46.1
3 BU =CAB-CAN_L / /46.1
WH =CAB-CAN_H / /46.1 Encoder unit
4 RD =CAB-V+ / /46.1
/13.2 / =CAB-+24V devicenet SC =CAB-DRAIN / /46.1
5

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
DEVICENET ADAPTER Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 33
Next 34
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DUAL RS232 CARD


-A34

-X1
1 CONSOLE_RXD
2 CONSOLE_TXD
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

CONSOLE_DTR
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

3
MC CONSOLE 4 0V
RS232 5 CONSOLE_DSR
6 CONSOLE_RTS-N
7 CONSOLE_CTS-N
8
X5 9

-X2
1 COM1_RXD
PCI BUS 2 COM1_TXD
3 COM1_DTR
COM1 4 0V
RS232 5 COM1_DSR
6 COM1_RTS-N
7 COM1_CTS-N
8
9

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
DUAL RS232 CARD Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 34
Next 35
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ETHERNET CARD
-A36

-A1
TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
3 DRIVE MODULE 2 (OPTION)
4
5 RX-
X1 6
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

7
8

-A2
TX+
1 TX-
PCI BUS 2 RX+
3 DRIVE MODULE 3 (OPTION)
4
5 RX-
6
7
8

-A3
TX+
1 TX-
2 RX+
3 DRIVE MODULE 4 (OPTION)
4
5 RX-
6
7
8

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
ETHERNET CARD Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 35
Next 36
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

-1RL1- / /13.6
2)
120 ohm
3) 2 1

/13.3 / =CAB-+24V devicenet DIG. PART OF COMBO I/O AND DIG. I/O UNIT
-I/O1
/13.3 / =CAB-0V devicenet

XTXX.X3
-X3
K 1 INPUT CH.1
1 2
A 47nF
2 3
3 4
-X5
/33.5 / =CAB-V- A 4 5
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_L 1 5 6
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_H 2 6 7
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

47nF
/33.5 / =CAB-V+ 8
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 7
5 1 2 8 0V
/33.5 / =CAB-DRAIN 9
0V 3 10
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6
0V
I/O UNIT NA1 7
1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10 XTXX.X4
NA5 11
-X4
12 K A INPUT CH.9
1 10
2 11
A
3 12
4 13
A 5 14
6 15
47nF
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO 7 16
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS. 1 2 8 0V
9
10
2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS
BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE

+CM.1/36.2.8 / -1RL1-
CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 36
DIGITAL I/O UNIT
Next 36.2
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 Total 57 00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+CM-1RL1- / +CM/36.8
TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
3) 2 1

/ =CAB+CM-+24V devicenet DIG. PART OF COMBO I/O AND DIG. I/O UNIT
-I/O2
/ =CAB+CM-0V devicenet
/37.2.2

XTXX.X3
-X3
K 1 INPUT CH.1 +CM-I/O2X3:1 / +CM/48.3
1 2 +CM-I/O2X3:2 / +CM/48.4
A 47nF
2 3 +CM-I/O2X3:3 / +CM/48.4
3 4 +CM-I/O2X3:4 / +CM/48.4
-X5
/ =CAB+CM-V- A 4 5 +CM-I/O2X3:5 / +CM/48.5
/ =CAB+CM-CAN_L 1 5 6 +CM-I/O2X3:6 / +CM/48.3
/ =CAB+CM-CAN_H 2 6 7 +CM-I/O2X3:7 / +CM/48.4
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

47nF
/ =CAB+CM-V+ 8 +CM-I/O2X3:8 / +CM/48.3
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 7
5 1 2 8 0V
/ =CAB+CM-DRAIN 9
0V 3 10
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6
0V
I/O UNIT NA1 7
1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10 XTXX.X4
NA5 11
-X4
12 K A INPUT CH.9 +CM-I/O2X4:1 / +CM/48.6
1 10 +CM-I/O2X4:2 / +CM/48.3
2 11 -I/O2X4:3 /
A
3 12
4 13
A 5 14
6 15 +CM-I/O2X4:7 / +CM/48.5
47nF
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO 7 16 +CM-I/O2X4:8 / +CM/48.5
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS. 1 2 8 0V
9
10
2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS
BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
DIGITAL PART OF COMBI I/O AND Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 36.2
DIGITAL I/O UNIT
Next 37
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+CM-1RL1+ / +CM/13.6
-I/O1UNIT

+CM-1RL1- /
/39.4

OUTPUT CH 1-8

XTXX.X1
1
<1 -X1
OUTPUT CH.1
47nF K 1 2
A 2 3
3 4
4 5
2
5 6
A
6 7
47nF
K 7 8
2 1 8 0V
0V 9 24V DC
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

10

OUTPUT CH 9-16
XTXX.X2

1
<1 -X2
OUTPUT CH.9
47nF K 1 10
A 2 11
3 12
4 13
2
5 14
A
6 15
47nF
K 7 16
2 1 8 0V
9 24V DC
10

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
DIGITAL I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 37
Next 37.2
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-24VDC:IMM / +CM/47.7
-0VDC:IMM / .8
-I/O2DIG. PART OF COMBO I/O AND DIG. I/O UNIT

/36.2.4

OUTPUT CH 1-8

XTXX.X1
1
<1 -X1
OUTPUT CH.1 -OUTP CH1 / +CM/47.3
47nF K 1 2 -OUTP CH2 / +CM/47.4
A 2 3 -I/O2 X1:3 / .6
3 4 -I/O2 X1:3 / .6
4 5 -I/O2 X1:5 / +CM/47.5
2
5 6 -I/O2 X1:6 / +CM/47.4
A
6 7 -I/O2 X1:7 / +CM/47.3
47nF
K 7 8 -I/O2 X1:8 / +CM/47.3
2 1 8 0V
0V 9 24V DC
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

10

OUTPUT CH 9-16
XTXX.X2

1
<1 -X2
OUTPUT CH.9
47nF K 1 10
A 2 11
3 12
4 13
2
5 14
A
6 15 -I/O2 X2:7 / +CM/47.5
47nF
K 7 16 -I/O2 X2:8 / +CM/47.5
2 1 8 0V
9 24V DC
10

.8 / -0VDC:IMM
Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67
Location: + CM.1
DIGITAL I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 37.2
Next 38
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

COMBI I/O UNIT


I/Ox
OUTPUT CH 1-8

XTXX.X1
A
<1 -X1
OUTPUT CH.1
K 1 2
2 3
3 4
4 5
2
5 6
A
6 7
47nF
K 7 8
2 1 8 0V
0V 9 24V DC
10

OUTPUT CH 9-16
XTXX.X2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

A
<1 -X2
OUTPUT CH.9
K 1 10
2 11
3 12
4 13
2
5 14
6 15
47nF
K 7 16
2 1 8 0V
9 24V DC
10

-X6
INPUT CH.1
CPU INPUT CH.2 1
2
K K

A A
0V
3

DAC
OUTPUT CH.1
5

REF 0VA
4
OUTPUT CH.2
6

+15V
DC
0VA
DC
-15V

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.2
COMBI I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 38
Next 39
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

3) UNIT

+CM/13.3 / =CAB+CM-+24V devicenet /37.2

+CM/13.3 / =CAB+CM-0V devicenet XTXX.X3


-X3
K 1 INPUT CH.1
1 2
A 47nF
2 3
3 4
-I/Ox1-X5
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-V- A 4 5
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-CAN_L 1 5 6
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-CAN_H 2 6 7
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

47nF
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-V+ 8
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 7
5 1 2 8 0V
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-DRAIN 9
0V 3
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6
0V
I/O UNIT NA1 7
1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10 XTXX.X4
NA5 11
-X4
12 K A INPUT CH.9
1 10
2 11
A
3 12
4 13
A 5 14
6 15
47nF
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO 7 16
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS. 1 2 8 0V
9

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
RELAY I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 39
Next 40
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RELAY I/O UNIT


-RELAY I/O1

XTXX.X1

-X1
OUT CH.1A
1

OUT CH.1B
2

OUT CH.2A
3

OUT CH.2B
4

OUT CH.3A
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OUT CH.3B
6

OUT CH.4A
7

OUT CH.4B
8

OUT CH.5A
9

OUT CH.5B
10

OUT CH.6A
11

OUT CH.6B
12

OUT CH.7A
13

OUT CH.7B
14

OUT CH.8A
15

OUT CH.8B
16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.2
RELAY I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 40
Next 41
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RELAY I/O UNIT


-RELAY I/O1
XTXX.X2

-X2
OUT CH.9A
1

OUT CH.9B
2

OUT CH.10A
3

OUT CH.10B
4

OUT CH.11A
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

OUT CH.11B
6

OUT CH.12A
7

OUT CH.12B
8

OUT CH.13A
9

OUT CH.13B
10

OUT CH.14A
11

OUT CH.14B
12

OUT CH.15A
13

OUT CH.15B
14

OUT CH.16A
15

OUT CH.16B
16

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.1
RELAY I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 41
Next 42
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2) ANALOGUE I/O UNIT


I/Ox
120 ohm
2 1 .5

ANALOGUE I/O UNIT


3)
-X7
ANOUT_1
+CM/13.3 / =CAB+CM-+24V devicenet .4 1 ANOUT_2
+CM/13.3 / =CAB+CM-0V devicenet 2 ANOUT_3
ADC MUX
3 ANOUT_4
4 0V
19 0V
0V 20 0V
21 0V
-X5
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-V- 22
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-CAN_L 1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-CAN_H
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

2
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-V+ 4
5
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-DRAIN
0V 3 REF
DAC
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6
-X8
I/O UNIT NA1 7 ANIN_1
1) NA2 8 1 ANIN_2
NA3 9 2 ANIN_3
NA4 10 3 ANIN_4
NA5 11 4
12 24V
17
18
19
20
21
0V 22
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO 23

THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS. 24 0V


25 0V
26 0V
2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS
27 0V
BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE 28
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.2
ANALOGUE I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 42
Next 43
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

3)

+CM/13.3 / =CAB+CM-+24V devicenet


+CM/13.4 / =CAB+CM-0V devicenet
REMOTE I/O UNIT
I/Ox

-X5
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-V-
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-CAN_L 1 NAC
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-CAN_H 2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

-X8
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-V+ LINE 1 (BLUE)
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4
5 1 REMOTE I/O IN
+CM/33.5 / =CAB+CM-DRAIN
0V 3 LINE 2 (CLEAR)
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 1 2

I/O UNIT NA1 7


-X9
1) NA2 8 (BLUE)
NA3 9 1 REMOTE I/O OUT
NA4 10
NA5 11 (CLEAR)
12 2

3
-X8
3

1
1
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS. 2
2

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE 4
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT. -X9
4
3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE
CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM.2
REMOTE I/O UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 43
Next 44
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

3)

/13.4 / =CAB-+24V devicenet INTERBUS SLAVE


I/Ox
/13.4 / =CAB-0V devicenet

-X5
/33.5 / =CAB-V-
-X21
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_L 1 TPDO2
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_H 2 1 TPDI2
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/33.5 / =CAB-V+
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 2 GND
5 3 +5VDC IB-S OUT
/33.5 / =CAB-DRAIN 5 TPDO2-N
0V 3 6 TPDI2-N
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 7 RBST
I/O UNIT NA1 7 9
1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10
NA5 11
12

-X20
TPDO1
1 TPDI1
2 GND IB-S IN
3 TPDO1-N
6 TPDI1-N
-X3
GND 7
4) 24V DC EXT. SUPPLY 1
+24VDC 3
5
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

4) IT IS IMPORTANT THAT 24V DC EXT SUPPLY


ALWAYS IS AVAILABLE. OTHERWISE THE
INTERBUS CAN NOT WORK IF THE CONTROLLER
IS TURNED OFF.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
INTERBUS SLAVE Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 44
Next 45
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

PROFIBUS DP SLAVE
3) I/Ox

/13.4 / =CAB-+24V devicenet


/13.4 / =CAB-0V devicenet Customer
Connection

-X5
/33.5 / =CAB-V-
-X20
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_L 1 SHIELD
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_H 2 1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/33.5 / =CAB-V+
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 RXD/TXD-P
5 3 CONTROL-P
/33.5 / =CAB-DRAIN 4 GND
0V 3 5 +5VDC
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 6 RXD/TXD-N
I/O UNIT NA1 7 8
1) NA2 8
NA3 9
NA4 10
NA5 11
12

-X3
0V DC
External supply GND 1
+24VDC 3
5

1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO


THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.

2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS


BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
PROFIBUS DP SLAVE Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 45
Next 46
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TO NEXT
I/O UNIT

2)
120 ohm
2 1

ENCODER UNIT
I/Ox
3)

/13.4 / =CAB-+24V devicenet Encoder


/13.4 / =CAB-0V devicenet Connection

-X20
24 VDC
1
-X5
/33.5 / =CAB-V- 0V
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_L 1 2
/33.5 / =CAB-CAN_H 2 ENC +24V
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or

/33.5 / =CAB-V+
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

4 3
5 ENC 0V
/33.5 / =CAB-DRAIN 4 Encoder
0V 3 2 1 ENC_A
OR PREVIOUS NA0 6 5
NA1 7 A
I/O UNIT ENC_B
1) NA2 8
1
6
NA3 9 +24V
NA4 10 7
NA5 11 0V Synch switch
12 2 1 8
DIGIN
A 9

2 1
1) JUMPERS PLACED ACCORDING TO
A
THE ACTUAL NODE ADDRESS.
1
2) RESISTANS 120 OHM SHALL ALWAYS
BE CONNECTED IN THE FIRST AND THE
LAST CONNECTOR IN THE CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

3) CONNECTED IN THE LAST CONNECTOR IN THE


CAN-BUS CIRCUIT.

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: 2004-09-24 Plant: = EUROMAP 67


Location: + CM
ENCODER UNIT Approved
Sublocation: +
Document no. Rev. Ind Page 46
Next 47
Prepared by, date: TSTALNACKE Approved by, date: MTORNROS 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


TSTALNACKE
2

Approved by, date:


-X13
-NA1.1:IRB / /14.2

A1
-NA2.1:IRB / /14.2

A2

MTORNROS
-XT8:1 / /9.1

A3
A4
3

.3

A5
11
12 14

A6
+CM.1-I/O2 X1:7 / +CM.1/37.2.6
-24K1

+CM.1-OUTP CH1 / +CM.1/37.2.6

A7
A2
A1

+CM.1-I/O2 X1:8 / +CM.1/37.2.6

A8
-0V /

A9
.4

B1
11
12 14
4

B2
+CM.1-I/O2 X1:3 /

B3
-24K2

+CM.1-I/O2 X1:4 /

B4
+CM.1-OUTP CH2 / +CM.1/37.2.6
A2
A1

B5
+CM.1-I/O2 X1:6 / +CM.1/37.2.6

+CM.1-I/O2 X1:5 / +CM.1/37.2.6

Lab/Office:
B6

+CM.1-I/O2 X2:7 / +CM.1/37.2.6


B7

+CM.1-I/O2 X2:8 / +CM.1/37.2.6


B8

X13
5

B9

-NA1.2:IRB / /14.2
C1

-NA2.2:IRB / /14.2
C2

-XT8:3 / /9.1
C3
C4
C5
6

C6
C7
C8
C9

Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2004-09-24
+CM.1-0VDC:IMM /

Location:

3HAC024120-004
Sublocation: +
+ CM
8

00
+CM.1-24VDC:IMM / +CM.1/37.2.8

= EUROMAP 67

Total 57
Next 48
Rev. Ind Page 47
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


TSTALNACKE
2

Approved by, date:


-X13Z
+CM.2-KN1:13 /

A1
+CM.2-KN1:23 /

A2

MTORNROS
-KSD1:13 / +CM.2/16.1

A3
-KSD1:23 / +CM.2/16.1

A4
-I/O2X3:6 / +CM.1/36.2.7
3

A5
-I/O2X3:8 / +CM.1/36.2.7

A6
-I/O2X3:1 / +CM.1/36.2.7

A7
-I/O2X4:2 / +CM.1/36.2.7

A8
-XT31/2 / /13.5

A9
B1
-I/O2X3:7 / +CM.1/36.2.7
4

B2
-I/O2X3:2 / +CM.1/36.2.7

B3
-I/O2X3:3 / +CM.1/36.2.7

B4
B5
-I/O2X3:4 / +CM.1/36.2.7

-I/O2X3:5 / +CM.1/36.2.7

Lab/Office:
B6

-I/O2X4:7 / +CM.1/36.2.7
B7

-I/O2X4:8 / +CM.1/36.2.7
B8
5

X13Z
B9

+CM.2-KN1:14 /
C1

+CM.2-KN1:24 /
C2

-KSD1:14 / +CM.2/16.1
C3

-KSD1:24 / +CM.2/16.1
C4

-I/O2X4:1 / +CM.1/36.2.7
C5
6

C6
C7
C8

-XT31/4 / /13.5
C9

Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2004-09-24
Location:

3HAC024120-004
Sublocation: +
+ CM
8

00
= EUROMAP 67

Total 57
Next 49
Rev. Ind Page 48
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


TSTALNACKE
2

EMP12
+CONVERTOR
EMP67
+CONVERTOR

Approved by, date:


-X13B-
-X13
+EXT-NA1.1:IRB /

19
A1
+EXT-NA2.1:IRB /

MTORNROS
27
A2
+EXT-XT8:1 /

18
A3

25
A4
3

29
A5

+EXT-24K1:11 /

17
A6

+EXT-I/O2 X1:7 /

28
A7

+EXT-I/O2 X1:8 /
30
A8

+CM.1-24VDC:IMM /
32
A9
B1
4

+EXT-24K2:11 /
20
B2

+EXT-I/O2 X1:3 /
21
B3

+EXT-I/O2 X1:4 /
22
B4

+EXT-I/O2 X1:6 /
24
B5

Lab/Office:
+EXT-I/O2 X1:5 /
23
B6

+EXT-I/O2 X2:7 /
B7

+EXT-I/O2 X2:8 /
5

B8
B9

+EXT-NA1.2:IRB /
C1

+EXT-NA2.2:IRB /
C2

EUROMAP 67/12
+EXT-XT8:3 /

CONVERTER BOX
26
C3
C4
C5
6

C6
C7
C8

+EXT-0VDC:IMM /
31
C9

PE
PE

Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2004-09-24
Location:

3HAC024120-004
Sublocation: +
+ CB
8

00
= EUROMAP 67

Total 57
Next 50
Rev. Ind Page 49
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Latest revision:
1

Prepared by, date:


TSTALNACKE
2

Approved by, date:


-X13A
-X13Z
-KN1:13 /

1
14
11
A1
-KN1:23 /

C1

MTORNROS
-KN1:14 /

3
24
21
A2
-KN1:24 /

C2

.6
-KSD1:13 /
3

14
11
A3
-KSD1:14 /
C3

.6
-KSD1:23 /

24
21
A4

-KSD1:24 /
C4

-I/O2X3:6 /

8
A5

-I/O2X3:8 /

12
A6

-I/O2X3:1 /

2
4

A7

-I/O2X4:2 /

14
A8

-XT31/2 /

16
A9
B1

-I/O2X3:7 /

Lab/Office:
10
B2

-I/O2X3:2 /
4
B3

-I/O2X3:3 /
5
B4
5

-I/O2X3:4 /
6
B5

-I/O2X3:5 /
7
B6

-I/O2X4:7 /
B7

-KSD1

-I/O2X4:8 /

EUROMAP 67/12
B8

CONVERTOR BOX
A1
A2

11
B9

-I/O2X4:1 /
13
C5
6

C6
C7

15
C8

-XT31/4 /
9
A1
A2
C9

Status:
7

Document no.
Approved
Plant: 2004-09-24
Location:

3HAC024120-004
Sublocation: +
+ CB
8

00
= EUROMAP 67

Next 1
Total 57
Rev. Ind Page 50
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a
commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.

Except as may be expressly stated anywhere in this document, nothing herein shall be construed as any
kind of guarantee or warranty by ABB for losses, damages to persons or property, fitness for a
specific purpose or the like.

In no event shall ABB be liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of this document.
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without ABB's written permission,
and contents therof must not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any unauthorized purpose.
Contravention will be prosecuted.

Additional copies of this document may be obtained from ABB at its then current charge.

© Copyright 2004 ABB ALL right reserved.

ABB Automation Technologies AB


Robotics
SE-721 68 Västerås
Sweden

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = EUROMAP 67


2005-04-14
Location: + CONTROLER
Approved Sublocation: +
COPYRIGHT page Document no. Rev. Ind Page 1
Next 2
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Title page/cover sheet 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
Customer :
Robot serial number(s) :
Drawing number :
Drawing version :

Manufacture : 2005-06-09
Type :
Type of installation :
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein.Reproduction, use or
disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden. © Copyright 2003 ABB

Control cabinet :
Mains voltage :
Supply :
Control voltage :
Year of construction : RCM

Project start : 2005-03-20


Project manager :
Last revision :
Designed by : sethsta
Designed date : 2005-06-09
Number of pages : 57
:

Latest revision: Lab/Office: Status: Plant: = EUROMAP 67


2005-04-14
Location: + CONTROLER
Approved Sublocation: +
TITLE PAGE Document no. Rev. Ind Page 2
Next
Prepared by, date: Approved by, date: Title page/cover sheet 3HAC024120-004 00 Total 57
Index

A Installation of Drive system parts 99


additional drive module 91 Installation of extra mass memory 106
axis computer, repair 237 Installation of I/O, Gateways and encoder units 101
installation space 30
B IRC5 controller modules 26
backup energy bank, repair 177 L
bolt pattern 31
busbar, repair 235 lifting device 27

C M
capacitor 77 Main cable 55
capacitor, repair 234 main power
Cleaning of the IRC5 controller 144 switching off 20
Cleaning the FlexPendant 146 main switch
computer unit 106 control module 20
computer unit, repair 184 controller cabinet 20
Configuration of the drive system 77 drive module 20
Connecting a USB memory 87 Memory functions 86
connection motherboard 192
FlexPendant 39 MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF 62
Connection of external safety devices 15 MOTORS ON/MOTORS OFF circuit 56
Connectors on controller 36 Multi Move system 91
contactor auxilary blocks 63 O
contactor Interface Board, repair 244
Operating conditions 28
Control power supply, Repair 153
P
D
panel boardt, repair 150
Drive functions 76
PC, connecting 40
drive system fan, repair 247
Power supply 49
drive system power supply, repair 165
Protection class 29
Drive unit Node 85
drive units 77 R
DSQC 612 ethernet board 92 rectifier, repair 234
Dual Cabinet Controller, overview 25, 149 rectifiers 77
E Replacement of computer power supply 230
Replacement of computer unit fan 217
Electronic Position Switches 131, 240
Replacement of Contactor Interface Board 244
EPS board 131, 240
Replacement of customer I/O power supply 159
ESD
Replacement of hard disk and IDE Flash module 223
damage elimination 21
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.

Replacement of main computer 192


sensitive equipment 21
Replacement of PCI cards 205
wrist strap connection point 21
Ethernet 41 S
Euromap 110 Safety Controller 131, 240
explanation, safety symbols 18 Safety, service 15
external operator’s panel 95 safety, symbols 18
external safety relay 61 service port 40
F servo disconnect 69
servo drive units 77
filters 77
servo drive units, repair 234
Fitting the connector 53
Single Cabinet Controller, overview 25, 149
FlexPendant
standard, overview 25, 149
connecting 39
Storage conditions 28
H symbols, safety 18
Heat exchange unit and fan, repair 180 U
I USB ports 87
I/O units and gateways, repair 174 V
Inspection of controller modules 138
Validity and responsibility 15
Installation Activities 26

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F 285


W

286
Index

Weight 28

3HAC021313-001 Revision: F
© Copyright 2004-2007 ABB. All rights reserved.
3HAC021313-001, Revision F, en

ABB Robotics
S-721 68 VÄSTERÅS
SWEDEN
Telephone: +46 (0) 21 344000
Telefax: +46 (0) 21 132592

You might also like